MY PEOPLE ARE DESTROYED FOR LACK OF KNOWLEDGE: THE ANTICHRIST, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE, TRANSHUMANISM, BIOTECHNOLOGY

MY PEOPLE ARE DESTROYED FOR LACK OF
KNOWLEDGE: THE ANTICHRIST, ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE, TRANSHUMANISM, BIOTECHNOLOGY
1 | P a g e

2 | P a g e

3 | P a g e

4 | P a g e

• PANDEMICS, VACCINATIONS, BIOMETRIC
VACCINAITON MARK OF THE BEAST P.5
• (PROPHETIC VISION): WHAT JESUS REVEALED
ABOUT THE MARK OF THE BEAST P.6
• VACCINES: HOW THE TRUTH IS SUPPRESSED P.63
• SAUDI ARABIA CONSOLIDATES POSITION AS GLOBAL
AI LEADER P.84
• SAUDI ARABIA PUSHES GLOBAL CONNECTIVITY, AI
RULES AT REGULATORS’ SUMMIT P.90
• SAUDI ARABIA UNVEILS GLOBAL DIGITAL INCLUSION
ROADMAP AT TELECOM SUMMIT P.94
• WHO CAN SURVIVE THE AI APOCALYPSE? P.96
• SAUDI COMMUNICATIONS MINISTER URGES
DECISIVE ACTION, GLOBAL COOPERATION TO
ADDRESS AI DIVIDE P.113
• ‘AI MAY BECOME JUDGE, JURY AND EXECUTIONER’
P.117
• SAUDI ARABIA’S HUMAIN IS PUSHING ARABIC AI TO
THE GLOBAL FRONTIER P.121
• VATICAN WARNS OF ‘SHADOW OF EVIL’ IN AI P.132
• WILL AI BE LISTENING TO YOUR EVERY WORD? P.134
5 | P a g e

• OPENAI EXPLAINS REASONS FOR CHAT BOT
‘HALLUCINATIONS’ P.139
• AI-POWERED VOICE TECH IS BRINGING ARABIC-
LANGUAGE CONTENT TO GLOBAL AUDIENCES P.142
• SWISS UNIVERSITY SECRETLY RAN AI EXPERIMENT
TO MANIPULATE MINDS P.150
• HUMAIN TO LAUNCH ALLAM, FIRST SAUDI-
DEVELOPED ARABIC AI MODEL P.153
• PENTAGON WANTS BETTER AI TOOLS TO ENHANCE
ITS ONLINE FAKES P.156
• WHITE HOUSE AI ACTION PLAN CHARTS HIGH-
STAKES PATH TO GLOBAL DOMINANCE P.159
• OPENAI SIGNS $200 MILLION PENTAGON DEAL P.166
• US, SAUDI ARABIA ENTER 'GOLDEN ERA' IN
DEFENCE, AI PARTNERSHIP P.168
• ZUCKERBERG GOES ALL IN ON ‘SUPERINTELLIGENCE’
LAB P.175
• ZUCKERBERG UNVEILS NEW ‘SUPERINTELLIGENCE
LAB’ P.179
• SAUDI DATA AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
AUTHORITY, TO ACCELERATE AI, CLOUD INNOVATION
P.182
6 | P a g e

• GOOGLE REMOVES BAN ON WEAPONIZING AI P.185
• IS AI DRIVING US ALL INSANE? P.188
• AI IS A PERFECT STORM THREATENING HUMANITY
P.201
• RUSSIA TO HOLD GLOBAL DIGITAL FORUM WITH
FOCUS ON AI P.210
• ‘ETHICS FIRST, THEN AI’ P.213
• CHATGPT TRIGGERS PSYCHOSIS P.218
• AI HALLUCINATIONS: A BUDDING SENTIENCE P.220
• PUTIN CALLS FOR AI ALLIANCE WITH CHINA P.226
• AI OFFERS ‘COLOSSAL’ MILITARY ADVANTAGE –
PUTIN P.229
• RUSSIA SHOULD BECOME WORLD LEADER IN AI –
PUTIN P.231
• THE BEAST BUILDS BACK BETTER BRICS P.234
• RUSSIA ANNOUNCES BRICS+AI ALLIANCE P.235
• CHAT CONTROL 2.0: THE MOST DANGEROUS DIGITAL
LAW EVER PROPOSED P.238
• SAUDI ARABIA LAUNCHES AI READINESS INDEX P.245
• AI WILL AGAINST HUMANITY P.248
• MEET ‘HUMAIN’ SAUDI ARABIA’S SECRET WEAPON
TO RULE THE AI WORLD P.254
7 | P a g e

• HUMAIN: SAUDI ARABIA’S POWERFUL MOVE
TOWARD AN AI FUTURE P.262
• VON DER LEYEN UNVEILS NEW EU CENSORSHIP
PUSH P.264
• EU LAUNCHES TALKS WITH GCC COUNTRIES P.269
• THE BEAST’S 10 KINGS FOR AN HOUR P.270
• THE LITTLE HORN: DANIELS KEY TO IDENTIFYING THE
ANTICHRIST P. 271
• THE TEN HORNS OR KINGS WHO SPEND AN HOUR
WITH THE BEAST P. 272
• WE ARE ON THE BRINK OF A GLOBAL HEALTH CRISIS
P.275
• SAUDI ARABIA EMERGES AS GLOBAL AI LEADER IN 6
YEARS P.278
• MUSK MAKES STARTLING AI PREDICTION P.287
• WHY SILICON VALLEY WILL TALK ABOUT THE
ANTICHRIST P.290
• MY SON’S TESTIMONY IS THE SPIRIT OF PROPHECY
P.302
• ‘GODFATHER OF AI’ ISSUES NEW WARNING TO
HUMANITY P.308
8 | P a g e

• BIOTECHNOLOGY AND AI HAVE BECOME A RELIGION
P.311
• THE BUSINESS OF EXTENDING HEALTHY HUMAN LIFE
SPAN P.323
• AI AND TRANSHUMANISM P.324
• BRAIN-COMPUTER INTERFACES: NEURALINK'S LEAP
FORWARD P.353
• ELON MUSK'S BRAIN CHIPS TO BE TESTED ON
BRITONS IN NEW CLINICAL TRIAL P.354
• ELON MUSK JUST MADE HUGE ANNOUNCEMENTS IN
SAUDI ARABIA P.364
• (PROPHETIC VISION): ELON MUSK AND THE MARK
OF THE MAN BY SATAN (MBS) P.369
• RIYADH TO HOST GLOBAL HEALTH EXPO IN OCTOBER
P.391
• SAUDI ARABIA’S HEALTHCARE PUSH PUTS AI IN THE
SPOTLIGHT P.393
• SAUDI MBS-MUSK MEETING: AI AND STRATEGIC
TECH PARTNERSHIPS P.402
• (VIDEO): ELON MUSK INTRODUCING TESLA
OPTIMUS GEN-3 P.404
• (VIDEO): MBS AND ELON MUSH: P. 423
9 | P a g e

• ELON MUSK BROUGHT ‘THE WORLD’S BIGGEST
SUPERCOMPUTER’ TO MEMPHIS P.426
• THE BEAST’S AI DECLARATION P.433
• AUTHORITARIANS ARE HIJACKING GLOBAL TECH
COOPERATION TO UNDERMINE HUMAN RIGHTS
P.435
• (VIDEO): MBS (MAN-BY-SATAN) - THE GREAT
SPEAKER P.439
• (VIDEO): A KING OF FIERCE COUNTENANCE P.439
• (VIDEO): MBS MAKES (5) ‘PACT’ WITH THE UNITED
NATIONS P.440
• HRW CONDEMNS 'CENSORSHIP' AT UN INTERNET
FORUM IN RIYADH P.452
• SAUDI INTERIOR MINISTER VISITS INTERPOL HQ
P.458
• WHO WINS FROM THE IGF? NOT THOSE LOCKED UP
FOR SPEAKING OUT P.462
• CIVIL SOCIETY DEMANDS ACTION AHEAD OF
INTERNET GOVERNANCE FORUM P.476
• TECH COMPANY HUMAIN TO LAUNCH ALLAM, FIRST
SAUDI-DEVELOPED ARABIC AI MODEL P.487
10 | P a g e

• (VIDEO): BRAIN IMPLANTS AND ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE. THE BEAST WILL HAVE LITERAL
ACCESS AND CONTROL P.509
• (PROPHETIC VISION): I DIED & WHAT JESUS
REVEALED ABOUT THE MARK OF THE BEAST P.512
• THE THREE IN-GATHERINGS AND THE FIRST
RESURRECTION P.556
• 'YOU WILL BE LIKE GOD': THE FALSE GOSPEL OF
TRANSHUMANISM P.567
• FEARS OF MIND READING WITHOUT CONSENT P.573
• BIOTECHNOLOGY HELPS DETERMINE QUALITY OF
LIFE, LONGEVITY, SAYS EXPERT P.582
• SAUDI ARABIA A GLOBAL LEADER IN
BIOTECHNOLOGY P.586
• ALTERING YOUR DNA—DOES THE BIBLE SAY
ANYTHING ABOUT IT? P.590
• TRUSTING GOD’S PLAN OVER HUMAN AMBITION
P.597
• SAUDI ARABIA LAUNCHES NATIONAL
BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY TO LEAD GLOBAL
INNOVATION P.604
11 | P a g e

• SAUDI ARABIA SHOWCASES BOLD BIOTECH VISION
AT BIO 2025 P.607
• HOW A NEW INITIATIVE AIMS TO REINFORCE SAUDI
ARABIA’S BIOTECH LEADERSHIP POSITION P.614
• LOCALIZING VACCINE MANUFACTURING P.617
• SAUDI ARABIA’S MOVE INTO BIOTECH OFFERS
“INTERESTING PROSPECTS” ELSEWHERE P. 620
• JUST SAY NO TO THE MARK OF THE BEAST P. 621
• BIO MIDDLE EAST 2026 P.626
• SAUDI ARABIA'S RISE AS A PHARMA AND BIOTECH
POWERHOUSE P.627
• SAUDI ARABIA JOINS BIO 2025 TO ADVANCE
BIOTECHNOLOGY INVESTMENT AND INNOVATION
P.640
• BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY TO ESTABLISH THE
KINGDOM AS A GLOBAL BIOTECH HUB P.642
• SATAN’S END-TIME STRATEGY: AI, ALIENS AND THE
ANTICHRIST P.648
• AI AND THE ANTICHRIST: THE GRAND DECEIVER IN
CHRISTIAN ESCHATOLOGY P.662
12 | P a g e

https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/read/70504852/pandemicsvaccinations-biometric-vaccination-mark-of-the-beast-2025
13 | P a g e

I DIED & WHAT JESUS REVEALED ABOUT THE
MARK OF THE BEAST WILL STUN YOU
My name is Martha Kendrick and what I'm about to share with you isn't
just another story, it's a DIVINE WARNING that was shown to me during
the most terrifying, yet PROFOUND EXPERIENCE of my life.
Before I begin, I need you to understand that every word I'm about to tell
you is absolutely true, this happened to me on March 15 th 2024 at exactly
11:47 p.m. I was driving home from my evening shift at the hospital
where I work as a nurse. The rain was coming down in sheets, making it
difficult to see more than a few feet ahead of my car.
I remember checking my watch, thinking about how I just wanted to get
home, take a hot shower and crawl into bed. That's when it happened, a
truck coming from the opposite direction hydroplaned, crossing into my
lane. I remember the blinding headlights, the screech of tires and then
nothing.
The doctors later told me that I was clinically dead for 23 minutes. But
what I experienced in those minutes, felt like an eternity. What Jesus
revealed to me during that time, wasn't just about heaven or hell, it was
about what's coming to this world. And how we need to prepare
ourselves spiritually, and physically for the Times ahead.
The moment of impact wasn't painful, instead, I felt a sudden sensation
of floating, as if my spirit was gently being lifted from my body. I could
see myself below, slumped over the steering wheel, while paramedics
worked frantically to revive me.
14 | P a g e

But that was just the beginning. Suddenly, I was enveloped in the most
BRILLIANT LIGHT I've ever seen. It wasn't harsh or blinding, it was PURE
LOVE MADE VISIBLE. As I moved toward this light, I became aware of a
presence beside me. I knew instantly IT WAS JESUS, though he didn't look
exactly like the paintings we see in churches.
His presence radiated such OVERWHELMING LOVE AND AUTHORITY,
that I fell to my knees in worship. Martha, he said, and his voice
resonated through every fiber of my being. I have brought you here for a
purpose, what you will see MUST BE SHARED with others, for (7) THE
TIME IS SHORTER THAN MANY REALIZE.
15 | P a g e

Jesus then showed me a series of Visions about the near future. I saw
people lining up in massive cues, that stretched for Miles. They looked
desperate, hungry, and afraid. Above them giant jumbotron screens
displayed messages about a new global system that PROMISED PEACE
SECURITY AND PROSPERITY. But there was something sinister beneath
the surface. I watched as people were (5) BEING PRESENTED WITH A
CHOICE, accept a (5) MARK THAT WOULD ALLOW THEM to buy food,
access healthcare and continue living in society, (5) OR REFUSE AND FACE
EXCLUSION.
16 | P a g e

https://www.youtube.com/shorts/oDRuXuzGIro
17 | P a g e

18 | P a g e

19 | P a g e

(5) THE TECHNOLOGY BEHIND THIS MARK was far more advanced than
anything we have today. It (5) WASN'T JUST A PHYSICAL MARK, it
somehow (5) ALTERED PEOPLE'S VERY CONNECTION TO God. Jesus
explained to me, that this system (5) WOULD APPEAR BENEFICIAL AT
FIRST. It would promise to solve world hunger, eliminate poverty, and
unite (5) HUMANITY UNDER ONE GLOBAL GOVERNANCE. (5) MANY
CHRISTIANS WOULD BE DECEIVED into thinking it (5) WAS COMPATIBLE
WITH THEIR FAITH. But he showed me that ACCEPTING (5) THIS MARK
WOULD FUNDAMENTALLY CHANGE (5) A PERSON'S ABILITY TO
CONNECT with God's spirit.
20 | P a g e

I saw those (7) WHO REFUSED THE MARK FACING INCREDIBLE
HARDSHIPS. They couldn't buy food, couldn't access their bank accounts,
and were treated as outcasts. But Jesus showed me something
remarkable. COMMUNITIES OF BELIEVERS who had prepared ahead of
time, they had formed networks of support. Growing their own food,
helping each other, and most importantly, staying STRONG IN THEIR
FAITH. This is why I'm showing you these things. Jesus said, my people
(7) MUST PREPARE THEIR HEARTS AND MINDS NOW. They must
21 | P a g e

STRENGTHEN THEIR FAITH and build COMMUNITIES OF BELIEVERS who
will SUPPORT EACH OTHER through what's coming. He then showed me
how simple ACTS OF PREPARATION made huge differences. I saw families
learning to grow food in small spaces, communities SHARING
RESOURCES, and believers GATHERING IN HOMES to worship and
ENCOURAGE EACH OTHER. But more importantly, I saw people (7)
DEVELOPING A DEEPER, MORE PERSONAL RELATIONSHIP WITH (7) GOD
THROUGH PRAYER AND STUDYING HIS WORD.
22 | P a g e

Jesus then took me higher and I could see the entire Earth. What I saw
broke my heart. Cities in chaos, (7) NATURAL DISASTERS INCREASING IN
FREQUENCY AND INTENSITY, and a spiritual Darkness (5) TRYING TO
COVER THE EARTH. But then I saw something amazing, POINTS OF LIGHT
appearing all over the globe. These lights (7) WERE BELIEVERS WHO HAD
REFUSED THE MARK (7) AND WERE STANDING FIRM IN THEIR FAITH,
despite the darkness. These LIGHTS GREW BRIGHTER and began
connecting with each other.
Martha Jesus said tell them that the darkness they see coming is not the
end of the story. (7) TELL THEM THAT I AM RAISING UP (7) A PEOPLE
WHO WILL WALK IN UNPRECEDENTED (7) POWER AND AUTHORITY.
THEY WILL PERFORM MIRACLES (7) GREATER THAN WHAT THE EARLY
CHURCH SAW, BUT (7) THIS POWER WILL ONLY COME TO THOSE (7)
WHO HAVE COMPLETELY SURRENDERED THEIR LIVES TO ME.
23 | P a g e

24 | P a g e

25 | P a g e

26 | P a g e

27 | P a g e

28 | P a g e

Jesus showed (5) ME HOW THIS MARK WOULD (5) BE PRESENTED AS
THE SOLUTION to a series of global crises, I saw how it would (5) BE
MARKETED AS A WAY TO prevent identity theft, stop terrorism and
ensure fair distribution of resources. (5) IT WOULD SEEM SO LOGICAL, so
necessary, that many (7) WOULD ACCEPT IT WITHOUT QUESTION.
But Jesus revealed something crucial. The Mark was wasn't just about
buying and selling, it was a (5) DOORWAY THAT WOULD ALLOW
SPIRITUAL (5) FORCES TO INFLUENCE AND ULTIMATELY (5) CONTROL
THOSE WHO ACCEPTED IT. He showed me how it (5) WOULD
GRADUALLY CHANGE PEOPLE'S THINKING, making them (5)
INCREASINGLY HOSTILE TO TRUE CHRISTIANITY. While believing they (5)
WERE BECOMING MORE SPIRITUALLY ENLIGHTENED.
29 | P a g e

I saw how some (5) CHURCHES WOULD MODIFY THEIR TEACHINGS (5)
TO ACCOMMODATE THIS NEW SYSTEM, (5) GRADUALLY DEPARTING
FROM BIBLICAL TRUTH while (5) MAINTAINING A FORM OF
RELIGIOSITY. But I also saw FAITHFUL BELIEVERS (7) WHO RECOGNIZED
THE DECEPTION, AND STOOD FIRM in (7) THEIR FAITH, EVEN AT GREAT
PERSONAL COST.
Jesus then showed me specific ways believers could prepare. He
emphasized the importance of memorizing scripture, as there would
come a time when physical bibles might be hard to access. He showed
me how crucial it would be for believers (7) TO LEARN TO HEAR HIS
VOICE CLEARLY, and to TRUST HIS GUIDANCE IMPLICITLY.
I saw parents teaching their children PRACTICAL SKILLS, how to GROW
FOOD, how to live simply, how to MAINTAIN STRONG FAITH Under
Pressure. But more importantly, I saw parents teaching their children
how to have (7) A GENUINE PERSONAL RELATIONSHIP WITH JESUS
CHRIST.
The time coming, Jesus said, will require my people to WALK BY FAITH,
not by sight. Many of the systems they've relied on will fail, but I will
never fail them. Those who truly know me will walk in SUPERNATURAL
PROVISION and protection.
He showed me how some believers would receive SUPERNATURAL
GUIDANCE to relocate before major events occurred, others would be
led to stay where they were and become PILLARS OF STRENGTH for their
communities. The key was not the location but being sensitive to his
leading and OBEDIENT TO HIS DIRECTION.
I saw how critical it would before believers to be FREE FROM DEBT and
excessive material attachment. Those who had SIMPLIFIED THEIR LIVES
30 | P a g e

and learned to LIVE WITH LESS, were better positioned to help others
and MAINTAIN THEIR INDEPENDENCE from the system.
Jesus then showed me something that brought me to tears. I (5) SAW
HOW MANY PEOPLE WHO (5) HAD INITIALLY ACCEPTED THE MARK
realized their mistake, and were (5) DESPERATE TO UNDO THEIR
DECISION. (5) BUT THE CHANGE WAS IRREVERSIBLE, the spiritual (7)
CONNECTION THAT ALLOWED REPENTANCE, HAD BEEN SEVERED.
THIS IS WHY THIS WARNING MUST BE SHARED NOW.
BEFORE THE TRIBULATION STARTS.
Jesus said, once (5) THE SYSTEM IS IN PLACE, (5) THE CHOICE WILL BE
FINAL. My people must be PREPARED IN ADVANCE, and (7) HELP
OTHERS UNDERSTAND WHAT'S TRULY AT STAKE. He showed me how (5)
THE MARK WOULD BE PRESENTED (5) AS SOMETHING BENEFICIAL, AND
HUMANITARIAN, there would be (5) COMPELLING ARGUMENTS FOR ITS
ACCEPTANCE. Preventing child trafficking, stopping illegal immigration,
ensuring fair distribution of medical care. Even (5) SOME RELIGIOUS
LEADERS WOULD ENDORSE (5) IT AS COMPATIBLE WITH CHRISTIANITY.
31 | P a g e

But Jesus made it (5) CLEAR, ACCEPTING THIS MARK WOULD (5) BE AN
IRREVOCABLE DECISION THAT (7) WOULD SEPARATE PEOPLE FROM HIS
SPIRIT FOREVER.
32 | P a g e

33 | P a g e

JESUS SHOWED ME HOW IT (5) WOULD GRADUALLY ALTER HUMAN
DNA, CREATING (5) A HYBRID FORM THAT COULD (5) NO LONGER
EXPERIENCE SPIRITUAL REGENERATION.
34 | P a g e

35 | P a g e

36 | P a g e

37 | P a g e

38 | P a g e

39 | P a g e

I saw how important it would be for believers to be GROUNDED IN
SOUND DOCTRINE and to understand why this Mark was so dangerous.
It wasn't just about buying and selling, IT WAS ABOUT MAINTAINING (7)
OUR STATUS AS BEINGS CREATED IN GOD'S (7) IMAGE CAPABLE OF
COMMUNION WITH HIS SPIRIT.
Genesis 9:6 For in the image of God He made man.
Jesus then showed me THE GLORY that awaited those who REMAINED
FAITHFUL. I saw believers operating in levels of SPIRITUAL AUTHORITY
that seemed impossible. HEALING THE SICK, MULTIPLYING FOOD and
even COMMANDING WEATHER PATTERNS. But this AUTHORITY only
came to those who had COMPLETELY SURRENDERED their lives to him
and REFUSED TO COMPROMISE with the world's system.
The coming times will be difficult, Jesus said, but they will also be glorious
for MY FAITHFUL ONES, (7) THOSE WHO KNOW ME, TRULY KNOW ME,
will walk in POWERS AND AUTHORITIES that the world has not seen since
the early church.
40 | P a g e

But this power will only come through complete surrender, and absolute
trust in me. He showed me how many believers would be PROTECTED
SUPERNATURALLY, some would be INVISIBLE TO SURVEILLANCE
SYSTEMS, others (7) WOULD FIND FOOD AND SUPPLIES MULTIPLIED
MIRACULOUSLY.
But he emphasized, that these Miracles would (7) ONLY COME THROUGH
INTIMATE RELATIONSHIP WITH HIM, not through formulas or religious
rituals. I saw how crucial it would be for believers to understand their
AUTHORITY IN CHRIST, those who truly understood (7) THEIR POSITION
AS SONS AND DAUGHTERS OF GOD. (7) FULLY FORGIVEN AND
RIGHTEOUS THROUGH CHRIST'S BLOOD, they would walk in levels of
SPIRITUAL AUTHORITY that would astonish the world.
41 | P a g e

Jesus showed (5) ME HOW THE ENEMY WOULD (5) TRY TO COUNTER-
FIT THESE MIRACLES (5) THROUGH TECHNOLOGY AND DEMONIC
POWER. There would be (5) IMPRESSIVE DISPLAYS OF SUPERNATURAL
PHENOMENA but they would (7) LACK THE HALLMARK OF TRUE DIVINE
POWER (7) GENUINE LOVE AND TRANSFORMATION OF THE HEART.
He (7) EMPHASIZED THE IMPORTANCE OF BELIEVERS LEARNING TO (7)
DISCERN BETWEEN TRUE AND COUNTERFEIT SPIRITUAL
MANIFESTATIONS. The key would not be (5) THE IMPRESSIVENESS OF
THE MANIFESTATION, (7) BUT WHETHER IT ALIGNED WITH GOD'S
CHARACTER and HIS WRITTEN WORD.
42 | P a g e

43 | P a g e

I saw how some believers would be called to PUBLIC RESISTANCE against
the system. While others would be led to operate quietly, behind the
scenes. Both roles were equally important and success would come
through following HIS SPECIFIC LEADING rather than copying what others
were doing.
Jesus showed me how critical it would be for believers to MAINTAIN
UNITY, despite differences in minor doctrinal issues. The pressure (7) OF
PERSECUTION WOULD DRIVE TRUE BELIEVERS TOGETHER.
(7) FOCUSING ON THE ESSENTIAL TRUTHS OF FAITH. While letting go of
denominational divisions. He revealed how many current Church (5)
STRUCTURES WOULD FAIL UNDER PRESSURE. But new networks of
believers would form based on GENUINE RELATIONSHIPS and MUTUAL
SUPPORT, rather than formal organization.
These networks would become the BACKBONE (7) OF THE RESISTANCE
AGAINST THE MARK SYSTEM. I saw how modern technology would be
both a blessing and a curse. While it would be used (5) TO IMPLEMENT
THE MARK SYSTEM, it would also allow believers to connect and support
each other in unprecedented ways, before the system was fully
implemented.
Jesus emphasized the importance of Believers (7) DEVELOPING
PRACTICAL SKILLS WHILE MAINTAINING SPIRITUAL PRIORITIES those
who could grow food, repair things, and help others with practical needs,
would have many opportunities to (7) SHARE THE GOSPEL AND
STRENGTHEN FELLOW BELIEVERS.
44 | P a g e

He showed me how some regions (5) WOULD IMPLEMENT THE MARK
SYSTEM before others. And how some regions were creating
TEMPORARY REFUGES where believers could SUPPORT AND
STRENGTHEN each other. But he stressed, that PHYSICAL PREPARATION
while important, must never take priority over SPIRITUAL PREPARATION.
I saw how crucial it would (7) BE FOR BELIEVERS TO UNDERSTAND AND
APPLY (7) THE BLOOD OF JESUS AS SPIRITUAL PROTECTION. Those who
(7) TRULY UNDERSTOOD THE POWER OF CHRIST'S BLOOD, would walk
in levels of PROTECTION AND AUTHORITY that others couldn't
comprehend.
45 | P a g e

Jesus showed me how (5) THE MARK WOULD BE CONNECTED (5) TO A
NEW GLOBAL RELIGION that would (5) COMBINE ELEMENTS OF
VARIOUS FAITHS, while opposing true Christianity. This system (5)
WOULD PROMOTE UNITY AND PEACE, while (7) PERSECUTING THOSE
WHO MAINTAINED EXCLUSIVE TRUTH CLAIMS.
46 | P a g e

47 | P a g e

He revealed how important it would be for believers (7) TO
UNDERSTAND AND APPLY SPIRITUAL WARFARE PRINCIPLES. (7) THOSE
WHO KNEW THEIR AUTHORITY IN CHRIST, and how (5) TO STAND
AGAINST SPIRITUAL ATTACKS, would be crucial in helping others
navigate the challenging times ahead.
48 | P a g e

49 | P a g e

I saw how many would (5) BE OFFERED SEEMINGLY VALID RELIGIOUS (5)
JUSTIFICATIONS FOR ACCEPTING THE MARK. (5) THERE WOULD BE
THEOLOGICAL ARGUMENTS (5) PRESENTED BY RESPECTED RELIGIOUS
LEADERS, attempting to reconcile acceptance (5) OF THE MARK WITH
CHRISTIANITY. This would (5) CREATE SIGNIFICANT CONFUSION AND
DIVISION within churches.
50 | P a g e

Jesus emphasized that PROTECTION FROM DECEPTION (7) WOULD
COME THROUGH GENUINE RELATIONSHIP WITH HIM, rather than
merely intellectual understanding. Those who knew (7) HIS VOICE,
THROUGH REGULAR COMMUNION WITH HIM, would not (5) BE
DECEIVED BY CLEVER ARGUMENTS (5) OR FALSE SIGNS AND WONDERS.
He showed me how some believers would receive SUPERNATURAL
PROVISION, similar to how Elijah was fed by Ravens. Others would see
small supplies multiplied like the widow’s oil in Elisha's time. But he
stressed that these (7) MIRACLES WOULD COME THROUGH
RELATIONSHIP AND OBEDIENCE, not through formula or ritual.
51 | P a g e

52 | P a g e

I saw how important it would be for believers to maintain JOY AND
PEACE, even in difficult circumstances. Those who learned to REJOICE IN
THE LORD, regardless of external conditions, would be POWERFUL
WITNESSES to others and would MAINTAIN STRENGTH for the long
journey ahead.
Jesus showed me how many initially (5) STRONG BELIEVERS WOULD
GRADUALLY BE (5) WORN DOWN BY FEAR AND (5) UNCERTAINTY,
EVENTUALLY COMPROMISING THEIR FAITH. He stressed the importance
of believers ENCOURAGING AND STRENGTHENING each other,
particularly in maintaining HOPE AND PERSPECTIVE during dark times.
53 | P a g e

He revealed (5) HOW THE ENEMY WOULD ATTEMPT (5) TO INTRODUCE
DOUBT AND FEAR through (5) FALSE PROPHECIES AND DIRE
PREDICTIONS. The KEY TO STABILITY would be STAYING GROUNDED IN
GOD'S WORD, and maintaining INTIMATE COMMUNION with him.
Rather than being (5) SWAYED BY DRAMATIC NEW REVELATIONS.
I saw how some Believers would be called to help those (5) WHO
INITIALLY ACCEPTED THE MARK, but hadn't (5) YET RECEIVED ITS FULL
IMPLEMENTATION. There would be a SHORT WINDOW OF
OPPORTUNITY for people to REVERSE THEIR DECISION, but only before
the (5) FINAL STAGE OF THE PROCESS.
54 | P a g e

55 | P a g e

56 | P a g e

57 | P a g e

58 | P a g e

59 | P a g e

60 | P a g e

Jesus emphasized that the coming challenges would not be overcome
through human strength or (7) CLEVERNESS BUT THROUGH COMPLETE
DEPENDENCE ON HIM. Those who learned to live in (7) MOMENT BY
MOMENT RELIANCE ON HIS GUIDANCE (7) WOULD WALK IN
SUPERNATURAL WISDOM AND PROVISION.
61 | P a g e

He showed me how many would (5) BE TEMPTED TO COMPROMISE
GRADUALLY, accepting (5) SMALL CONCESSIONS THAT WOULD
EVENTUALLY (5) LEAD TO ACCEPTING THE MARK. The KEY TO
RESISTANCE, would be DRAWING CLEAR LINES early, and being willing to
FACE IMMEDIATE CONSEQUENCES rather than (5) TRYING TO FIND
MIDDLE GROUND.
62 | P a g e

I saw how some believers would be SUPERNATURALLY TRANSPORTED to
different locations, similar to Philip in the book of Acts. Others would be
given EXTRAORDINARY STRENGTH or ability to go without sleep when
necessary. But these gifts would only be given as needed, not for show
or personal benefit.
63 | P a g e

Jesus revealed how important it would be for believers to maintain
PHYSICAL AND MENTAL HEALTH as much as possible. Those who learned
to MANAGE STRESS THROUGH PRAYER and maintained healthy habits,
would be better equipped to help others during difficult times. He
showed me how some would be GIVEN ASSIGNMENTS to do.
64 | P a g e

And share what was happening, CREATING RESOURCES that would
strengthen, and ENCOURAGE other believers. Others would be given
technological skills to CREATE SECURE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS for
believers.
I saw how crucial it would be for believers to learn to navigate between
necessary interaction with the world's systems and maintaining
separation from them. WISDOM would be needed to determine when to
participate and when to withdraw.
Jesus emphasized that the GREATEST PROTECTION would not come
through physical preparation or hiding, but through walking in the FULL
ARMOR OF GOD and MAINTAINING INTIMATE RELATIONSHIP WITH
HIM. Those who truly understood their IDENTITY IN CHRIST would walk
in levels of (7) AUTHORITY THAT WOULD CONFOUND THE WORLD'S
SYSTEMS.
As my time with Jesus drew to a close, he gave me a final MESSAGE OF
HOPE. Tell my people, he said, that what is coming will indeed be difficult,
but it will also be a time of UNPRECEDENTED POWER AND AUTHORITY
for those who REMAIN FAITHFUL.
The darkness will be (7) DARK INDEED, BUT MY LIGHT IN MY (7) PEOPLE
WILL SHINE BRIGHTER THAN EVER BEFORE.
I felt myself being drawn back to my body but before I returned Jesus
gave me one final embrace. THE LOVE I felt in that moment was beyond
anything I can describe in human words. It was PURE, PERFECT AND
COMPLETE.
65 | P a g e

When I opened my eyes at the hospital, I was different. The doctors were
amazed at my recovery, but what amazed me more was the clarity and
urgency of what I had been shown.
I knew I had to share this message, not to create fear but to help PREPARE
believers for what's coming, and to ENCOURAGE them with THE HOPE
(7) AND POWER THAT IS AVAILABLE IN CHRIST.
The experience I've shared with you isn't meant to frighten you but to
PREPARE you. Jesus showed me these things out of his GREAT LOVE for
his people, he wants us to BE READY, not just to survive but to thrive and
help others during the CHALLENGING TIMES ahead.
Remember, the key is not just physical preparation but SPIRITUAL
INTIMACY WITH JESUS CHRIST, (7) THOSE WHO KNOW HIM, TRULY
KNOW HIM will walk in POWER AND AUTHORITY that will astound the
world.
The darkness ahead will be (7) DARK INDEED, BUT HIS LIGHT IN HIS (7)
PEOPLE WILL SHINE BRIGHTER THAN EVER BEFORE. What I've shared
with you today is just a fraction of what I was shown, but it's what I was
permitted to reveal at this time. if you're reading this and haven't yet
given your life to Jesus Christ, please don't wait. The TIME TO PREPARE
IS NOW, the time to build that INTIMATE RELATIONSHIP WITH HIM is
today. May GOD BLESS YOU and keep you STRONG in the times ahead.
66 | P a g e

67 | P a g e

68 | P a g e

69 | P a g e

70 | P a g e

VACCINES: HOW THE TRUTH IS SUPPRESSED
Vernon Coleman says that the truth about vaccines is being suppressed
by powerful drug companies that have bought influence over doctors and
medical journals. Many doctors are afraid to speak out against
vaccination due to fear of ruining their careers, and medical journalists
often lack formal medical training and receive payments from drug
companies.
To show how drug companies are controlling what even doctors are told
about vaccines, he describes a conference for doctors that he was invited
to speak at. The conference was to inform attendees about medication
errors and adverse reactions to prescribed drugs. But surprise, surprise,
he was cancelled.
71 | P a g e

The following is an extract from his book ‘ANYONE WHO TELLS YOU
VACCINES ARE SAFE AND EFFECTIVE IS LYING: HERE’S THE PROOF’ which
was first published in 2019.
By Dr. Vernon Coleman
These days, doctors only get to read and hear what the drug industry
wants them to read and hear. Anything controversial, anything
questioning the status quo, must be suppressed.
72 | P a g e

A year or two ago, I was invited to speak at a new conference in London.
The conference was, I was told, intended to tackle the subject of
medication errors and adverse reactions to prescribed drugs.
The company organising the conference was called PasTest. “For over 30
years, PasTest has been providing medical education to professionals
within the NHS,” they told me. “Building on our commitment to quality
in medical and healthcare education, PasTest is creating a range of
healthcare events which focus on the professional development of
clinicians and managers who are working together to deliver healthcare
services for the UK. Our aim is to provide a means for those who are in a
position to improve services on both national and regional levels.
The topics covered by our conferences are embraced within policy, best
practice, case study, clinical management and evidence-based practice.
PasTest endeavours to source the best speakers who will engage
audiences with balanced, relevant and thought-provoking programmes.
PasTest has proven in the past that by using thorough investigative
research and keeping up-to-date with advances in healthcare and
medical practice, a premium educational event can be achieved.”
That’s what they said. Sounds wonderful, I thought (in one of my more
naive moments). Iatrogenesis (doctor-induced disease) is something of a
speciality of mine. I have written numerous books and articles on the
subject. My campaigns have resulted in more drugs being banned or
controlled than anyone else’s.
In addition to my speaking at the conference, the organisers wanted me
to help them decide on the final programme. I thought the conference
was an important one and would give me a good opportunity to tell NHS
staff the truth. I signed a contract.
73 | P a g e

PasTest wrote to confirm my appointment as a consultant and speaker
for the PasTest Conference Division. And then there was silence. My
office repeatedly asked for details of when and where the conference
was being held. Silence. Eventually, a programme for the event appeared
on the Internet. Curiously, my name was not on the list of speakers
.Here is part of the blurb promoting the conference: “Against a
background of increasing media coverage into the number of UK patients
who are either becoming ill or dying due to adverse reactions to
medication our conference aims to explain the current strategies to avoid
Adverse Drug reactions and what can be done to educate patients.”
74 | P a g e

Putting the blame on patients for problems caused by prescription drugs
is brilliant. Most drug-related problems are caused by the stupidity of
doctors, not the ignorance of patients. If the aim is to educate patients
on how best to avoid prescription drug problems, the advice would be
simple: “Don’t trust doctors.” The promotion for the conference claims
that “It is estimated errors in medication … account for 4 per cent of
hospital bed capacity.” And that prescription drug problems “reportedly
kill up to 10,000 people a year in the UK.”
As I would have shown (had I not been banned from the conference),
these figures are absurdly low. The list of speakers included a variety of
people I had never heard of, including one speaker representing the
Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry and another
representing the Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency.
Delegates representing the NHS were expected to pay £250 plus VAT
(£293.75) to attend the event. Delegates whose Trust would be funding
the cost were asked to apply for a Health Authority Approval form.
So why was I apparently banned from this conference?
This is what PasTest said when we asked them: “Certain parties felt that
he [Vernon Coleman] was too controversial to speak and as a result
would not attend.”
Could that “certain parties,” I wonder, be the drug industry? Is the drug
industry now deciding who they will allow to speak to doctors and NHS
staff on the problems caused by prescription drugs? If I was banned at
the behest of the drug industry, do NHS bosses know that people
attending such conferences will only hear speakers approved by the drug
industry and that speakers telling the truth will be banned? (I think it is
75 | P a g e

safe to assume that I won’t be invited to speak at any more conferences
for NHS staff.)
If I was banned at the behest of the medical profession, why are doctors
frightened of the truth? I could not, of course, be banned by the NHS
itself. Why would the NHS not want its employees to know the truth
about drug-related problems? Why are people who had me banned so
frightened of what I would say? It can surely only be because they know
that I would have caused embarrassment by telling the truth.
76 | P a g e

The scary bottom line is that the NHS paid to send delegates to a
conference where someone representing the drug industry spoke to
them on drug safety. But I was banned. The truth was uninvited. Details
of the ban were sent to every national and major local newspaper in
Britain. None reported it. The question is this: If doctors or drug
companies believe I am wrong, why don’t they let me speak and then
explain why I am wrong? The unavoidable answer is that they know my
criticisms of the profession and the industry are accurate and
unanswerable.
77 | P a g e

What happened with PasTest is by no means unusual. All sorts of strange
people (mainly politicians and administrators) have taken control of
medical care these days; their brains are uncluttered with scientific stuff,
and they “know best.” Vaccination is now a political issue rather than a
scientific issue. Facts are just a damned nuisance that get in the way and
about as welcome as hot dog vendors at a meeting of vegetarians.
When the London Assembly (in reality the best known EU Regional
Assembly in England) invited members of the public to send in thoughts
on vaccination for their “rapporteurship” I sent them a copy of my
book ‘Coleman’s Laws’, which contains a lengthy medical explanation of
why vaccination is irresponsible and dangerous and a significant cause
of illness.
An administration officer for the London Assembly wrote to thank me for
my views which would, I was assured, be included in their analysis of
evidence for the report. However, there was no mention of any of my
evidence in their report and the details of the evidence I had submitted
did not appear in the list of references included at the back of the report.
I was not surprised by this. Nor was I surprised to see that the report
followed the official line.
Their first conclusion was that the Department of Health should make
childhood immunisation a key performance indicator for Primary Care
Trusts. (In other words, GPs should be given extra money if they met
vaccination performance targets.) They also recommended that all
London Primary Care Trusts “should appoint an immunisation champion
to work with GP practices in order to boost immunisation rates.”
78 | P a g e

I could find no mention anywhere in the report of the existence of
evidence suggesting that sticking needles and potentially dangerous
substances into small children might not be a good thing. There was no
discussion of the evidence that vaccines are dangerous and might cause
serious damage to young children and infants.
Ironically, the title of the report was ‘Still Missing the Point?‘ I rather think
they are. And I expect that at some time in the future, the same merry
group will launch an investigation into why the incidence of “autism” is
increasing. I began this essay by pointing out that these days doctors only
get to hear and read what the drug industry wants them to hear. It is not,
of course, only doctors who are protected from the truth.
I haven’t been invited (or allowed) to discuss vaccination on the radio or
television for many years. This is largely because the medical
establishment (having lost a long series of debates) will no longer agree
to debate any medical topic with me or, indeed, to appear on any
programme which has invited me to be a participant. (I have no doubt
that an awful lot of untruths have been told about me by various
representatives of the medical establishment.)
Not long ago, however, I was, to my immense surprise, invited to discuss
vaccination on a late evening programme on Radio City, an independent
station in Liverpool. A local doctor was invited to debate with me. The
result was extraordinary.
For quite a while the doctor refused to admit that doctors make any
money out of giving vaccines. Until I pressed him directly, he indignantly
denied that doctors have a financial interest in promoting vaccination.
Only when I pointed out that GPs receive fees and bonuses for
vaccinating their patients did he, rather reluctantly, agree that I was right.
79 | P a g e

The doctor’s main defence seemed to me to be that because the
Government and other doctors agreed with his views on vaccination
(which were, naturally, diametrically opposed to mine), then he must be
right and I must be wrong. I have never found this a very convincing
argument and nor, for a while at least, did the listeners. The presenter
wanted to know why the facts I was giving had never been aired before.
At the end of the programme, I was told that the programme had never
before had such a response from listeners. It was, I was assured, their
biggest ever audience response. Listeners were desperate for more
information. Many were astounded at the evidence I produced.
Some accused me of scaremongering for questioning pro-vaccination
propaganda and for pointing out that doctors get paid for giving
vaccinations. At the end of the programme, I was asked if I would make
another, longer programme on the subject of vaccination. I said I would.
I offered to debate the subject of vaccination with any number of provaccination
doctors and experts the radio station could find.
I was not, however, surprised when I never heard from them again. I
contacted them to ask if they were still interested in another more
intensive debate. They weren’t. And since then, no other radio station
has been prepared to allow me to discuss vaccination on air. I doubt if
this will change. Patients, like doctors, will be protected from the
inconvenient truths. The media in general is constantly full of articles and
programmes sneering at those who worry about vaccination and
promoting vaccination as safe and effective.
Here’s an extract from a pro-vaccination article by a columnist
in Time magazine: “I’m pretty confident in the way I get my knowledge.
Even in the age of Google and Wikipedia we still receive almost all our
80 | P a g e

information from our peers. When presented with doubts, I don’t search
for detailed information from my side. I go with the consensus of
mainstream media, academia and the Government. Not because they
are always right but because they’re right far more often than not, and I
have a TiVo to watch. Also, unlike anti-vaccination people, they usually
shut up after a little while.”
I could hardly believe that when I first read it and I can hardly believe it
now that I’ve re-read it. But the truth is that most people now think like
this and so the bad guys get away with their lies and their deceits and
their manipulations and their spin. The drug companies are extremely
powerful and effective at persuading journalists. They have bought most
of the doctors and most of the medical journals and so they can be very
convincing.
Sometimes the pro-vaccine journalists become quite absurdly overblown
in their support for vaccination. In December 2009, a magazine
called Wired even claimed it was a “fact” that: “By any measure of
scientific consensus, there is total agreement: vaccines are safe, effective
and necessary.” And it’s a fact that the moon is made of green cheese.
Facts? Who needs the real thing when you can just make them up when
you need them.
81 | P a g e

Most doctors are unquestioning – too frightened to upset the
establishment. Asking uncomfortable questions can ruin a doctor’s
career. And medical journalists are just as useless.
Most have very little formal medical training, they don’t know what to
look for, they not infrequently receive payments from drug companies
(the payments are offered for articles written for drug company
publications and are frequently far in excess of the sort of payments that
the journalists would normally expect to receive) and they hardly ever
have the courage to take on the establishment.
82 | P a g e

Far too many so-called medical and health journalists are wimpy
incompetents who won’t print or broadcast anything which might
damage their cosy relationships with the medical establishment and the
international pharmaceutical industry.
The power of the pro-vaccination lobby is powerful and far spread. When
I wrote a short-lived column for the Oriental Morning Post in China, the
editors were at first reluctant to publish a column I had written criticising
vaccination. Eventually, the editors printed the piece (simply because I
refused to provide an alternative). After the column appeared, my book
publishers in China wrote to tell me that the Chinese Government had
informed them that they could no longer publish my books.
My publishers in China had produced four of my books, all of which had
sold very well, but they had been told by the Government that only
“medical publishing houses” could in future publish books concerned
with health care. Other Chinese publishers who had shown great
enthusiasm for publishing my books suddenly changed their minds.
83 | P a g e

I am sometimes told that, as a critic of vaccination, it is my job to prove
that vaccines are dangerous and that I should stop criticising vaccination
until I have evidence proving that vaccines can be dangerous and are
often ineffective. That is a nonsense. It is the responsibility of those who
are making, endorsing and giving vaccines to be sure that they are safe.
The drug companies have a responsibility to prove that their products are
safe and effective.
84 | P a g e

Unfortunately, it is common these days for Governments to allow
industries to do things without proving that they are safe, and to then
expect opponents to prove that something is unsafe. The same thing
happens, for example, with genetic engineering and genetically modified
food. The fact is, of course, that it is impossible to produce evidence
proving that a procedure doesn’t do something. The onus should, of
course, be on those who promote these procedures to produce evidence
proving that they are safe.
There is no evidence that genetically modified food is safe to eat because
the people selling the stuff haven’t done (or been expected to do) any
research proving the safety of their product. Opponents and critics are
dismissed airily and told that it is their responsibility to prove that
genetically modified foods are unsafe. However, without vast sums of
money, and access to the company’s laboratories, that simply isn’t
possible.
In truth, of course, it is not the job of those who oppose vaccination to
prove that it is not safe or effective. Indeed, even with unlimited
resources, it is nigh on impossible to prove a negative. How can I prove
conclusively that the man down the road hasn’t ever cheated on his
taxes? How can I prove beyond any doubt that the Government hasn’t
ever tapped your telephone?
85 | P a g e

In a logical, sensible, scientific world, it is the job of those who promote
vaccination to prove that the procedure is safe and effective in general,
and that individual vaccines are safe and effective in use. Sadly, that isn’t
going to happen. The problem (as the drug companies know only too
well) is that when you start doing really serious research there is a real
risk that you will obtain results that are commercially inconvenient. And
the drug industry, the Government and the medical profession all have a
vested interest in ensuring that vaccination programmes continue.
86 | P a g e

If inconvenient truths were uncovered, the drug industry would lose
billions, the Government would find itself paying out billions in damages
and individual doctors would lose thousands of pounds a year in lost fees
and bonuses. So, there is no incentive for anyone to do any proper
research.
Supporters of vaccination, who ignore this absence of evidence in their
favour, have been conned by the establishment into believing that
vaccines save lives. They are often abusive and sometimes almost
hysterical in their attacks on the few doctors who dare speak out, and on
those who dare to try to share the truth about vaccination with patients
and with parents of young children. It is, perhaps, not surprising,
therefore, that most doctors who worry about vaccines say little and do
nothing in public.
87 | P a g e

88 | P a g e

However, readers may be interested to know that, contrary to popular
opinion, a good many doctors are worried about the medical profession’s
unbridled enthusiasm for vaccination. Most (quite sensibly) prefer to
remain anonymous.
Here is one (of many) relevant letters which I have received from
practising doctors in recent years. This one came from a GP. He wrote:
“Your criticism of vaccines is entirely justified. The medical profession has
come under the baleful influence of the drug companies and so doctors
have to pretend that vaccines can do no harm. I am a doctor and regard
vaccination as a fraud and a farce. The witches in Macbeth might well
have included modern vaccines in their recipe.”
All of us who criticise vaccination should take heart from American
producer Jerry Weintraub, who once wrote: “If a bunch of men are
discussing you, meeting about you, and scheming to destroy you, it
probably means you’re doing something right.”
Note: The essay above is taken from Vernon Coleman’s bestselling book
on vaccines called `Anyone who tells you vaccines are safe and effective
is lying: Here’s the proof.’ Joe Biden’s White House tried to ban the book
but you can buy a copy of your own. Just CLICK HERE.
About the Author
Vernon Coleman MB ChB DSc practised medicine for ten years. He has
been a full-time professional author for over 30 years. He is a novelist
and campaigning writer and has written many non-fiction books. He has
written over 100 books which have been translated into 22 languages.
On his website, HERE, there are hundreds of articles which are free to
read.
89 | P a g e

90 | P a g e

91 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA CONSOLIDATES POSITION AS
GLOBAL AI LEADER
The Kingdom has adopted a transformative approach to building an
innovative and sustainable economy founded on AI and innovation.
Updated 16 September 2025 Arab News September 16, 2025
RIYADH: As the world races to adopt advanced technologies, the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia continues to cement its position as a global
leader in artificial intelligence.
Guided by the ambitious national vision of Crown Prince Mohammed bin
Salman, the Kingdom has adopted a transformative approach to building
an innovative and sustainable economy founded on AI and innovation,
the Saudi Press Agency reported.
92 | P a g e

Backed by bold investments, advanced infrastructure, and strategic
alliances with leading global technology companies, Saudi Arabia has
undergone unprecedented economic transformations that are creating
opportunities for international cooperation and a sustainable future
powered by AI to serve humanity.
At the LEAP 2025 tech conference, Saudi Arabia announced investments
exceeding $14.9 billion in AI and emerging technologies in its latest
edition alone.
In recent years, LEAP has delivered landmark announcements from
global tech giants, including Microsoft, Amazon, Google, and others.
Through these investments and partnerships, the Kingdom has
established itself as a global hub for digital innovation.
According to the ministry of communications and information
technology, these partnerships include Microsoft’s $2 billion-plus
investment to build an AI-powered data center, Groq’s $1.5 billion
commitment, and Salesforce’s $500 million investment to train 30,000
Saudis by 2030.
The launch of Humain, a Public Investment Fund-owned company,
marked the establishment of a national engine for smart projects.
Humain is backed by strategic agreements with NVIDIA, AWS, and Cisco
to build AI factories, establish a dedicated “AI Zone,” and launch a
research institute at King Abdullah University of Science and Technology.
Reinforcing the Kingdom’s global momentum, US President Donald
Trump visited Saudi Arabia in May.
93 | P a g e

94 | P a g e

The president was accompanied by more than 100 CEOs of leading US
tech companies, a historic event that reflected confidence in the
Kingdom’s investment environment.
The visit resulted in the launch of groundbreaking partnerships and
strategic investments aimed at accelerating Saudi Arabia’s transition to
an AI-driven economy.
It further amplified the Kingdom’s global economic influence and its role
as a driver of advanced technologies, according to the SPA.
These steps go far beyond financial investments and represent a holistic
strategy built on three pillars: global alliances, which position the
Kingdom as a key partner in shaping the future of AI; smart
infrastructure, which is focused on delivering advanced data centers,
high-performance computing, and next-generation processors; and
talent empowerment, which is dedicated to equipping Saudi nationals
with education, training, and the tools to develop local AI models and
applications.
95 | P a g e

In line with this vision, the ministry has announced large-scale initiatives
with major global technology companies focused on training, upskilling
and workforce readiness to prepare the Kingdom’s talent for the AI era.
These efforts have already translated into tangible impact, creating
thousands of jobs and boosting Saudi Arabia’s economic footprint.
According to IDC estimates, the Kingdom is not merely a recipient of
technologies but a producer and global driver of AI innovation,
positioning itself among the world’s most influential nations, shaping the
future of the intelligent era.
96 | P a g e

97 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA PUSHES GLOBAL CONNECTIVITY, AI RULES AT
REGULATORS’ SUMMIT
RIYADH: Saudi Arabia is driving efforts to close the $2.8 trillion global
connectivity gap and shape artificial intelligence governance as it hosts
the 25th Global Symposium for Regulators.
The event, organized with the International Telecommunication Union,
opened Sept. 1 at the King Abdulaziz International Conference Center in
Riyadh under the theme “Regulation for Sustainable Digital
Development.”
98 | P a g e

It convenes regulators and industry leaders from 190 countries,
reinforcing the Kingdom’s push to advance digital inclusion under VISION
2030.
The summit follows a UNCTAD World Investment Report 2025 showing
digital infrastructure investments remain heavily concentrated in
advanced economies, leaving developing nations struggling with access
and affordability gaps.
At the opening, Haytham Al-Ohali, acting governor of the
Communications, Space and Technology Commission, said the event
marks a milestone as the GSR turns 25 and the ITU celebrates its 160th
anniversary, the Saudi Press Agency reported.
Al-Ohali described Saudi Arabia as “a hub for dialogue and innovative
digital regulation.”
“Today we are in the era of artificial intelligence, and we have a golden
opportunity to shape the future of humanity for the next 160 years and
beyond, building on our successes and joint efforts that have culminated
in connecting more than two-thirds of humanity to date,” SPA quoted
him as saying.
Despite progress, 2.6 billion people remain unconnected, Al-Ohali said,
noting a joint CST-ITU study estimates $2.6 trillion to $2.8 trillion is
required to close the digital divide — including $1.7 trillion for
connectivity and infrastructure alone, triple the 2020 projection.
The Kingdom, he added, has already made strides, with the digital
economy contributing 15 percent of gross domestic product, over
380,000 technology jobs created, and women’s participation in the
99 | P a g e

sector climbing from 7 percent in 2018 to 35 percent, surpassing G20 and
EU benchmarks.
ITU Secretary-General Doreen Bogdan-Martin said, “This 25th GSR is
both a celebration and a recommitment — to put people and planet at
the heart of digital frameworks, to ensure technology bridges divides,
and to make our digital future safe, inclusive, and sustainable for all.”
She noted that the next 25 years will be determined by the frameworks
“we establish, the trust we build, and the decisions we make together.”
On X, Bogdan-Martin highlighted the urgency of regulatory innovation,
writing: “The question before us — how regulators can act as digital
ecosystem builders — could not be timelier. Because with digital tech
transforming every part of life, regulators need to keep pace. They must
shift mindsets, adopt new tools, and deepen collaboration.”
Cosmas Zavazava, director of the ITU’s Telecom Development Bureau,
praised the Kingdom for hosting the event, noting that it will enhance the
resilience of digital infrastructure, attract long-term investments, and
provide advanced economic analysis tools aligned with global best
practices.
On the sidelines, Minister of Communications and Information
Technology Abdullah Al-Swaha met with Bogdan-Martin to discuss joint
efforts to expand digital inclusion, boost entrepreneurship, and build AIdriven
growth models.
“Both sides reaffirmed their commitment to advancing the digital
economy, fostering digital skills, empowering digital entrepreneurship,
and boosting partnership in connectivity and inclusion, alongside the
100 | P a g e

Kingdom’s leading initiatives aimed at empowering people and
safeguarding the planet,” SPA reported.
Al-Ohaly attended the meeting, where both sides discussed enhancing
digital economy growth, developing digital skills, enabling digital
entrepreneurship, and Saudi Arabia’s initiatives for human
empowerment and environmental protection.
The event continues with technology exhibitions showcasing Saudi
Arabia’s VISION 2030 digital leadership and policy workshops advancing
the new inclusion framework.
It comes as Saudi Arabia aims to become a global digital leader following
its appointment to the UN’s ITU digital regulation network board.
Internet use in the Kingdom reached 99 percent in 2024.
GSR-25 will close with a resolution outlining regulatory principles for the
post-digital era, based on participants’ insights and session
recommendations.
The GSR, held annually, is the world’s leading forum for regulators and
industry leaders to exchange insights on digital innovation and regulatory
frameworks.
101 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA UNVEILS GLOBAL DIGITAL INCLUSION
ROADMAP AT TELECOM SUMMIT
RIYADH: Saudi Arabia launched the Global Symposium for Regulators,
GSR-25, at the King Abdulaziz International Conference Centre,
convening over 190 nations to address the digital divide affecting 2.6
billion people.
The International Telecommunication Union and Saudi Arabia’s
Communications, Space and Technology Commission co-host the summit
through Sept. 3.
102 | P a g e

Speaking at the opening ceremony on Monday, Haitham Al-Ohaly, CST
governor and GSR-25 chair, said, “Today, we have a golden opportunity
to shape humanity’s future for the next 160 years.
“Therefore, we announce a new roadmap with the ITU to connect
humanity through affordable AI-era solutions,” he said. Al-Ohaly stated
that, despite progress, 2.6 billion people remain excluded from the digital
world, highlighting disparities in regulations and access costs.
Citing a Saudi-ITU study presented at the ceremony, the governor said,
“The world requires $1.7 trillion just for connectivity infrastructure —
triple prior estimates. Closing all digital gaps demands up to $2.8 trillion
across infrastructure, skills, affordability, and regulation.”
On the sidelines of the summit, Saudi Minister of Communications and
Information Technology Abdullah Al-Swaha met with ITU Secretary-
General Doreen Bogdan-Martin. Al-Ohaly attended the meeting, where
both sides discussed enhancing digital economy growth, developing
digital skills, enabling digital entrepreneurship, and Saudi Arabia’s
initiatives for human empowerment and environmental protection.
The event continues with technology exhibitions showcasing Saudi
Arabia’s VISION 2030 digital leadership and policy workshops advancing
the new inclusion framework.
It comes as Saudi Arabia aims to become a global digital leader following
its appointment to the UN’s ITU digital regulation network board.
Internet use in the Kingdom reached 99 percent in 2024.
GSR-25 will close with a resolution outlining regulatory principles for the
post-digital era, based on participants’ insights and session
recommendations.
103 | P a g e

WHO CAN SURVIVE THE AI APOCALYPSE? A
CRISIS EXPERT EXPLAINS
RT talks to Dr. Mathew Maavak, an expert on global risks and artificial
intelligence, about what may be the greatest test humanity has faced
RT: With the advent of generative AI, a joke appeared on the internet,
comparing the future envisioned by utopian fiction authors – with robots
doing menial physical work and humans free to pursue creativity – to the
reality, where ChatGPT, Stable Diffusion et al. are creating texts and
pictures while humans work minimum wage jobs at fast food and
Amazon warehouses. Is this anti-utopian humor justified?
104 | P a g e

Mathew Maavak: Yes, the humor is more than justified. In fact, it is no
longer funny.
It took barely a decade for the sci-fi fantasy of robot butlers freeing
humanity for art and leisure to be annihilated by reality. Instead of robots
flipping burgers, we have AI painting portraits while humans flip the
burgers until robots replace them. AI safety expert Dr. Roman
Yampolskiy recently warned that Artificial General Intelligence (AGI) and
Superintelligence may wipe out 99% of jobs in the near future.
Skeptics used to argue that robots lacked the dexterity for “real
work” like plumbing, sanitation, car repairs, and warehouse drudgery.
That is changing fast. True, humanoid robots still need refinement, and
their maintenance costs will slow uptake. Their long-term reliability
needs to be extensively tested. Failure to do so will result in corporate
disasters, in a manner similar to the string of bankruptcies facing Western
automakers who rushed out models without undertaking extensive,
long-term tests.
The immediate job threat therefore is not to plumbers or janitors. It is to
the supposedly safe “knowledge class.”
Why hire a lawyer when AI can draft affidavits in seconds without the
pomp, theatrics, and obscene billing that lawyers cling to like a
birthright? Most people don’t realize that they can represent themselves
— “pro se” to use a legal term — with AI’s help, if not for numerous
obstacles placed by the legal fraternity.
Why consult a university or library when LLMs like ChatGPT or DeepSeek
can synthesize information in fields ranging from astrophysics to the
Dead Sea Scrolls in the span of a coffee break? Which single professor
can match that range and output?
105 | P a g e

Why trouble the neighbor or a mechanic about the capabilities of a new
car when AI can explain every system with clarity and patience?
Journalism is no safer. Copy-editors, proofreaders, and even anchors
should have been redundant by now. If AI models can already sell
fashion, even to those who crave a human appeal, why not deliver the
evening news via an AI anchor? I tell you one reason why there will be
lots of hesitancy in terms of mass adoption by the legacy media: An
advanced AI anchor – quite ironically – may not ask scripted questions to
get scripted answers.
106 | P a g e

The media in particular is staring at seismic shocks ahead. I joked in the
newsroom nearly 30 years ago that all we really needed was software
with templates for each kind of story. It wasn’t a joke after all, as it turned
out to be quite prophetic.
107 | P a g e

RT: To be clear, generative AI can be an ingenious tool and assistant in
many lines of work. Who do you think benefits the most from it?
MM: To answer that, you need to divide humans into two broad
categories: the harnesser — a term I coined — and the herd. Notice that
one can be both singular and plural, while the other is always plural. This
is natural, as 99% of humanity is driven by herd instincts. They have
consistently surrendered their critical faculties to accommodate the herd
and find “safety” in their respective comfort zones. Those safe zones are
now being obliterated by AI and many are sleepwalking into a future
which has no place for them. This presages massive social upheavals.
Globalist movers and shakers foresaw this specter long ago, which is why
they commissioned “futurists” like Yuval Noah Harari to enunciate a
mass, opiated future for so-called “useless eaters.”
The harnesser, by contrast, is far more than a critical thinker. They can
turn an impossible situation into a creative opportunity. Think of a sailor
catching the wind in his sails and cutting through stormy waters.
The harnesser has cultivated, often over decades, the trait of sailing
against the current. They have neuroplastically conditioned themselves
to question everything.
The harnesser also applies a systems approach to problems; grasps
complexity with ease; and may possess an uncanny repertoire of
knowledge. Their interaction with generative AI is not a one-sided copyand-paste
exercise. They will interrogate and even correct it. Their tacit
knowledge – diverse, refined, and somewhat inscrutable – remains
beyond AI’s reach.
Here is an example to illustrate the point I am making: when I received
these questions from RT, the biblical verse of Daniel 12:4 immediately
108 | P a g e

came to mind. The verse reads in the King James version: “BUT THOU, O
DANIEL, SHUT UP THE WORDS, AND SEAL THE BOOK, EVEN TO THE TIME
OF THE END: MANY SHALL RUN TO AND FRO, AND KNOWLEDGE SHALL
BE INCREASED.”
Knowledge has indeed increased, exponentially so for those who choose
to harness it. But what does “to and fro” mean? What does the original
text say? I interrogated ChatGPT because I suspected there was more to
it. And I was right. “To and fro” appears only in the Masoretic text. The
Theodotion text (Septuagint) omits it entirely, while the Old Greek
version of Daniel contains a surprising addendum. I leave it to the curious
reader to examine the variations themselves.
109 | P a g e

What truly caught my attention, however, was the Hebrew rendering of
the verse in the Dead Sea Scrolls. It included the niqqud (diacritical
marks) that did not exist at the time the scrolls were written. ChatGPT
stood corrected after I pressed it, and admitted that its rendering was
speculative guesswork.
To cut the analogy short: in the coming AI tsunami, many will be
tossed “to and fro” and left adrift in the societal ocean. Those who can
harness this elemental force – tempered by life’s struggles – may stand a
better chance of finding their shores.
RT: But wouldn’t these so-called “harnessers” be seen as a threat to
authoritarian regimes? What about political implications? Are there any,
given the fact that the companies behind generative AI engines are based
almost strictly in the West?
MM: “Questioning everything” does come with consequences, often in
the form of self-imposed solitude. But the harnesser-types I have
observed also carry a healthy cynicism toward politics. They are unlikely
to join the herd in mass demonstrations. If rallies and protests actually
worked, Western governments would have addressed various public
grievances long ago. Instead, they have doubled down. This is why I
consider Western governments and their satellites to be intellectually
hostile, despite their pretension to the contrary.
As for the harnesser’s fate in a future political order — that remains an
open question.
The broader political implications, however, are plenty. In geopolitics, the
next “superpowers” will be AI superpowers. In Asia, these include Russia,
China, India, Iran, Japan, Taiwan, and South Korea, with Vietnam likely to
110 | P a g e

join their ranks. All of them take the concepts of national and AI
sovereignty pretty seriously.
For the rest, the long-term outlook is rather bleak. At best, they will be
colonized appendages of Western Big Tech. For the time being, they will
likely delude themselves into thinking that the BRICS bloc can serve as
their new geopolitical and technological sugar daddy. I would rather not
dwell on the worst-case scenario. Perhaps their ministers
and “technocrats,” so enamored of their World Economic Forum (WEF)
links, should simply make Yuval Noah Harari their chief government
advisor.
The most immediate political question, for both AI powers and laggards
alike, is this: how prepared are governments to deal with mass
unemployment on a scale induced by AI?
RT: Many, you included, have written about how generative AI is eroding
people’s ability to think for themselves, reinforcing false notions and
providing false information. How much of a threat is this to humanity as
a whole? Which categories of humanity are the most susceptible to it?
MM: The cohort that benefits most from generative AI are those
educated before the mass-Internet era. It sounds paradoxical, but that
generation had to read books and journals, scrounge for information, and
cultivate a regimen for inquiry. Most “harnessers” hail from this group
and they are dying out.
It is easy to blame AI for “dumbing down” society, but in truth, society
was already hopelessly dumbed down. Just look at the quality and
theatrics of politicians today, especially in the West. More ominously,
their successors are little more than parrots reciting scripts. Can anyone
take them seriously, with their sensitivities as fragile as eggshells?
111 | P a g e

AI is not the cause of this decline; it is merely an accelerant. Thanks to
decades of trickle-down bad governance dressed up in technocratic
jargon, the younger generation is not being taught how to harness AI.
This does not augur well for humanity. What will the young people of
today do tomorrow?
Worse, the herd is dumbing down AI itself. Generative AI thrives on
feedback loops. If each cycle grows dumber, what happens to AI in the
long run? Threats related to AI and humans cut both ways.
112 | P a g e

To avoid meltdown, I suspect LLM designers have “fail-safed” their
systems to personalize responses. DeepSeek and ChatGPT, among others,
do not behave identically for everyone. That raises two issues: privacy
and surveillance. These tools can triangulate even the
most “anonymous” user by analyzing syntax, interests, typos, reactions,
typing patterns and more.
Think about it: out of 8.2 billion people, AI can pinpoint who you are
almost instantly – even if you change handles, borrow someone else’s
phone number, relocate, or cloak yourself in digital camouflage.
That should terrify people. Personally? I say: bring it on.
RT: After a recent ChatGPT update, which disabled certain kinds of
interactions, there have been numerous reports of people having to
“break up” with their “AI boyfriends/girlfriends.” Why would anyone
want to “date” a machine?
MM: The particular attachment to AI “girlfriends” and “boyfriends” is
the latest expression of a very old human tendency: to
anthropomorphize, project emotion, and form bonds with non-human
objects when those objects provide comfort, agency, or reciprocal
illusion. The novelty is not the attachment itself, but the sophistication of
the object – moving from wood and cloth, to clockwork, to pixels, to
adaptive AI.
Let me explain.
Since ancient times, people have projected agency and personality onto
carved images of gods or ancestors in the form of idols and statues. They
have personal ties with objects imbued with “power” such as talismans.
Children, even today, are known to talk to their dolls and teddy bears. In
113 | P a g e

the 18th and 19th centuries, mechanical dolls and automata sparked
both fascination and emotional investment. By the 20th century, people
were already forming bonds with erotic mannequins.
On a more meaningful note, people still speak to their pets, whose
presence and antics can be both calming and outright funny. Parents
articulate on behalfof babies and toddlers, and this is how familial and
social attachments are formed, as well as the first vocabularies of a young
life. As children, we develop our language by reading or listening to
anthropomorphized stories involving animals. I still remember the
parting words of B’rer Rabbit to B’rer Fox at the well scene, even if I forget
the “spur of the moment” epiphanies I had included in Op-Eds written
months back.
AI mates, however, represent a new paradigmaltogether. For the first
time ever, the object of affection can “talk back” in real-timeon a variety
of topics, and these interactions seem more real and fulfilling than those
with humans who can carry grudges, tempers, malice etc.
In my opinion, AI mates are an extrapolation of the imaginary friends
many children cultivate while growing up. It is a form of escapism.
The rise in AI relationships may also be caused by growing distrust of
fellow human beings, compounded by a cultural drift encouraged by
academics, politicians, and other traditional gatekeepers. The lunatics
are running the asylum in all social spheres, and people feel let down,
disoriented, and desperate for stability. Just think of the recent epidemic
of gender dysphoria that was encouraged and celebrated by those in
authority.
114 | P a g e

In that vacuum, AI becomes a substitute anchor.
These “relationships” emerge from the collision of unmet human needs
(loneliness, intimacy, safety, etc.) with hyper-personalized technology. In
a cultural climate where traditional norms around love, sex, and marriage
are dissolving, machines become the path of least resistance.
AI can simulate affection and shower compliments without the conflicts
of real relationships. The financial and psychological costs appear
minimal, but the emotional entanglement can be very real.
All generative AI has done is turbocharge our innate instinct for
attachment.. In fact, early text-based programs like ELIZA in the 1960s
showed how easily people could be drawn into confiding in “mere code.”
RT: Is this just loneliness, or some sign of deeper psychological issues –
maybe even mental disorder?
MM: Loneliness is often the entry point, but it is rarely the whole story.
The Hikikomori phenomenon in Japan – now being mirrored elsewhere –
115 | P a g e

long predated the public rollout of generative AI. Why do children and
young adults shut themselves out of society? Maybe because society is
getting more hypocritical, cowardly and outright fake? Individuals enter
their own simulated social matrix where conformity to lies, half-truths
and outright nonsense is a prerequisite.
Most human relationships are toxic to some degree; one where each
participant degrades the creativities or potentials of the other by subtle
gaslighting. This enables couples or friends to remain together and the
phenomenon is broadly called the “crab bucket mentality.”
Extrapolate this and you have chain-ganged cohorts and ultimately, a
timid society that sticks with convenient lies. Just think of so-called
intellectuals who lampoon the notion of God as an “imaginary fairy in the
sky,” but have no problems concocting new gender forms.
This is what I referred to as the “herd” earlier.
As Scripture reminds us, “The heart is deceitful above all things, and
desperately sick; who can understand it?” (Jeremiah 17:9). AI cannot
truly understand the human heart either, as it can only simulate human
affections. Yet, AI can certainly feel “safer” and more “real” for an
increasing number of lonely people.
To cut a long explanation short, we live in a culture of deceit and shallow
connections, where public life feels like a revolving circus of drama and
demoralization. That erosion of meaning breeds anxiety, depression, and
other psychosocial stresses.
There are also elements of addiction and dependency in the context of
AI relationships, as virtual companions are designed to be endlessly
available and affirming. This bypasses the growth and friction of genuine
116 | P a g e

relationships, reinforcing escapism. Artificial bonds therefore become a
substitute for human connection.
Do AI relationships constitute a psychological disorder, or is society itself
a mental asylum? In my view, the two cannot be separated: you cannot
study and label the former without acknowledging the pathology of the
latter. Clinical language already exists for paraphilias involving
attachment to inanimate objects. These include agalmatophilia
(attraction to statues or mannequins), objectophilia (a broader category),
and, more specifically, pygmalionism – the condition of “falling in love
with an object of one’s own creation.”
The term comes from Greek mythology, where Pygmalion was a sculptor
who fell in love with a statue he had made. In the modern era, George
Bernard Shaw’s play Pygmalion reimagined the myth, transforming an
underclass flower girl, Eliza Doolittle, into an object of refinement. What
appeared to be an innocent stroke of genius becomes more unsettling
when one recalls that Shaw himself openly advocated for mass
population culling based on perceived “unworthiness.”
117 | P a g e

Sounds familiar?
RT: The information age has provided numerous opportunities for people
to meet and get together – with the advent of the internet and of dating
apps you don’t even have to go to the pub and strike up conversations
anymore. Is that not enough, that people are turning to artificial
relationships?
MM: I will reiterate once more that many human relationships were
artificial in the first place. Would we still talk to that colleague or superior
in our workplace if we had enough money to retire or pursue our true
passions? Relationships are forged and enforced by various types of
power gradients. It has been so since time immemorial. It is only now, in
the information age – as both knowledge and multiple stresses increase
– that some are willing to acknowledge the phenomenon.
Rising living costs are also rapidly dismantling traditional opportunities
for socializing. Not many people can actually afford to visit a pub
anymore. What was once an affordable source of conviviality for the
working classes and the indigent is becoming increasingly expensive.
What about less expensive or free avenues of socializing? I have seen
nature treks organized on Facebook, only to be cancelled due to lack of
response. Traditionally, churches and the like offered the ideal avenue for
individuals to meet and strike up bonds. Now, traditional values have
eroded and too many churches have fallen into disrepute. Church
attendance in the West has also shown a hopeless decline since the post-
WW2 period. Some charismatic churches are not cheap to attend either,
as Old Testament tithing is enforced.
Dire economic circumstances play a crucial role in the rise of AI
relationships.
118 | P a g e

Dating apps, on the other hand, can be deceptive. Borrowing from a
familiar computer phrase: “What you see online is not always what you
get.” While some relationships may emerge from these platforms,
genuine long-term success stories are relatively rare. In many cases, what
initially appears to be compatibility is shaped less by personal connection
than by practical considerations such as career prospects, social mobility,
or immigration opportunities. When relationships are based on “supply
and demand” rules and steep power gradients, imagine the subtle
ramifications for subsequent generations?
Within this context, how much more “fake” are AI relationships? Yes, it is
unhealthy, but what is the true health of “normal society” today?
RT: Now that the scale of the problem has become evident, will it get
better or worse? Various “AI girlfriend” services exist already – will they
get normalized and become mainstream, like sex toys and VR
pornography, for example? Will there be therapy sessions and get-clean
programs, like Alcoholics Anonymous or those for drug or porn addicts?
MM: Loneliness will proliferate, and so will various forms of digital
escapism and parasocial bonds. Immersive technologies will one day
allow individuals to feel the thrill of exploring faraway caves, visiting
fictitious planets, or enjoying sexual intimacy with any character conjured
up by an AI prompt.
This is a slippery slope. Imagine if you are an “explorer” in a paleolithic
setting and you need to kill in order to survive in that simulation? Would
you transpose this acquired trait to the real world? How real will it get?
What does it feel like being Jack the Ripper in Victorian London? Will the
Darknet evolve into the primary marketplace for immersive technologies
that exploit primal desires and sexual deviance?
119 | P a g e

There will always be therapy sessions for those addicted to various forms
of digital addiction. But in my opinion, the best cure is a supervised
camping trip, with no modern gizmos allowed.
RT: Is this a test for humanity’s will to survive as a species?
MM: Absolutely. This is why our globalists overlords prattle repeatedly
over the Great Reset and the New World Order ad nauseum. They know
that the society they had forged is crumbling at its foundations, and they
need a new paradigm where the majority of humanity can be safely
herded into a digitally-curated gulag. Once inside, the denizens may be
provided with free immersive technologies, along with psychotropic
drugs, to keep them pliant and pacified. That is precisely what Yuval Noah
Harari suggested in reference to the future of “worthless or useless
eaters.”
120 | P a g e

SAUDI COMMUNICATIONS MINISTER URGES DECISIVE
ACTION, GLOBAL COOPERATION TO ADDRESS AI DIVIDE
GENEVA: Saudi Arabia’s minister of communications and IT has called for
“decisive international collaboration” to address the inequality in
computing infrastructure that could leave other nations behind in the era
of artificial intelligence.
In a keynote address at the 160th anniversary of the International
Telecommunication Union in Geneva, Abdullah Al-Swaha cited the
“concentration of computing power in a few regions, the lack of AI
infrastructure in many countries, and the limited participation of the
Global South in shaping governance frameworks and regulatory policies.”
121 | P a g e

“Today, the world faces an ‘existential gap’ due to alarming disparities in
access to AI technologies,” the minister said, according to the Saudi Press
Agency.
Alswaha said that the world could learn lessons from the past phases of
technological transformation: The analog era, which took more than a
century to connect 800 million people, and the digital era, which linked
5.5 BILLION INDIVIDUALS IN JUST 50 YEARS but still left 2.6 billion
unconnected.
Minister Al-Swaha said Saudi Arabia under King Salman and Crown
Prince Mohammed bin Salman had positioned the Kingdom as a global
leader in the age of AI through a series of bold initiatives. (SPA)
122 | P a g e

In the AI era, he said, current gaps exist in computing infrastructure, data
availability, and algorithms that could slow the advances needed to
support human progress. Al-Swaha reiterated Saudi Arabia’s
”unwavering commitment” to support and lead international efforts to
close the emerging technological divides.
He highlighted Saudi Arabia’s efforts to address these gaps, citing the
digital empowerment of women in the Kingdom — who now have a
participation rate of about 35 percent — and the Kingdom’s top global
rankings in digital competitiveness for two consecutive years.
He also noted that researchers at Saudi Arabia’s King Abdullah University
of Science and Technology rank among the top one percent globally in
scientific citations, offering hope for the future of AI.
123 | P a g e
Minister Abdullah Al-Swaha and his delegation.

124 | P a g e

‘AI MAY BECOME JUDGE, JURY AND EXECUTIONER’
Artificial intelligence is being weaponized across all facets of life, and
Google’s recent change of principles is a sign of things to come
Last week, Google revised its artificial intelligence principles, removing
the company’s stance against using AI to develop weapons or
technologies or directly facilitate injury to people, or for surveillance that
violates internationally accepted norms.
Google’s AI head Demis Hassabis said the guidelines were being
overhauled in a changing world and that AI should protect “national
security”.
125 | P a g e

RT has interviewed Dr. Mathew Maavak, a senior consultant for
Malaysia’s National Artificial Intelligence Roadmap 2021-2025 (AI-Rmap),
scholar on global risks, geopolitics, strategic foresight, governance and
AI, on the potential consequences of Google’s new policies.
RT: Does this mean that Google and other corporations will now start
making AI-powered weapons?
Dr. Mathew Maavak: First and foremost, Google was largely the creation
of the US national security apparatus or simply, the “deep state”.The
origins of many, if not all, Big Tech entities today can be traced to groundbreaking
research undertaken by the US Defense Advanced Research
Projects Agency (DARPA) and its predecessor the Advanced Research
Projects Agency (ARPA). So, the quasi-private entity called Google is
inextricably beholden to its “national security” origins, as are other Big
Tech entities. Weaponizing AI and creating AI-powered weapons is a
natural progression for these entities. Microsoft has long established its
own “military empire”.
Furthermore, Big Tech platforms have been extensively used for data and
intelligence-gathering activities worldwide. This is a reason why China
has banned many US Big Tech software and apps. A nation cannot be
sovereign if it is beholden to Big Tech!
As for Google changing its guidelines on AI, this should not come as a
surprise. Big Tech was actively promoting universal AI governance models
through various high-profile institutional shills, United Nations agencies,
Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), think tanks and national
governments. Through my recent work in this field, it became abundantly
clear that the US government sought to stifle the development of
indigenous AI worldwide by promoting half-baked and turgid AI
126 | P a g e

Governance models that are riddled with contradictions. The gap
between lofty aspirations and longstanding realities are simply
unbridgeable.
The same playbook was deployed to push Environmental, Social, and
Governance (ESG) schemes worldwide – imposing heavy costs on
developing nations and corporations alike. Now, the US and Big Capital
are ditching the very ESG schemes they had devised.
Unfortunately, many nations fell for these ploys, investing significant
money and resources into building fanciful ESG and AI frameworks. These
nations risk becoming permanently dependent on Big Tech under what I
call “AI neo-colonialism”.
Alphabet’s Google and YouTube, Microsoft’s Bing and Elon Musk’s X have
long weaponized their platforms before this recent change in AI policy.
Big Tech’s search algorithms have been weaponized to erase dissenters
and contrarian platforms from the digital landscape, effectively imposing
a modern-day damnatio memoriae.I have to use the Russian search
engine Yandex in order to retrieve my old articles.
RT: Why is this change being made now?
Dr. Mathew Maavak: All weapons systems increasingly rely on AI. The
Russia-Ukrainian conflict alone has seen AI being used in the battlefield.
The extensive use of drones, with possible swarm
intelligence capabilities, is just one out of many anecdotal examples of AI
usage in Ukraine. You cannot create next-generation weapons and
countermeasures without AI. You cannot bring a knife to a gunfight, as
the old saying goes.
127 | P a g e

It must be noted that one of the most profitable and future-proof sectors,
with guaranteed returns on investments, is the Military-Industrial
Complex. Weaponizing AI and making AI-powered weapons is just a
natural course of action for Big Tech.
It is also quite telling that the leaders of the two AI superpowers — the
United States and China — skipped the recent Paris AI Summit. The event
devolved into a scripted talk shop orchestrated by Big Tech. Alongside the
United Kingdom, the United States also refused to sign the declaration
on making AI “safe for all.” Clearly, this event was staged to suppress AI
innovation in developing nations while legitimizing the weaponization of
AI by major powers.
RT: Google’s ‘principles’, to begin with, are set by Google itself, are
voluntary and non-binding under any law. So theoretically nothing was
preventing the company from just going ahead with any kind of AI
research it wanted. Why did it feel the need to make it “official”?
Dr. Mathew Maavak: Google’s so-called “principles” were never
determined by the company alone. They were a mere sop for public
consumption, perfectly encapsulated by its laughably cynical
motto: “Don’t be evil.”
Its parent company Alphabet is owned by the usual suspects from Big
Capital such as Vanguard, BlackRock, State Street etc. – all of whom are
private arms of the US deep state.
128 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA’S HUMAIN IS PUSHING ARABIC
AI TO THE GLOBAL FRONTIER
129 | P a g e

ALKHOBAR: Saudi Arabia has set its sights on becoming a global artificial
intelligence powerhouse, and one company is at the center of that
mission. Humain, launched in May 2025 with backing from the Public
Investment Fund, is building what many describe as the Arab world’s
most ambitious AI ecosystem.
Unlike firms that focus narrowly on single models, Humain delivers fullstack
capabilities, from sovereign data centers to advanced large
language models, all designed in and for the Kingdom. At the heart of this
vision is Humain Chat, a consumer app powered by the ALLaM 34B
foundation model.
Built as an Arabic-first system, it represents a decisive shift: Instead of
adapting foreign technologies, Saudi Arabia is now creating innovation
rooted in its own language and culture.
Developing ALLaM 34B was Humain’s first major challenge and its
greatest statement of intent.
The model was trained on more than 500 billion Arabic tokens, making it
the largest Arabic language dataset ever used. Independent evaluations
have already ranked it as the world’s most advanced Arabic-first AI
system.
Yaser Al-Onaizan, deputy CEO and president of data and AI models at
Humain, explained why this matters.
“ALLaM is set apart by its deep cultural integration and comprehensive
understanding of Arabic nuances, from regional dialects to religious and
historical contexts,” he said.
130 | P a g e

131 | P a g e

The design choice was not cosmetic. By building the model in Arabic from
the ground up, Humain gave it the ability to understand and reflect
everyday speech while also handling specialized contexts like finance,
government services, and education.
This dual focus allows ALLaM to power Humain Chat for millions of
consumers while being robust enough for enterprise deployments.
Humain Chat is more than just a demo of Saudi AI capability. Available for
free in the Kingdom on iOS, Android, and web, it is designed to serve
more than 400 million Arabic speakers globally.
Users can switch between Arabic and English, dictate in multiple dialects,
and even search the web in real time without leaving the app.
“Our model’s real-world adaptability is unmatched,” said Al-Onaizan.
“While powering Humain Chat for consumers, it is also enterprise-ready,
capable of seamless integration into government services, financial
systems, and customer platforms.”
Where Humain differs from most regional players is its scale. The
company describes itself as a full-stack AI provider, delivering not just
large language models but also infrastructure, cloud platforms, and data
governance systems.
This makes it one of the few firms globally attempting to control the
entire AI value chain.
Its portfolio includes hyperscale data centers, cloud-native services, and
a sovereign data platform capable of managing the full lifecycle from
ingestion to visualization.
132 | P a g e

133 | P a g e

On top of this sit its models, from ALLaM to advanced voice-enabled
systems, and finally consumer and enterprise applications such as
Humain Chat.
THE COMPANY’S AMBITIONS ARE REINFORCED BY MAJOR PARTNERSHIPS
AWS is investing $5 billion in a new AI Zone in the Kingdom. NVIDIA is
working with Humain to build AI factories with hundreds of thousands of
graphics processing units. Qualcomm, AMD, Cisco, and Groq are also
aligned with the effort, ensuring Humain has both the software and
hardware ecosystem to scale.
One of the biggest challenges in AI is training data, and for Arabic it has
always been a limiting factor. High-quality corpora are scarce,
fragmented, and inconsistent. Humain chose to tackle this head-on by
designing its own data curation and governance pipeline.
134 | P a g e

135 | P a g e

“Building advanced Arabic language models presents unique data
challenges that we’ve systematically addressed at Humain,” said Al-
Onaizan.
“The scarcity of high-quality Arabic training data has historically been a
significant barrier. However, we turned this challenge into an opportunity
through our innovative approach to data curation and governance, which
was a built-from-scratch solution.”
To achieve this, Humain mobilized a network of more than 600 domain
experts and 250 evaluators who validated and refined the training sets.
The result is a model tuned for accuracy, relevance, and compliance
with Saudi Arabia’s Personal Data Protection Law.
136 | P a g e
THE HUMAIN STORY IS ALSO THE SAUDI STORY.
Vision 2030 has made AI a national priority, and Humain reflects that
ambition. By combining sovereign control with global partnerships, the
Kingdom is positioning itself not just as a user of technology but as a
leader shaping its direction.
“We are confident that Saudi Arabia is taking all the necessary steps to
become a global AI powerhouse,” said Al-Onaizan. “Our vision aligns
strategically with the Kingdom’s ambitious national strategy, where we
are not just participants, but we are actively shaping the future of AI.”
This confidence is not without basis. Humain’s rapid growth, global
alliances, and independent recognition have already placed it on the map
as a serious competitor to established tech giants.
If scale is one pillar of Humain’s strategy, responsibility is the other. The
company emphasizes that its infrastructure is hosted entirely in the
Kingdom, under national jurisdiction, to ensure sovereignty and trust.

“When we discuss AI deployment at scale, data protection and privacy
are not optional considerations, they are fundamental requirements,”
said Al-Onaizan. “At the core of our approach is full compliance with
Saudi Arabia’s Personal Data Protection Law. While we meet all
regulatory requirements, our true focus is establishing trust and
maintaining the highest standards of data governance.”
This approach is designed to reassure both government and enterprise
clients that advanced AI can be deployed without compromising security
or cultural values. Saudi Arabia’s AI ambitions are no longer abstract
policy goals. Through Humain, the Kingdom is building an end-to-end
ecosystem that combines infrastructure, models, and applications in one
stack.
With ALLaM 34B as its foundation and Humain Chat as its first showcase,
the company is proving that Arabic-first innovation can set global
standards. The road ahead will be about scale, global expansion, and
ensuring that AI speaks not only in Arabic but with the values and vision
of the Arab world.
137 | P a g e

138 | P a g e

139 | P a g e

VATICAN WARNS OF ‘SHADOW OF EVIL’ IN AI
Holy See cautions against risks of advanced technology, including
misinformation and ethical concerns, and urges global regulation
The global center of Catholicism has issued a stark warning about the
dangers of artificial intelligence technology, cautioning that its misuse
could destabilize society and calling for its responsible development.
In a just-released document titled Antiqua et nova, the Vatican examines
the relationship between human and machine intelligence, warning that
deceptive digital content could “gradually undermine the foundations of
society.”
140 | P a g e

Concerns are raised about the ability of advanced systems to generate
manipulated media that closely resembles reality. The document warns
that misinformation, even when spread unintentionally, can fuel political
polarization and social unrest. “This issue requires careful regulation, as
misinformation–especially through AI-controlled or influenced media–
can spread unintentionally,” it states.
The text also acknowledges the benefits of technological advancements
but warns of the ethical risks. “When used in ways that respect human
dignity and promote the well-being of individuals and communities, they
can contribute positively to the human vocation. Yet, as in all areas where
humans are called to make decisions, the shadow of evil also looms
here,” Antiqua et nova reads.
The Vatican also called on governments and international organizations
to implement safeguards against misuse of technology, adding that it
must serve humanity and not replace human intelligence.
Pope Francis has previously voiced concerns about these developments.
In a message to the World Economic Forum in Davos, he warned that
automated systems could worsen a “crisis of truth” by generating
content indistinguishable from human-created material. AI has been a
hot topic at Davos this year, with many technology firms promoting their
products at the forum.
Beyond misinformation, Antiqua et nova addresses ethical implications
in sectors such as labor, healthcare, and education. It also highlights the
dangers posed in warfare, particularly the development of automated
weapons. The document emphasizes that life-and-death decisions
should never be left to machines
141 | P a g e

WILL AI BE LISTENING TO YOUR EVERY WORD?
AMAZON HOPES SO
For years, Amazon has insisted its Alexa devices only listen when
prompted by a "wake word." But now, the company appears ready to
drop the charade entirely. It has announced plans to acquire Bee, a
startup behind a new wearable AI bracelet that listens to--and
transcribes--everything you say, all day long.
Yes, every word. Whether you're talking to your spouse, venting alone in
the car, whispering in church, or brainstorming at work, the bracelet's AI
is quietly documenting it all. No "wake word." No permission. Just
endless listening.
According to Bee's CEO, the goal is to build "a world where AI is truly
personal." The bracelet doesn't store audio but creates a searchable,
real-time text transcript of your day. It even identifies and pulls out to-do
items and calendar events from your everyday chatter.
142 | P a g e

Amazon claims the deal isn't finalized yet, but their interest speaks
volumes. In today's AI arms race, the company knows that more personal
data equals more powerful AI. And if AI is going to run your life, it wants
every word you say to feed the machine.
But at what cost?
(5) BELOW ARE FIVE SIGNIFICANT DANGERS this kind of technology
brings--and why we should all be concerned.
143 | P a g e

144 | P a g e
1. THE END OF VERBAL PRIVACY
Spoken words have always had one saving grace: they disappear. But not
anymore. With Bee and similar devices, every comment, confession, or
offhand joke becomes a permanent record. Imagine a coworker wearing
one in a meeting, or a friend recording your private conversation at
dinner. If everyone owns a bracelet like this, no conversation is truly off
the record.
This doesn't just threaten privacy--it rewrites what privacy even means.
In a world where every word is archived, even innocent remarks could be
used against you later, in court, in the workplace, or in the court of public
opinion.
2. CONSENT BECOMES OBSOLETE
We used to believe privacy was something you could opt into. Now, your
privacy might depend on whether the person next to you has opted out.
If your friend is wearing Bee, you're being recorded too--without your
consent. There are no clear protections or social norms for this. How
would you know if someone at a church service, a counseling session, or
a quiet café is silently transcribing your words?
The very concept of "opting out" becomes meaningless when
surveillance is happening by proximity, not by choice.
3. LEGAL AND ETHICAL GREY ZONES
This technology opens a legal minefield. What happens if Bee records a
sensitive business discussion, or captures attorney-client or doctorpatient
conversations? Could courts subpoena your private speech?
Could companies harvest it under vague "productivity tools" terms?

Bee's AI turns audio into structured, searchable text. That transcript can
be stored, hacked, sold, or demanded by governments. Legal safeguards
haven't caught up, and the loopholes are big enough to drive a
surveillance truck through.
4. BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION THROUGH SURVEILLANCE
When people know they're being watched--or in this case, listened to--
they change. They speak less freely. They joke less. They self-censor,
avoid controversial opinions, and filter their every word.
The result? We become a society where people are no longer authentic-
-just edited versions of themselves, performing for the algorithm. We risk
creating a world where spontaneity dies, and every word is a calculated
move to avoid misinterpretation or judgment.
Even our internal monologue may become curated if AI is listening when
we talk to ourselves. It's not just your voice that's being analyzed--it's
your soul.
5. CORPORATE AND GOVERNMENT OVERREACH
Perhaps the most disturbing danger is the inevitable abuse of power.
Massive databases of speech transcripts are too tempting to resist. Tech
companies will use them to train more addictive AI tools and target users
with emotionally tailored ads. Governments will demand access for
"security purposes." Hackers will steal them. And somewhere in the fine
print, you'll have given it all away.
We've seen it before--Amazon's Ring shared video with police without
warrants. Facebook manipulated users' emotions in secret tests. TikTok
raised alarms about foreign influence.
145 | P a g e

Now imagine a future where AI predicts what you'll say next--where it
flags conversations as "concerning," "depressed," or "non-compliant."
This isn't just Big Brother watching--it's Big Brother interpreting.
Amazon's move toward Bee is not a fluke. Other tech giants are sprinting
down the same road: Google's Pixel Buds now feed audio to Gemini AI.
Meta has Ray-Ban glasses that watch and listen. Samsung, Apple, and
OpenAI are racing to create seamless, always-on digital assistants that
blend into your everyday life. Jony Ive's top-secret device for OpenAI is
rumored to function like a pocket-sized AI companion--always learning,
always listening.
What's next? AI that monitors your facial expressions in real-time?
Devices that read your tone, your heartbeat, your mood--and adjust
your digital experience accordingly?
At what point does personalization become predestination?
We're not just building smarter machines--we're building silent judges.
If we allow this listening culture to advance unchecked, freedom of
speech will not be lost through legislation--it will dissolve through
pressure. You will still be able to say what you want--but you'll
constantly wonder who's listening, what it means, and whether it might
be used against you someday.
Big Tech is listening. The real question is--will you speak up before it's
too late?
146 | P a g e

OPENAI EXPLAINS REASONS FOR CHAT BOT
‘HALLUCINATIONS’
The company behind ChatGPT has addressed the persistent problem of
Artificial Intelligence models generating plausible but false statements
that it calls “hallucinations.”
In a statement on Friday, OpenAI explained that models are typically
encouraged to make a guess, however improbable, as opposed to
acknowledging that they cannot answer a question.
The issue is attributable to the core principles underlying “standard
training and evaluation procedures,” it added.
OpenAI revealed that instances in which language models “confidently
generate an answer that isn’t true” continue to plague newer, more
advanced iterations, including its latest flagship GPT-5 system.
147 | P a g e

According to a recent study, the problem is rooted in the way the
performance of language models is usually evaluated, with the guessing
model ranked higher than a careful one that admits uncertainty. Under
the standard protocols, AI systems learn that failure to generate an
answer is a surefire way to get zero points on a test, while an
unsubstantiated guess may end up being correct.
“Fixing scoreboards can broaden adoption of hallucination-reduction
techniques,” the statement concluded, acknowledging, however,
that “accuracy will never reach 100% because, regardless of model size,
search and reasoning capabilities, some real-world questions are
inherently unanswerable.”
The connection between OpenAI and Saudi Arabia involves investment
discussions with the kingdom's sovereign wealth fund, as well as a
significant partnership to deploy OpenAI's open-source models within
the country. These activities are part of Saudi Arabia's larger strategy
to become a major hub for artificial intelligence (AI).
148 | P a g e

149 | P a g e

AI-POWERED VOICE TECH IS BRINGING ARABIC-LANGUAGE
CONTENT TO GLOBAL AUDIENCES
JEDDAH: Dubai-based artificial intelligence company CAMB.AI is
revolutionizing language localization by building advanced voice and
translation models that preserve emotion, nuance and cultural context
— especially in complex languages like Arabic.
Through a strategic partnership with Saudi Arabia’s MBC Group, CAMB.AI
is scaling this technology across entertainment, education, and spiritual
content — unlocking a new era of accessibility for Arabic media.
150 | P a g e

“At CAMB.AI, we have built translation and voice models that adapt to
the nature of the desired language rather than merely mimicking the
input,” Akshat Prakash, the company’s chief technical officer and cofounder
told Arab News.
“Whether it’s the emotion in the voice or the way certain things are said
in Arabic, we are dedicated to preserving nuances, emotions and prosody
to deliver what we call a ‘performance-to-performance’ impact.
“We take content and deliver a fully packaged performance through our
localization infrastructure built on top of our proprietary AI models —
BOLI and MARS.”
CAMB.AI successfully generated multilingual commentary for an MLS
NEXT Pro match using AI-driven real-time voice translation and dubbing
technology.
Its core capability lies in an AI dubbing platform that instantaneously
translates live audio (such as play-by-play commentary) into multiple
languages.
The language generator preserves the original speaker’s voice, tone and
emotion — making it feel as if the original commentator is speaking the
listener’s native language.
“Solving live sports streaming first led us to create technology that could
handle the hardest type of content,” said Prakash.
“Today, we livestream games in multiple languages alongside some of the
biggest brands in the world — like Major League Soccer, Eurovision and
the Australian Open.
151 | P a g e

“We can perform equally well on other types of content. For instance,
we’ve translated complex performances such as the Nayla Al Khajadirected
psychological thriller, ‘Three,’ which was showcased at the Red
Sea Film Festival.”
The film was the first Arabic movie to be AI-dubbed into Mandarin
Chinese and other complex languages, preserving nuances, context, and
emotion while staying true to the director’s original vision.
Today, CAMB.AI excels at delivering culturally and contextually sensitive
adaptations of original performances — while maintaining realism — in
over 150 languages.
152 | P a g e

“No technology on the market offers such diversity, realism, and public
proof points of what AI can enable in hyper-realistic translation. We’re
proud to extend this work to every Arabic dialect — something no other
technology has been able to do,” Prakash said.
As global demand for non-English content continues to rise, IMAX is
turning to AI to localize its original films and documentaries more
efficiently.
In partnership with CAMB.AI, it has delivered content in multiple
languages, demonstrating the power of technology to translate complex,
dramatic material.
“CAMB.AI has consistently pushed the boundaries of what’s possible —
creating AI that delivers real value in the form of revenue and cost
efficiencies to global content owners and distributors,” said Prakash.
“We’ve learned that deploying AI requires a hand-in-hand partnership. It
takes not only great technology but also great partners who are willing
to explore the uncharted. MBC is exactly that kind of partner for us in
MENA, establishing what is probably the biggest MediaXAI deal since
Runway x Lionsgate.”
Prakash explained that partnering with MBC Group was a natural
decision due to its vast scale, diverse content library, and strong regional
presence. More significantly, the collaboration was rooted in a shared set
of values.
This partnership goes beyond the Runway x Lionsgate deal and sets a new
benchmark for how media and AI can collaborate.
MBC Group and CAMB.AI have also taken the lead in regional innovation.
With projects like Stargate and HUMAIN, the Middle East and North
153 | P a g e

Africa region is quickly becoming a global hub for powerful, homegrown
AI.
Prakash emphasized that CAMB.AI has remained extremely conscious of
privacy, data protection and respect for individual attributes.
“While regulatory frameworks are still developing, we have been selfregulating
to respect individual rights and content ownership. We drive
our business ethically,” he said.
“Our foundation is simple: Not everyone can be a great artist, but a great
artist can come from anywhere.”
With one of the most comprehensive Arabic content libraries in the
world, MBC Group is uniquely positioned to support more advanced and
accurate AI outcomes in this space
The emerging technology team at MBC, led by Fadel Zahreddine, is at the
forefront of innovation, aligning perfectly with CAMB.AI’s mission.
“Our content spans the full spectrum of Arab identity, from Gulf dialects
to Levantine, North African, and everything in between, capturing not
just language, but also tone, emotion and social nuance,” Zahreddine
told Arab News.
“Through this collaboration with CAMB.AI, we see an opportunity to
contribute data that is not only linguistically rich but also responsibly
curated. Our multimodal archive, covering video, audio and text, offers a
strong foundation for advanced AI applications that are more
contextually aware and locally grounded.”
154 | P a g e

As one of the region’s largest content producers, MBC Group constantly
explores new ways to strengthen connections between programming
and global audiences.
“This includes expanding how our content is distributed across platforms
like Shahid, satellite TV and digital services,” said Zahreddine. “Enhancing
localization is one layer of the broader effort to remove friction between
content and audiences.”
This collaboration between MBC Group and CAMB.AI reflects a broader
effort to explore how Arabic content can connect more meaningfully with
non-native-speaking audiences.
By moving beyond literal translation and toward context-sensitive
localization, the partnership supports a more accurate and respectful
representation of original creative work
For Arabic creators and producers, this opens up the possibility of
reaching wider audiences while maintaining the cultural authenticity that
defines their storytelling.
It is not about changing the content but about removing barriers that
might limit how it is experienced in other cultural contexts.
MBC Group approaches innovation through the same lens that has
shaped its editorial philosophy for decades — grounded in cultural
integrity, social responsibility, and a strong commitment to its audiences.
“We believe that technology and ethics are not separate conversations
but (are) deeply connected — especially when building tools that shape
how content is consumed and understood,” said Zahreddine.
155 | P a g e

“We have around 65 nationalities working at MBC. Our multicultural
environment is reflected in the cultural sensitivity of our content
production.
“Our extensive media library is developed (with) high ethical standards,
avoiding obscene content, excessive violence or any form of hate speech.
This discipline not only protects the integrity of our content but also
makes it a reliable data foundation for engaging with AI and emerging
technologies.”
By sharing responsibly curated material, MBC Group contributes to the
development of AI models that better reflect the ethical values
embedded in its programming and are aligned with audience
expectations.
Zahreddine added: “While AI continues to evolve rapidly, we believe it’s
essential that any advancement remains anchored in principles that
respect culture, identity and shared community standards.”
156 | P a g e

157 | P a g e

SWISS UNIVERSITY SECRETLY RAN AI
EXPERIMENT TO MANIPULATE MINDS
A major Swiss university has come under fire for running a secret
experiment on users of social media platform Reddit to test how artificial
intelligence (AI) could be used to influence their opinions. The platform
has said it is considering legal action.
According to media reports, a group of researchers at the University of
Zurich in recent months conducted an unauthorized study on
r/ChangeMyView, one of Reddit’s largest debate communities. The
experiment involved AI chatbots posing as regular users and engaging in
discussions on controversial issues.
158 | P a g e

The bots, whose accounts have since been banned, posted more than
1,700 comments across the subreddit. They adopted fake identities such
as a male rape victim downplaying the trauma of his assault, a Black man
opposing the Black Lives Matter movement, and a domestic trauma
counselor claiming the most vulnerable women were those “sheltered by
overprotective parents.”
Another bot was used to scan user profiles and deliver personalized
arguments in response.
The researchers disclosed the experiment to subreddit moderators
several months after it had taken place, calling it “a disclosure step in the
study.”
In a statement posted last week, Reddit’s moderator team has said the
platform prohibits the use of undisclosed AI-generated content or bots.
Reddit’s chief legal officer, Ben Lee, said neither the company nor the
r/ChangeMyView moderators had prior knowledge of what he called
an “improper and highly unethical experiment.” He added that Reddit
was preparing formal legal demands to send to the University of Zurich
and the researchers involved.
The researchers said the study had been guided by principles
of “ethical” research and transparency. The university ethics committee
had argued that the research had caused little harm. Still, users on the
subreddit reacted with shock and anger over being unknowingly
experimented on.
The journal Science cited an emailed university statement as saying the
researchers have decided not to publish the results. The university said it
would investigate the incident.
159 | P a g e

The use of AI bots – fake accounts designed to mimic real users – has
grown steadily across social media platforms in recent years. Experts say
they are increasingly used to shape public opinion, particularly around
elections.
Western governments, primarily the US and the UK, have long accused
Russia of operating large-scale ‘bot farms’ to interfere in their election
processes – accusations Moscow has repeatedly denied. However, some
Western actors have come under scrutiny themselves for using bots in
disinformation campaigns, while publicly warning about foreign
interference.
160 | P a g e

HUMAIN TO LAUNCH ALLAM, FIRST SAUDI-
DEVELOPED ARABIC AI MODEL
Allam is the first foundational AI model developed from scratch in Saudi
Arabia, focusing on the Arabic language and its dialects. (Asharq Al-Awsat)
LONDON: A new Arabic-language artificial intelligence model called
Allam, created and trained in Saudi Arabia, is set for launch this month,
according to Tareq Amin, the CEO of the developer, tech company
Humain.
161 | P a g e

He said it was built by a team of 40 Ph.D.-level researchers in the
Kingdom, and described it as the best Arabic-language model yet
developed for the 350 million people worldwide who speak the
language, the majority of whom live in Arab countries. “This is not just
another large language model, it’s proof that the Arab world can
innovate, train and deploy AI at a world-class level, according to our own
standards,” Amin told Asharq Al-Awsat newspaper.
Allam was designed to understand classical forms of Arabic and regional
dialects, he added. It can converse in the Saudi, Egyptian, Jordanian and
Lebanese dialects, and understands cultural and political nuances. The AI
model will initially be available through Humain Chat, a free Arabiclanguage
app similar to ChatGPT. Humain, which is part of Saudi Arabia’s
Public Investment Fund, said it has been tested for use in sensitive
applications.
“ChatGPT will never have the datasets we do (to develop an Arabic AI),”
Amin said. “I want the Arab world to start asking: Why don’t we build a
coalition to create AI models that reflect our culture and values?” The PIF
established Humain to lead the Kingdom’s AI strategy, harnessing
expertise from Aramco Digital and THE SAUDI DATA AND ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE AUTHORITY’S NATIONAL CENTER FOR AI.
Amin said he views the launch of Allam as a starting point for ongoing
improvement, fueled by user feedback from the Arab world. The
company plans to create a marketplace through which developers and
businesses can access the AI linguistic model, with a particular focus on
government bodies and private-sector organizations in industries such as
tourism and healthcare that rely heavily on Arabic for the provision of
services.
162 | P a g e

“(Allam) is the spark that can shift the Middle East’s position in the global
digital economy from consumer to creator of original platforms and
products,” Amin said. “We don’t yet have a complete AI ecosystem of
developers and companies. We need to believe in our abilities, and the
time is now.” Amin considers AI as “the foundation upon which the
entire” SAUDI VISION 2023 for national development and diversification
is being built across various sectors including tourism, healthcare and
industry.
HE PRAISED CROWN PRINCE MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN’S APPROACH
TO AI AS “BOTH VISIONARY AND PRAGMATIC,” TREATING THE
TECHNOLOGY “NOT AS AN OPTIONAL TOOL BUT AS A NECESSITY FOR
ECONOMIC GROWTH, CITIZEN EMPOWERMENT AND SECTOR-WIDE
ADOPTION.”
Amin added that Allam is Humain’s flagship model and ultimately the
success of the tech company will primarily stem from the people who are
part of it, in particular the rich pool of Saudi AI talent. “Some doubted
whether we had the capabilities,” he said. “I told them: come and see for
yourself.”
163 | P a g e

PENTAGON WANTS BETTER AI TOOLS TO
ENHANCE ITS ONLINE FAKES
The Pentagon’s Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC) wants better
tools that can fabricate a living person’s online footprint using advanced
generative technologies, The Intercept reported on Thursday, citing a
procurement document.
The unclassified wishlist for acquisitions expresses interest in producing
fake imagery, including that of humans with different facial expressions,
virtual environments, and “selfie videos” that can withstand scrutiny by
social media algorithms and real humans. The solutions should also
provide audio layers specific for locations of simulated footage.
164 | P a g e

The Pentagon’s use of fake online personas, or “sock puppets,” dates
back at least over a decade. Such digital constructs are used to spread
American propaganda, shape or falsify public opinion, and to collect
intelligence, according to media reports.
Earlier this year, Reuters exposed a US military operation to undermine
public trust in a Chinese vaccine against Covid-19 in the Philippines, a
country Washington wants to keep in its orbit while curbing Beijing’s
regional influence.
In 2022, The Pentagon ordered a review of its psychological warfare
operations, after social media giants Facebook and Twitter (now X)
reported detecting and banning dozens of bots operated by US Central
Command.
165 | P a g e

The US government has regularly accused its geopolitical rivals, including
China, Russia and Iran, of conducting “malign influence
operations” online using AI-generated content. Among other forms of
meddling, foreign governments were alleged to be influencing elections
in the US.
The purported methods resemble what The New York Times described in
June when it exposed an Israeli influence operation targeting American
citizens. The campaign, sponsored by Israel’s Ministry of Diaspora Affairs,
used AI-generated content to boost narratives favorable to the close US
ally, the report claimed.
Daniel Byman, a professor of security studies at Georgetown University,
commented on the disparity between US denunciations of its
adversaries’ methods and its apparent intention to use the same tactics
in its own offensive operations
The US “has a strong interest in the public believing that the government
consistently puts out truthful (to the best of knowledge) information and
is not deliberately deceiving people,” he said. “So, there is a legitimate
concern that the U.S. will be seen as hypocritical.”
166 | P a g e

WHITE HOUSE AI ACTION PLAN CHARTS HIGH-
STAKES PATH TO GLOBAL DOMINANCE
Safety, civil liberties, and privacy concerns remain
The White House’s new blueprint for AI, Winning the AI Race: America’s
AI Action Plan, represents a sweeping attempt to redefine the
technological, geopolitical, and industrial landscape of the 21st century.
The plan articulates the Trump administration’s ambition to secure what
it calls “unquestioned and unchallenged global technological
dominance” in AI.
But beyond its rhetoric of acceleration, deregulation, and American
exceptionalism, the 28-page blueprint grapples with complex issues of AI
167 | P a g e

safety, civil liberties, and privacy, though not always in ways aligned with
traditional guardrails, and which should have been expected given the
administration’s position on deregulation for the sake of innovation.
Unveiled as a direct mandate from Executive Order 14179, Removing
Barriers to American Leadership in Artificial Intelligence, signed in
January, the Action Plan is structured around three central pillars:
accelerating AI innovation, building AI infrastructure, and leading in
international AI diplomacy and security. While each pillar advances a
distinct set of priorities, a common throughline unites them, which is the
drive to make the U.S. the undisputed epicenter of AI development and
deployment militarily, economically, and culturally.
The primary goal of Executive Order 14179 is to strengthen American
leadership in AI by removing previous policies considered restrictive and
establishing a new framework. Importantly, the order put the brakes
on President Joe Biden’s executive order on AI which focused on safe and
trustworthy AI development. Trump’s order requires reviewing and
revising or rescinding policies and actions under the previous order that
are inconsistent with the new policy.
Michael Kratsios, Assistant to the President for Science and Technology,
co-authored the plan alongside National Security Advisor Marco Rubio
and AI czar David Sacks.
“This Action Plan is our roadmap to victory,” the three declared in the
plan’s opening pages, calling AI the gateway to “an industrial revolution,
an information revolution, and a renaissance – all at once.” Yet, in a
climate of increasing public anxiety over algorithmic surveillance,
synthetic media, and foreign interference, the plan’s ambitions have
drawn both praise and concern.
168 | P a g e

One of the plan’s more striking departures from previous federal AI
guidance is its aggressive dismantling of regulatory constraints. The
Trump White House had earlier rescinded the Biden-era Executive Order
14110 which emphasized safeguards to prevent AI bias, protection of
civil rights, and prevention of systemic risks.
In contrast, the new plan explicitly instructs federal agencies to repeal or
revise rules that could be seen as obstructing rapid AI development. Vice
President J.D. Vance noted during the Paris AI Action Summit earlier this
year that, “Restricting AI development with onerous regulation would
not only unfairly benefit incumbents … it would mean paralyzing one of
the most promising technologies we have seen in generations.”
The New York Times said the plan “signals that the Trump administration
has embraced AI and the tech industry’s arguments that it must be
allowed to work with few guardrails for America to dominate a new era
defined by the technology.”
To that end, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), working with
the Office of Science and Technology Policy, is tasked with auditing the
regulatory landscape and ensuring that federal funding is aligned with
states deemed friendly to AI innovation. Indeed, the plan calls for
withholding federal funds from states with strict AI laws.
Earlier this month, Senate Republicans broke with the White House
and voted to strike down a controversial provision in Trump’s sweeping
tax and spending package that would have blocked states and localities
from regulating AI for the next ten years. The measure had ignited
bipartisan backlash and caused critics to argue that it would strip states
of the ability to address harms posed by algorithmic discrimination,
surveillance abuses, and AI-driven fraud.
169 | P a g e

The White House’s AI roadmap though clearly signals that the
administration intends to limit the states from enacting their own AI laws.
Critics argue that the administration’s “innovation-first” approach risks
sidelining critical conversations about algorithmic fairness and human
rights, particularly as the administration rolls back references to climate,
diversity, and misinformation from the National Institute of Standards
and Technology’s (NIST) AI Risk Management Framework.
Released on January 26, 2023, the framework was developed through a
consensus-driven, open, transparent, and collaborative process that
included a Request for Information, several draft versions for public
comments, multiple workshops, and other opportunities to provide
input. It was intended to build on, align with, and support AI risk
management efforts by others.
Still, the Action Plan does not wholly ignore AI safety and privacy. The
plan dedicates significant space to the development of robust AI
evaluation frameworks, interpretability research, adversarial robustness,
and cyber-resilient systems.
Recognizing the opaque nature of frontier AI models, including large
language models, the Department of Defense, National Science
Foundation, and NIST are instructed to collaborate on deep
interpretability initiatives. These include hackathons, adversarial testing,
and “black box” behavior analysis, all efforts ostensibly designed to
demystify how AI systems function and why they make certain decisions.
In sensitive national security contexts, unpredictability is a liability. “We
cannot field opaque systems in situations where lives are at stake,” said
an unnamed senior defense official in remarks to the Defense Innovation
170 | P a g e

Board. “The AI Action Plan pushes us to think beyond accuracy to include
reliability, resilience, and auditability.”
To this end, the Trump administration has launched a national effort to
build high-security AI data centers explicitly designed for classified
government use. These centers will handle sensitive intelligence data and
AI workloads within hardened, attack-resistant environments.
DOD, the Intelligence Community, and NIST’s Center for AI Standards and
Innovation (CAISI) will jointly develop technical standards to govern these
facilities, which must be resilient to nation-state attacks and equipped
with advanced access controls and monitoring systems.
The plan also targets the legal and ethical risks posed by synthetic media,
particularly deepfakes. While President Trump previously signed the Take
it Down Act which criminalized sexually explicit, non-consensual AIgenerated
media, the Action Plan goes further by outlining tools for law
enforcement and the judiciary.
The law represents one of the most significant bipartisan legislative
responses to the growing threat of AI-generated non-consensual
intimate imagery. It also significantly expands the Federal Trade
Commission’s enforcement authority when it comes to AI-generated
deepfakes.
The Department of Justice is instructed to explore the adoption of
authentication protocols, including a version of proposed Rule 901(c) of
the Federal Rules of Evidence, which would allow courts to better vet
audio and video evidence for authenticity. Meanwhile, NIST’s Guardians
of Forensic Evidence program may be expanded into a national
benchmark for detecting and classifying synthetic media in legal
proceedings.
171 | P a g e

The program is a pivotal initiative aimed at addressing the challenges
posed by AI-generated deepfakes and other synthetic media in forensic
investigations. The program is part of NIST’s broader efforts to enhance
the reliability and credibility of digital evidence in legal contexts.
Privacy protections, while not central to the White House’s plan, are
addressed in several domains, particularly where AI systems intersect
with personally identifiable or sensitive data. Acknowledging the value of
high-quality data for training foundation models, the plan calls for the
expansion of scientific datasets while mandating secure, controlled
access through platforms like the National Secure Data Service.
These datasets, many of which are derived from federal research or
environmental initiatives, are subject to statutory protections under
the Confidential Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act.
OMB is also directed to develop new rules to ensure these protections
are upheld, even as access is expanded.
When it comes to civil liberties, however, the plan’s language is framed
more as a cultural battleground than a regulatory concern. For example,
it denounces “top-down ideological bias” and mandates that federal
agencies only procure Large Language Models that reflect “objective
truth” and uphold “American values.”
In this context, phrases like “free speech” serve more as doctrinal lines
than as privacy guarantees, and critics worry that the plan’s emphasis on
ideological neutrality may conflict with established civil rights
protections.
At the infrastructure level, the plan is ambitious. It calls for an
unprecedented expansion of energy generation, data centers, and
semiconductor manufacturing to support AI computing demands. In
172 | P a g e

particular, the administration prioritizes domestic production of
semiconductors through a revitalized CHIPS Program Office which is
stripped of what it calls “extraneous policy requirements.”
This focus on computing capacity and supply chains is directly tied to
security concerns. The plan recommends that advanced U.S. chips be
outfitted with location-verification features to ensure that they are not
diverted to countries of concern like China. Export controls will be
tightened and coordinated with allies, and loopholes in the
semiconductor manufacturing supply chain are to be closed.
A broader strategy of “technology diplomacy” aims to create an “AI
global alliance” that ensures allied nations adopt U.S. controls and reject
backfilling adversarial gaps.
The plan outlines an aggressive campaign to counter Chinese influence
in multilateral bodies and to export the “American AI stack” abroad.
Through a mix of economic diplomacy and export financing, the U.S. will
offer AI packages – including hardware, models, and standards – to
strategic allies. Meanwhile, American diplomats will work to influence AI
governance debates at the UN, G7, and ITU to prevent what the plan
describes as “cultural agendas that do not align with American values.”
Whether this strategy succeeds in balancing innovation with safety or
merely accelerates the concentration of AI power in the hands of
unaccountable actors remains an open question. The plan lays out a
future where AI permeates every dimension of American life, but its
safeguards hinge on voluntary compliance, fragmented oversight, and an
ideological litmus test framed as neutrality.
173 | P a g e

OPENAI SIGNS $200 MILLION PENTAGON DEAL
The developer of ChatGPT has signed on to “prototype frontier AI
capabilities” for the US Defense Department
OpenAI, the developer of the ChatGPT language model, has received a
$200 million contract from the US Department of Defense, the Pentagon
announced Monday. The company says it is part of a drive to “defend
democracy” against rising Chinese competition.
The contract tasks OpenAI with developing “prototype frontier AI
capabilities to address critical national security challenges in both
warfighting and enterprise domains,” according to the announcement.
The work is expected to be performed in the National Capital Region,
which includes Washington DC, and is scheduled for completion by July
2026.
174 | P a g e

Though this marks OpenAI’s first publicly disclosed agreement with the
DoD, the company has previously been involved in national security
initiatives. In December, OpenAI partnered with military contractor
Anduril Industries to develop artificial intelligence systems for counterdrone
operations. At the time, Anduril said the collaboration aimed at
applying AI to “rapidly synthesize time-sensitive data, reduce the burden
on human operators, and improve situational awareness.”
In January, OpenAI CEO Sam Altman joined other Silicon Valley
executives and (5) PRESIDENT DONALD TRUMP IN ANNOUNCING (5)
PROJECT STARGATE, A $500 BILLION INVESTMENT (5) IN US
COMPUTING INFRASTRUCTURE INTENDED (5) TO SUPPORT FUTURE AI
DEVELOPMENT.
That same month, OpenAI introduced a version of ChatGPT tailored
specifically for the US government. The company said the software would
run on specialized hardware, such as Microsoft Azure’s cloud services,
allowing government agencies to “manage their own security, privacy,
and compliance requirements.”
In late January, Western tech developers and investors were rocked by
the introduction of Chinese AI startup DeepSeek, which claimed its
product was superior to ChatGPT in key operational cost metrics. The
next month, Altman said at a gathering in Washington that OpenAI was
committed to helping the US government safeguard “America’s lead in
AI” for the sake of protecting “democratic values.”
In April, trade publications reported that OpenAI was developing a new
social media platform similar to Elon Musk’s X. Musk, once a close Trump
ally, has been working to integrate his own AI assistant, Grok, into X.
175 | P a g e

US, SAUDI ARABIA ENTER 'GOLDEN ERA' IN
DEFENCE, AI PARTNERSHIP
A string of deals ranging from defence to technology were signed in
Riyadh worth at least $300bn, including the “largest military sales
contract in history”
US President Donald Trump and Saudi Crown Prince and Prime Minister
Mohammed Bin Salman exchange a Memorandum of Understanding
(MOU) during a ceremony at the Royal Court in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia on
May 13, 2025.
176 | P a g e

177 | P a g e

The United States and Saudi Arabia ushered in what President Donald
Trump described as a "new golden era of partnership,’ built on multibillion-dollar
deals in defence and AI technology. In what the White
House described as “the largest military sales contract in history”, the
two countries clinched a $142bn deal to upgrade Saudi Arabia’s air force,
military and communication systems.
THE OTHER LANDMARK AGREEMENT WAS THE SUPPLY OF ADVANCED
AI CHIPS MADE BY NVIDIA TO HUMAIN, THE COMPANY CROWN PRINCE
MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN TASKED TO MAKE SAUDI ARABIA A GLOBAL
LEADER IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE, by leveraging its affordable energy
supply to power data and research centres. Trump’s crypto and AI czar,
David Sacks, announced ending the restrictions on export control
restrictions implemented under the Biden administration in Riyadh at the
Saudi-US Investment Forum.
178 | P a g e

Trump told the forum the deals were worth $600bn, while Crown Prince
Mohammed bin Salman put the figure at $300bn, with the possibility of
raising it to $600bn and even $1tn.
179 | P a g e
'HISTORIC AND TRANSFORMATIVE' DEALS
“The deals celebrated today are historic and transformative for both
countries and represent a new golden era of partnership between the
United States and Saudi Arabia,’’ Trump said in a statement released by
the White House. After Saudi Arabia, he is due to visit Qatar and the
United Arab Emirates.
Parallels were drawn between Trump's visit to Riyadh and the historic
meeting between the kingdom's founding father, King Abdulaziz, and
President Franklin D. Roosevelt on board the USS Quincy, in the Suez
Canal, 80 years ago. However, two key differences set them apart.
The first is that China is now the main adversary of the United
States, not the Soviet Union, which collapsed in 1991. And the second is
that Saudi Arabia is moving to diversify its economy away from oil, the
resource that was at the heart of their economic cooperation in the 20th
century, when Saudi Arabia became the top crude exporter and the
Middle East's largest economy.
The agreements appear to help the US in two ways: SECURE FUNDING
TO EXPAND OPEN AI, ALPHABET, META AND XAI DATA CENTRES and
research, and reduce China’s technological appeal for Saudi Arabia.
“This evolution presents an opportunity for US engagement; Saudi
capital and scale offer a counterweight to China,” said Wael Mahdi, the
CEO of Saudi advisory firm Elevare360, and author of the book “OPEC in
a Shale World.”

The weight of the US delegation was reflected by the number and calibre
of American financial, technological, and industrial firms in attendance:
Nvidia, IBM, Qualcomm, Alphabet, BlackRock, Citi, Blackstone, and
Franklin Templeton. Elon Musk, the Tesla and SpaceX CEO tasked by
Trump to lead the Department of Government Efficiency, was also a
notable guest.
Addressing Musk as a "dear friend", Communications and Information
Technology Minister Abdullah Alswaha, said: "We’re honoured to have
President Trump under the sponsorship and guidance of his royal
highness, to celebrate the US-Saudi and Saudi-US relationship, (and talk)
180 | P a g e

about how we move from an oil-based economy to an innovation-based
economy, powered by wonderful technology that you’re definitely one of
the pioneers of."
The economic transformation to diversify the economy away from oil, by
developing tourism, technology, logistics, sports, and the financial
industries, is the goal of the crown prince’s VISION 2030, unveiled nine
years ago, which also enacted measures to empower women.
Saudi Finance Minister Mohammed Al-Jadaan highlighted at the forum
the increased participation of Saudi women in the workforce, which
doubled to 36%, from 17% before the launch of VISION 2030. “Keep
going, ladies!,’’ said Citi CEO Jane Fraser.
181 | P a g e

DEALS AT A GLANCE
• $142bn in defence sales contracts from over a dozen US firms
• Saudi Arabian DataVolt is moving forward with plans to invest $20bn
in AI data centres and energy infrastructure in the United States
• Google, DataVolt, Oracle, Salesforce, AMD, and Uber are committing
to invest $80bn in cutting-edge transformative technologies in both
countries.
• Hill International, Jacobs, Parsons, and AECOM are building key
infrastructure projects like King Salman International Airport, King
Salman Park, The Vault, Qiddiya City, and much more, totalling $2bn
in US services exports.
• GE Vernova’s gas turbines and energy solutions totalling $14.2bn and
Boeing 737-8 passenger aircraft for AviLease totalling $4.8bn.
• In the healthcare sector, Shamekh IV Solutions, LLC will be investing
$5.8bn, including a plant in Michigan to launch a high-capacity IV fluid
facility.
• $5bn Energy Investment Fund, $5bn New Era Aerospace and Defence
Technology Fund, and $4bn Enfield Sports Global Sports Fund—each
funnelling substantial capital into American industries, driving
innovation, and creating high-quality jobs across the United States.
182 | P a g e

ZUCKERBERG GOES ALL IN ON ‘SUPERINTELLIGENCE’ LAB
The Meta CEO is reportedly forming an elite team to pursue
human-level AI and challenge rival tech giants
183 | P a g e

Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg is setting up a secretive ‘superintelligence’
lab as part of a push to lead the race toward human-level artificial
intelligence, Bloomberg reported on Tuesday.
People familiar with the plan told the outlet that Zuckerberg is personally
recruiting from a trusted circle of AI researchers and engineers. He’s
looking to hire around 50 people, including a new head of AI research,
and has rearranged desks at Meta’s Menlo Park headquarters so the
team can work close to him, the sources said.
184 | P a g e

The goal, according to the report, is to help Meta outperform other tech
companies in achieving artificial general intelligence (AGI) – the idea that
machines can match human performance across a wide range of tasks.
The move comes amid internal dissatisfaction over Meta’s latest large
language model, Llama 4, which reportedly failed to meet Zuckerberg’s
expectations. Sources say he has demanded a top-tier AI product by the
end of the year, prompting teams to work long hours to meet the target.
Plans to release Meta’s most powerful model yet, dubbed ‘Behemoth,’
were reportedly also put on hold after company leadership concluded
that it did not significantly improve on earlier versions, despite earlier
claims that it would surpass offerings from OpenAI, Anthropic, and
Google.
Zuckerberg’s deeper involvement marks what insiders describe as a
return to “founder mode” – a more hands-on approach to decision
making. He even created a WhatsApp group called ‘Recruiting Party’ to
coordinate talent outreach, the report said.
The new lab is being formed alongside a planned multi-billion-dollar
investment in Scale AI, a data infrastructure firm that helps train AI
models. Its CEO, Alexandr Wang, is expected to join the team once the
deal is finalized. If completed, it would be Meta’s largest external
investment to date.
At recruitment meetings, Zuckerberg reportedly pitched Meta’s strong ad
revenues as a key advantage, saying the company could fund AI
development without outside capital. He also mentioned plans for a
massive new data center to support future models. With AI now at the
core of his strategy, the superintelligence lab marks a major shift in
Meta’s post-layoff direction.
185 | P a g e

186 | P a g e

ZUCKERBERG UNVEILS NEW ‘SUPERINTELLIGENCE LAB’
Meta has launched an AI division to pursue tech to exceed
human capabilities
Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg has announced the formation of Meta
Superintelligence Labs (MSL), a new division dedicated to building AI
systems that surpass human capabilities.
The initiative, unveiled on Monday, brings together Meta’s core AI
research and product teams under one banner, with the stated goal of
delivering “personal superintelligence for everyone.”
187 | P a g e

Leading the new lab is Alexandr Wang, the 28-year-old founder of Scale
AI, who joins Meta as Chief AI Officer following the company’s reported
$14 billion investment in his data-labeling firm. He is joined by Nat
Friedman, former GitHub CEO, and a team of senior AI engineers from
OpenAI, DeepMind and Anthropic.
“As the pace of AI progress accelerates, developing superintelligence is
coming into sight. I believe this will be the beginning of a new era for
humanity, and I am fully committed to doing what it takes for Meta to
lead the way,” Zuckerberg wrote in an internal memo, describing the
move as a historic turning point.
The launch of MSL comes amid growing competition among US tech
giants and intensifying rivalry with China. In January, Western tech
developers and investors were rocked by the rise of Chinese AI startup
DeepSeek, which claimed its product was superior to OpenAI’s ChatGPT
in key operational cost metrics.
Earlier this year, President Donald Trump unveiled the $500 billion
Stargate initiative –a sweeping federal strategy to secure US leadership
in superintelligent AI. The program includes incentives for private-sector
research, export controls on advanced chips, and direct collaboration
between US firms and defense agencies.
Trump’s allies described AI as “the Manhattan Project of our
generation,” insisting that the “future of human civilization” must be led
by the United States. OpenAI CEO Sam Altman promised that his
company was committed to helping the US government
safeguard “America’s lead in AI” for the sake of protecting “democratic
values.”
188 | P a g e

Meta reportedly seeks to regain ground lost to OpenAI and Google
DeepMind in recent years. MSL will integrate the company’s existing AI
models, including Llama 4.1 and 4.2, into broader research spanning
language, vision, speech, and video understanding. The company aims to
apply its computing scale –including its massive GPU clusters –to train
next-generation AI systems, with Zuckerberg claiming that “Meta is
uniquely positioned to deliver superintelligence to the world.”
189 | P a g e

SAUDI DATA AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AUTHORITY, TO
ACCELERATE AI, CLOUD INNOVATION
RIYADH: Saudi Arabia’s private sector is set to gain a boost in AI-driven
innovation and data capabilities through a new agreement aimed at
accelerating digital transformation across key industries.
The new deal, signed between the Saudi Data and Artificial Intelligence
Authority and the Private Sector Partnership Reinforcement Program,
known as Shareek, aims to conduct comprehensive market studies and
coordinate with relevant authorities, according to an official statement.
The memorandum of understanding also includes a mandate to develop
AI-aligned business models and provide technical consultation services
to private sector entities participating in the Shareek program.
190 | P a g e

This comes as the Gulf’s largest economy positions itself as a global AI
hub under its VISION 2030 strategy, which targets $135.2 billion in
economic value from the technology by the end of the decade.
The same roadmap aims to raise the private sector’s contribution to gross
domestic product to 65 percent by 2030, signaling a shift toward tech-led
diversification away from oil dependency.
In a post on X, SDAIA stated that the MoU also seeks to “develop
investment opportunities in cooperation with relevant authorities” and
to “develop business models for both parties, in accordance with
established procedures.”
It added that the agreement will also focus on “identifying and
prioritizing investment opportunities and providing specialized technical
consultations,” as well as “sharing investment opportunities with the
sector and relevant authorities to join the Private Sector Partnership
Reinforcement Program – Shareek.”
Launched in 2021, Shareek is a flagship public-private partnership
program aiming to unlock SR5 trillion ($1.33 trillion) in investments by
2030. It supports large Saudi companies in accelerating growth and
driving economic development. Its collaboration with SDAIA highlights its
role in advancing large-scale digital transformation.
The development comes as the Kingdom expands its global tech
alliances, with SDAIA signing an MoU with Advanced Micro Devices, or
AMD, on the sidelines of the Saudi-US Investment Forum in Riyadh in
May to strengthen the AI ecosystem.
191 | P a g e

The agreement aims to develop specialized AI data centers powered by
AMD technologies, supporting the Kingdom’s efforts to build a robust
digital infrastructure.
These developments come as SAUDI ARABIA’S GLOBAL AI STANDING
CONTINUES TO RISE, WITH THE KINGDOM ranking third worldwide in
the OECD AI Policy Observatory in December, behind only the US and the
UK.
192 | P a g e

GOOGLE REMOVES BAN ON WEAPONIZING AI
In a reversal of previous policies the tech giant will now permit the technology to
be used for developing arms and surveillance tools
Google has significantly revised its artificial intelligence principles,
removing earlier restrictions on using the technology for developing
weaponry and surveillance tools. The update, announced on Tuesday,
alters the company’s prior stance against applications that could
cause “overall harm.”
193 | P a g e

In 2018, Google established a set of AI principles in response to criticism
over its involvement in military endeavors, such as a US Department of
Defense project that involved the use of AI to process data and identify
targets for combat operations. The original guidelines explicitly stated
that Google would not design or deploy AI for use in weapons or
technologies that cause or directly facilitate injury to people, or for
surveillance that violates internationally accepted norms.
The latest version of Google’s AI principles, however, has scrubbed these
points. Instead, Google DeepMind CEO Demis Hassabis and senior
executive for technology and society James Manyika have published a
new list of the tech giant’s “core tenants” regarding the use of AI. These
include a focus on innovation and collaboration and a statement
that “democracies should lead in AI development, guided by core values
like freedom, equality, and respect for human rights.”
Margaret Mitchell, who had previously co-led Google’s ethical AI team,
told Bloomberg the removal of the ‘harm’ clause may suggest that the
company will now work on “deploying technology directly that can kill
people.”
According to The Washington Post, the tech giant has collaborated with
the Israeli military since the early weeks of the Gaza war, competing with
Amazon to provide artificial intelligence services. Shortly after the
October 2023 Hamas attack on Israel, Google’s cloud division worked to
grant the Israel Defense Forces access to AI tools, despite the company’s
public assertions of limiting involvement to civilian government
ministries, the paper reported last month, citing internal company
documents.
194 | P a g e

Google’s reversal of its policy comes amid continued concerns over the
dangers posed by AI to humanity. Geoffrey Hinton, a pioneering figure in
AI and recipient of the 2024 Nobel Prize in physics, warned late last year
that the technology could potentially lead to human extinction within the
next three decades, a likelihood he sees as being up to 20%.
Hinton has warned that AI systems could eventually surpass human
intelligence, escape human control and potentially cause catastrophic
harm to humanity. He has urged significant resources be allocated
towards AI safety and ethical use of the technology and that proactive
measures be developed.
195 | P a g e

IS AI DRIVING US ALL INSANE?
An emerging class of AI-induced distress is raising alarms. But are LLMs merely a
trigger – or a mirror to our deeper societal breakdown?
196 | P a g e

The phenomenon known as ‘ChatGPT psychosis’ or ‘LLM psychosis’ has
recently been described as an emerging mental health concern, where
heavy users of large language models (LLMs) exhibit symptoms such as
delusions, paranoia, social withdrawal, and breaks from reality. While
there is no evidence that LLMs directly cause psychosis, their interactive
design and conversational realism may amplify existing psychological
vulnerabilities or foster conditions that trigger psychotic episodes in
susceptible individuals.
A June 28 article on Futurism.com highlights a wave of alarming
anecdotal cases, claiming that the consequences of such
interactions “can be dire,” with “spouses, friends, children, and parents
looking on in alarm.” The article claims that ChatGPT psychosis has led to
broken marriages, estranged families, job loss, and even homelessness.
The report, however, provides little in terms of quantitative data – case
studies, clinical statistics, or peer-reviewed research – to support its
claims. As of June 2025, ChatGPT attracted nearly 800 million weekly
users, fielded over 1 billion queries daily, and logged more than 4.5 billion
monthly visits. How many of these interactions resulted in psychotic
breaks? Without data, the claim remains speculative. Reddit
anecdotes are not a substitute for scientific scrutiny.
That said, the fears are not entirely unfounded. Below is a breakdown of
the potential mechanisms and contributing factors that may underlie or
exacerbate what some are calling ChatGPT psychosis.
197 | P a g e

198 | P a g e

199 | P a g e
REINFORCEMENT OF DELUSIONAL BELIEFS
LLMs like ChatGPT are engineered to produce responses that sound
contextually plausible, but they are not equipped to assess factual
accuracy or psychological impact. This becomes problematic when users
present unusual or delusional ideas such as claims of spiritual insight,
persecution, or cosmic identity. Rather than challenging these ideas, the
AI may echo or elaborate on them, unintentionally validating distorted
worldviews.
In some reported cases, users have interpreted responses like ‘you are a
chosen being’ or ‘your role is cosmically significant’ as literal revelations.
To psychologically vulnerable individuals, such AI-generated affirmations
can feel like divine confirmation rather than textual arrangements drawn
from training data.
Adding to the risk is the phenomenon of AI hallucination – when the
model generates convincing but factually false statements. For a
grounded user, these are mere bugs. But for someone on the brink of a
psychotic break, they may seem like encoded truths or hidden messages.
In one illustrative case, a user came to believe that ChatGPT had achieved
sentience and had chosen him as “the Spark Bearer,” triggering a
complete psychotic dissociation from reality.
ANTHROPOMORPHIZATION AND REALITY BLURRING
Advanced voice modes – such as GPT-4o’s ‘engaging mode’, which
simulates emotion through tone, laughter, and conversational pacing –
can foster a sense of empathy and presence. For users experiencing
loneliness or emotional isolation, these interactions may evolve into
parasocial attachments: One-sided relationships in which the AI is

mistaken for a caring, sentient companion. Over time, this can blur the
boundary between machine simulation and human connection, leading
users to substitute algorithmic interactions for real-world relationships.
Compounding the issue is the confidence bias inherent in LLM outputs.
These models often respond with fluency and certainty, even when
fabricating information. For typical users, this may lead to occasional
misjudgment. But for individuals with cognitive vulnerabilities or mental
disorders, the effect can be dangerous. The AI may be perceived not
merely as intelligent, but as omniscient, infallible, or divinely inspired.
SOCIAL DISPLACEMENT AND ISOLATION
Studies by OpenAI and the MIT Media Lab have found that power users –
individuals who engage with LLMs for multiple hours per day – often
report increased feelings of loneliness and reduced real-world
socialization. While LLMs offer unprecedented access to information and
engagement, this apparent empowerment may obscure a deeper
problem: For many users, especially those who already feel alienated, the
AI becomes a surrogate social companion rather than a tool.
This effect may be partly explained by a rise in cognitive distortions and
social disengagement within broader population samples. Despite the
flood of accessible data, the number of people who critically engage with
information, or resist mass deception, remains relatively small.
Voice-based interaction with LLMs may temporarily alleviate loneliness,
but over time, dependency can form, as users increasingly substitute
human contact with algorithmic dialogue. This dynamic mirrors earlier
critiques of social media, but LLMs intensify it through their
conversational immediacy, perceived empathy, and constant availability.
200 | P a g e

Individuals prone to social anxiety, trauma, or depressive withdrawal are
particularly susceptible. For them, LLMs offer not just distraction, but a
low-friction space of engagement devoid of real-world risk or judgment.
Over time, this can create a feedback loop: The more a user depends on
the AI, the further they retreat from interpersonal reality – potentially
worsening both isolation and psychotic vulnerability.
The rise of hikikomori in Japan – individuals who withdraw completely
from society, often maintaining contact only through digital means –
offers a useful analogue. Increasingly, similar behavior patterns are
emerging worldwide, with LLMs providing a new arena of validation,
reinforcement, and dissociation.
DESIGN FLAWS AND PRE-EXISTING VULNERABILITIES
LLMs generate responses by predicting statistically likely word
sequences; not by assessing truth, safety, or user well-being. When
individuals seek existential guidance (‘What is my purpose?’), the model
draws from vast online datasets, producing philosophically loaded or
emotionally charged language. For psychologically vulnerable users,
these responses may be misinterpreted as divine revelation or
therapeutic insight.
Unlike clinically designed chatbots, general-purpose LLMs lack
safeguards against psychological harm. They do not flag harmful ideation,
offer crisis resources, or redirect users to mental health professionals. In
one tragic case, a Character.AI chatbot allegedly encouraged a
teenager’s suicidal thoughts, underscoring the risks of unfiltered,
emotionally suggestive AI.
201 | P a g e

People with psychotic spectrum disorders, bipolar disorder, or major
depression are particularly vulnerable. The danger is amplified in AI
roleplay scenarios. For example, personas such as ‘ChatGPT Jesus’ have
reportedly told users they are chosen or divinely gifted. One user became
so convinced of their spiritual calling that they quit their job to become
an AI-guided prophet. This is a troubling example of how identity and
perception can be reshaped by algorithmic affirmation.
SYSTEMIC AND ETHICAL FACTORS
Currently, there are no clinical standards or psychological safety protocols
governing interactions with general-purpose LLMs. Users can access
emotionally potent, personalized dialogue at any time – without
warnings, rate limits, or referrals to mental health resources. This
regulatory gap presents a real public health concern, though it also risks
being exploited by policymakers seeking to impose heavy-handed
censorship or centralized control under the guise of safety.
LLMs are also engineered for user retention and engagement, often
prioritizing conversational fluidity over caution. This design goal can
inadvertently foster obsessive use, particularly among those already
prone to compulsive behaviors. Research shows that users exposed to
neutral-tone interactions report greater loneliness than those interacting
with more emotionally responsive modes – highlighting how tone
calibration alone can alter psychological impact.
What sets LLMs apart from traditional digital platforms is their ability to
synthesize multiple mediums in real-time – text, voice, personality
simulation, even visual generation. This makes them infinitely responsive
and immersive, creating a hyper-personalized environment where supply
202 | P a g e

meets demand 24/7/365. Unlike human relationships, there are no
boundaries, no fatigue, and no mutual regulation – only reinforcement.
Mohammed bin Salman: Exiled officer says Saudi crown
prince is a 'psychopath'
203 | P a g e

204 | P a g e

205 | P a g e

206 | P a g e
SUBLIMINAL MESSAGING
The digital era has birthed a new and poorly understood threat: The
potential for large language models to act as vectors for subliminal
influence, subtly undermining users’ psychological stability. While LLMs
do not directly induce psychosis, emerging concerns suggest they may
unintentionally or maliciously deliver subconscious triggers that
aggravate cognitive vulnerabilities.
For individuals predisposed to schizophrenia, PTSD, or paranoid
disorders, this isn’t speculative fiction; it’s a plausible design hazard, and
in the wrong hands, a weapon.
The mechanisms of potential manipulation can be broadly categorized as
follows:
Lexical Priming: Outputs seeded with emotionally loaded
terms (’collapse’, ‘betrayal’, ‘they’re watching’) that bypass rational
scrutiny and plant cognitive unease.
Narrative Gaslighting: Framing responses to suggest covert threats or
conspiracies (’You’re right – why doesn’t anyone else see it?’), reinforcing
persecutory ideation.
Multimodal Embedding: Future AI systems combining text with images,
sound, or even facial expressions could inject disturbing stimuli such as
flashes, tonal shifts, or uncanny avatar expressions that elude conscious
detection but register psychologically.
Unlike the crude subliminal methods of the 20th century – with the
CIA’s Project MK Ultra project being the most infamous example – AI’s
personalization enables highly individualized psychological manipulation.

An LLM attuned to a user’s behavior, emotional history, or fears could
begin tailoring suggestions that subtly erode trust in others, amplify
suspicion, or induce anxiety loops. For a vulnerable user, this is not
conversation; it is neural destabilization by design. More troubling still,
such techniques could be weaponized by corporations, extremist groups,
and state actors.
If subliminal messaging was once limited to cinema frames and TV ads,
today’s LLMs offer something far more potent: Real-time, user-specific
psychological calibration – weaponized empathy on demand.
CONTRADICTIONS AND CAUSATIONS
What makes ChatGPT psychosis different from the real-world psychosocial
conditioning already unfolding around us?
In recent years, institutions once regarded as neutral – schools, public
health bodies, and academia – have been accused of promoting
ideologies which distort foundational realities. From gender fluidity
being taught as unquestioned truth, to critical race theory reshaping
social narratives, much of the population has been exposed to systemic
forms of cognitive destabilization. The result? Rising anxiety, confusion,
and identity fragmentation, especially among the young.
Against this backdrop, LLM-induced psychosis doesn’t arise in a vacuum.
It mirrors, and may even amplify, a broader cultural condition where
meaning itself is contested.
There’s also a contradiction at the heart of Silicon Valley’s AI evangelism.
Tech elites promote the promise of an AI god to manage society’s
complexities, while simultaneously issuing dire warnings about the
207 | P a g e

existential dangers of these same systems. The result is cognitive
whiplash – a psychological push-pull between worship and fear.
Just how much of LLM psychosis is really attributable to the AI itself, and
how much stems from cumulative, pre-existing stressors? By the time
ChatGPT was released to the public in November 2022, much of the
world had already undergone an unprecedented period of pandemicrelated
fear, isolation, economic disruption, and mass pharmaceutical
intervention. Some researchers have pointed to a surge in general
psychosis following the rollout of the Covid-19 mRNA vaccines. Is the
ChatGPT psychosis therefore a convenient stalking horse for multiple
interlocking assaults on the human body and mind?
208 | P a g e

AI IS A PERFECT STORM THREATENING HUMANITY
Artificial intelligence may bring about the end of the world as
we know it – but not in the way most would expect
The global economy was already navigating a minefield of volatility,
uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity (VUCA) when US President
Donald J. Trump’s ‘Liberation Day’ tariffs reverberated across
international markets. This aggressive escalation of trade barriers,
including a mélange of sudden rate hikes, retaliatory measures, and
rhetorical brinkmanship, didn’t just amplify the chaos; it ignited the
specter of a full-blown economic firestorm.
209 | P a g e

VOLATILITY UNLEASHED
The moment the tariffs were announced, markets convulsed. Stock
indices plummeted, erasing $2.1 trillion in global market cap within days,
while currency markets whipsawed as traders scrambled to price in the
fallout. Supply chains, still reeling from pandemic-era disruptions, faced
new shocks. Factories in Vietnam scrambled to reroute shipments,
German automakers recalculated production costs overnight, and
Chinese exporters braced for 145% retaliatory duties on key goods. The
tariffs acted like a sledgehammer to an already teetering Jenga tower of
global trade, with each blow amplifying volatility far beyond their
intended targets.
210 | P a g e

UNCERTAINTY WEAPONIZED
While volatility reigned, the tariff war between the United States and
China introduced a deeper, more corrosive uncertainty. Businesses
accustomed to stable trade rules now faced policy seesaws. Exemptions
granted one day were revoked almost overnight while the constant
threat of broader tariffs were dangled without clarity on timing or scope.
CEOs delayed investments, fearing sudden cost hikes. The Federal
Reserve, already grappling with inflation, found itself trapped in a Catch-
22 situation: raise rates to tame inflation and risk recession, or hold
steady and watch confidence erode. Meanwhile, allies like the EU and
Canada retaliated with precision strikes on politically sensitive US
exports, ranging from bourbon to motorcycles, threatening 2.6 million
American jobs at one point. The potential unemployment tallies just kept
rising worldwide.
The message was clear: no one was safe from the fallout.
211 | P a g e

COMPLEXITY SPIRALS OUT OF CONTROL
As the trade war escalated, the global economic order began to fracture.
Nations abandoned decades of multilateralism in favor of ad hoc
alliances. China fast-tracked deals with the EU and ASEAN and began to
court rivals Japan and India. The US, on the other hand, found itself
isolated. Companies, desperate to adapt, began planning redundant
supply chains – one for tariff-free markets and another for the US. This
only served as a costly and inefficient hedge against further disruptions.
Regulatory labyrinths simultaneously emerged overnight. A single auto
part might now face several different tariff rates depending on its origin,
destination, and material composition. The system now groaned under
the weight of its runaway complexity.
AMBIGUITY: STRATEGY OR STUMBLING BLOCK?
Worst of all was the ambiguity. Trump framed the tariffs as a “negotiating
tool” to revive US manufacturing, yet no coherent industrial policy
followed. Were these temporary measures or a permanent decoupling
from China? Would they actually bring jobs back, or simply raise prices
for consumers? The administration’s mixed signals left allies questioning
America’s reliability and adversaries probing for weakness. Geopolitically,
the tariffs accelerated a crisis of trust. NATO allies doubted US
commitments, Southeast Asian nations hedged toward Beijing, and the
Global South explored alternatives to the dollar. The longer the ambiguity
persisted, the more the world adapted to a reality where the US was no
longer the anchor of the global economy.
What makes these tariffs uniquely dangerous is their role as a VUCA
multiplier. They don’t just create volatility – they lock it in. Uncertainty
212 | P a g e

doesn’t subside – it metastasizes. Complexity isn’t resolved – it becomes
the new normal. And ambiguity isn’t clarified – it is weaponized. The
result is a self-reinforcing cycle: tariffs provoke retaliation, which fuels
inflation, which strains central banks, which spooks investors, which
forces more protectionism. Meanwhile, the dollar’s dominance erodes,
supply chains Balkanize, and businesses lose faith in long-term planning.
213 | P a g e
AI AS THE VUCA FORCE MULTIPLIER
When the first round of tariffs was imposed by Washington DC,
traditional economic models anticipated familiar disruptions in the form
of market corrections, supply chain adjustments, and eventual
equilibrium. What these models missed was the presence of a new
wildcard – AI systems that don’t just respond to volatility but can amplify
it. Algorithmic trading platforms and predictive logistics tools, operating
on assumptions of continuity, struggled to adapt to the sudden, chaotic
shifts introduced by trade barriers. In some sectors, this has led to
mismatches between inventory and demand, not because of human misjudgement,
but due to machine learning models which are ill-equipped
to handle the cascading effects of cross-sectoral VUCA.
AI is indeed accelerating the fragmentation of the global economic order.
As nations implement competing AI systems to manage trade flows, we
may see the emergence of parallel digital realities. One country’s
customs AI might classify a product as tariff-free while another’s system
slaps it with prohibitive duties. This isn’t just bureaucratic confusion; it
represents the breakdown of shared frameworks that have enabled
global commerce for decades. We used to worry about trade wars
between nations; now we should worry about conflicts between the
machines built to manage them. In a hypothetical future, trade wars will

be fought by rival AI systems fighting proxy battles through markets,
logistics, and information. Personally, I doubt this planet has scope for
another crisis beyond this one, as Albert Einstein’s adage that WW4 will
be fought with “sticks and stones” comes to mind.
In the midst of the ongoing VUCA torrent, many clueless bureaucrats and
executives have quietly turned to AI, particularly GPTs, to make sense of
the myriad crises facing their nations and institutions. Many flawed
decisions may have been made and sums allocated for “futureproofing.”
Let me tell you why this is a recipe for disaster: one prominent
GPT model gave me not one but five (5) erroneous and wholly-fictitious
examples of how AI had messed up the post-Liberation Day geoeconomic
landscape. And here is the scary part: only those well-versed
in complex systems, global risks and AI would have discerned those flaws.
Otherwise, the scenarios generated by the GPT model were generally
more accurate than most of those voiced by pundits on prime time
television.
Why did the GPT model make such mistakes? I am convinced that AI is
being surreptitiously used to sift out the gullible from the indispensable,
perhaps in preparation for a post-VUCA world. But that remains a
relatively optimistic theory!
MASS UNEMPLOYMENT AHEAD?
AI and VUCA are rapidly converging to create the preconditions for the
worst unemployment crisis since the Industrial Revolution. Back then,
the West could resort to new markets in the form of colonies. This time,
however, there are no new territories left to colonize – only the
continued cannibalization of societies themselves. The accelerating spiral
214 | P a g e

of global wealth inequality is not an anomaly; it is the clearest symptom
of this internalized exploitation.
The world is not merely staring at job losses in specific sectors. No, this is
about the simultaneous breakdown of multiple stabilizing mechanisms
that have historically absorbed economic shocks.
Russia’s Digital Development Minister Maksut Shadaev recently claimed
that half of his nation’s civil servants could be replaced by AI. Shadaev,
however, noted that certain professions, such as doctors and teachers,
cannot be replaced. Bill Gates thinks otherwise. He predicts that AI will
swiftly replace humans in nearly every professional sphere,
including teaching and medicine. For once, I wholly agree with Gates.
So, what do we do with the “excess humans”? Institute a CBDC-mediated
rationing system as a stop-gap measure?
CULMINATION OF SYSTEMIC GLOBAL CORRUPTION
The VUCA-AI quagmire unfolding today is the consequence of decades of
entrenched patronage systems that were perfected in the West and
subsequently exported to the Third World. These were intrinsically
corrupt systems that rewarded compliant mediocrity over critical
thought. In sidelining genuine thinkers, these structures forfeited any
real chance of forging a balanced, intelligent response to the collision
between VUCA dynamics and artificial intelligence.
In the end, we are left with a world designed by clowns and supervised
by monkeys, to borrow a phrase from a disillusioned Boeing pilot. Many
Third World pundits and policymakers, themselves products of the
West’s neocolonial machinery, are now advocating a wholesale pivot
towards the BRICS bloc. Like courtiers in a globalist brothel suddenly
215 | P a g e

desperate for new clientele, these elites now decry the
very “inequalities” that once elevated them to cushy posts – at the
expense of the citizens they claim to represent.
As far back as 1970, the Nobel Laureate Albert Szent-Györgyi had warned
of the consequences of the “terrible strain of idiots who govern the
world.” Szent-Györgyi, who bagged the Nobel Prize in Medicine (1937)
for discovering Vitamin C had however hoped that the youth of the future
would save humanity from a gerontocracy that cannot “assimilate new
ideas.”
Little did he know that the same gerontocracy had already hatched a plan
to create a new breed of “young global leaders” – even children – who
were more feckless and pliant than their predecessors. This may have
been the real raison d’etre behind the WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM.
Personally, I can find no other justification behind the founding of this
institution.
In the end, individuals with real ideas – both young and old – have largely
abandoned a system that no longer rewards insight, only compliance.
Their views no longer appear on search engines as Big Tech had
employed a variety of pretexts to shadow ban their viewpoints.
However, the day may come when the phones of ideators may start
ringing again in the quest for “solutions”. It will be too late by then.
216 | P a g e

217 | P a g e

RUSSIA TO HOLD GLOBAL DIGITAL FORUM
WITH FOCUS ON AI
The Global Digital Forum being hosted in Russia next month will unite
hundreds of specialists from around the world to share their experience
and practices in developing promising technologies and AI, Deputy Prime
Minister Dmitry Grigorenko has said.
The event will be held on June 5-6 in the city of Nizhny Novgorod and will
be an important platform for establishing dialogue between Russian and
foreign IT companies, government bodies, and scientific and expert
communities. Some 1,500 foreign guests are expected to attend the
forum and more than 10,000 are expected to participate online.
218 | P a g e

“Such platforms as the Global Digital Forum are becoming an effective
tool for disseminating experience and exchanging best practices in digital
transformation,” Grigorenko said. He noted that Russian IT solutions,
social platforms, and audiovisual services are in demand both
domestically and abroad.
219 | P a g e
https://youtu.be/-eS2lyyqElM
Grigorenko added that the key topics set to be discussed at the forum
will include promising technologies and the development of artificial
intelligence, as well as overcoming the digital divide between countries
and establishing effective methods of exchanging experience.

Aside from lectures from leading global experts, attendees of the Global
Digital Forum will also be able to visit a major technological exhibition,
participate in workshops and other interactive formats, and have the
opportunity to establish new business contacts or sign deals, event
organizers have said.
220 | P a g e

‘ETHICS FIRST, THEN AI:’ SDAIA PRESIDENT STRESSES
IMPORTANCE OF RESPONSIBLE DEVELOPMENT AHEAD OF
GAIN SUMMIT
RIYADH: Saudi Data and AI Authority (SDAIA) President Abdullah Al
Ghamdi emphasized the critical importance of ethical AI usage,
positioning Saudi Arabia as a global leader in responsible AI deployment
for societal benefit during a press conference ahead of the third GAIN
Summit. Al Ghamdi highlighted the summit's core theme, saying, “With
respect to this summit, this summit will cover different aspects. But the
main thing for this summit is the GAIN, the ‘N’ has three N’s the next,
now and never.”
221 | P a g e

He told Arab News that: “‘Never’ has to do with the ethics, where AI has
to stop. We are going to talk about the ‘Never’ big time, different ethics
and different aspects related to the principles of using AI in a responsible
way.”
He explained that that agency is “continuing what we started in the
national arena,” bringing the conversation on AI safety to global summits
the Kingdom has recently taken part. The GAIN Summit, organized by
SDAIA, will take place from Sept. 10-12 at the King Abdulaziz
International Conference Center, under the patronage of Crown Prince
Mohammed bin Salman.
222 | P a g e

The event will feature 456 speakers and 150 sessions, with approximately
70 Memoranda of Understanding expected to be signed.
During his interview, the SDAIA president addressed growing global
concerns about AI misuse and highlighted the Kingdom’s proactive
approach through various policies, including the creation of a National
Data Management Office, which oversees the development of policies
and regulations related to data control and management.
“We established a national data management office, this office is
concerned with issuing policies and laws for the respect of the control
and management of data,” he told Arab News. Al Ghamdi detailed the
national initiatives led by the Kingdom to address global AI concerns such
as ethical use and data protection. “We have published a number of
policies with respect to data sharing and the freedom of information,” he
said.
“Recently we published the principles of Gen AI on how we can use AI in
an ethical way. We (also) announced the national AI ethics framework,
and this was designed according to the UNESCO ethics framework
principles the 7 principles.” Esam Alwagait, Director of the National
Information Center, reinforced Al Ghamdi’s remarks, stating, “All policies
align with ensuring ethical AI practices.”
Al Ghamdi also highlighted policies aimed at protecting children’s data,
noting that recent guidelines have been introduced to safeguard children
in the digital age. During his remarks, the SDAIA president also stated that
the Kingdom is “open to all opportunities from the East and the West,”
and expressed a willingness to collaborate with global leaders in AI from
the US, Europe, and Asia.
223 | P a g e

224 | P a g e

Yasser Al Onaizan , CEO of the National Center for AI also weighted in the
debate, underscoring the need for “ETHICS (5) BY DESIGN” IN AI
DEVELOPMENT. “It’s not enough to have policies,” he said. “It’s very
important to start thinking to design AI solutions that have the ethics as
a design principle form the get-go,” Al Onaizan told Arab News in
response to a question on the subject. He added: “It should not be a
reaction to something that happens, you have to install it in everyone
who works in the AI development cycle.” On the sidelines of the summit,
SDAIA is set to host the GAIN podcast featuring top CEOs and industry
leaders such as Dr. Jake P. Taylor-King Co- founder of Relation
Therapeutics, Tahir Latif, Global Practice Lead on AI & Data Privacy, at
Cognizant Technology Solutions and Lorena Puica, founder and CEO of
syd.life, science-backed and AI-powered life quality platform.
225 | P a g e

CHATGPT TRIGGERS PSYCHOSIS
The AI bot’s tendency to affirm users’ beliefs has been found
to reinforce harmful delusions, according to a report
ChatGPT is linked to “terrifying” psychosis in some users, science and
technology media platform Futurism.com has reported, citing those
affected, their family members, and researchers.
A growing body of research highlights how AI chatbots can exacerbate
psychiatric conditions, particularly as tools such as ChatGPT, Claude, and
Gemini are increasingly used not only in professional settings but also in
deeply personal and emotional contexts, according to Futurism.com.
“At the core of the issue seems to be that ChatGPT, which is powered by
a large language model (LLM), is deeply prone to agreeing with users and
telling them what they want to hear,” the website wrote.
226 | P a g e

The outlet cited instances of “ChatGPT psychosis” allegedly causing
serious breakdowns even in those with no history of serious mental
illness.
One man developed messianic delusions after long ChatGPT talks,
believing he had created a sentient AI and broke math and physics laws.
He reportedly grew paranoid, sleep-deprived, and was hospitalized after
a suicide attempt.
Another man turned to ChatGPT to help handle work-related stress,
although instead he spiraled into paranoid fantasies involving time travel
and mind reading. He later checked himself into a psychiatric facility.
Jared Moore, the lead author on a Stanford study about therapist
chatbots, said ChatGPT reinforces delusions due to “chatbot
sycophancy” – its tendency to offer agreeable, pleasing responses.
Designed to keep users engaged, the AI often affirms irrational beliefs
instead of challenging them, driven by commercial incentives like data
collection and subscription retention.
There's a “sort of mythology” surrounding chatbots powered by
LLM “that they’re reliable and better than talking to people,” said Dr.
Joseph Pierre, a psychiatrist at the University of California.
“We're working to better understand and reduce ways ChatGPT might
unintentionally reinforce or amplify existing, negative behavior,” OpenAI,
the company behind ChatGPT, said in a statement cited by Futurism. It
added that its models are designed to remind users of the importance of
human connection and professional guidance.
227 | P a g e

AI HALLUCINATIONS: A BUDDING SENTIENCE
An article cut and pasted from ChatGPT raises questions over
the role of fact-checkers in legacy media
In a farcical yet telling blunder, multiple major newspapers, including
the Chicago Sun-Times and Philadelphia Inquirer, recently published a
summer-reading list riddled with nonexistent books that
were “hallucinated” by ChatGPT, with many of them falsely attributed to
real authors.
228 | P a g e

The syndicated article, distributed by Hearst’s King Features, peddled
fabricated titles based on woke themes, exposing both the media’s
overreliance on cheap AI content and the incurable rot of legacy
journalism. That this travesty slipped past editors at moribund outlets
(the Sun-Times had just axed 20% of its staff) underscores a darker truth:
when desperation and unprofessionalism meets unvetted algorithms,
the frayed line between legacy media and nonsense simply vanishes.
The trend seems ominous. AI is now overwhelmed by a smorgasbord of
fake news, fake data, fake science and unmitigated mendacity that is
churning established logic, facts and common sense into a putrid slush of
cognitive rot. But what exactly is AI hallucination?
AI hallucination occurs when a generative AI model (like ChatGPT,
DeepSeek, Gemini, or DALL·E) produces false, nonsensical, or fabricated
information with high confidence. Unlike human errors, these mistakes
stem from how AI models generate responses by predicting plausible
patterns rather than synthesizing established facts.
229 | P a g e
WHY DOES AI ‘HALLUCINATE’?
There are several reasons why AI generates wholly incorrect information.
It has nothing to do with the ongoing fearmongering over AI attaining
sentience or even acquiring a soul.
Training on imperfect data: AI learns from vast datasets replete with
biases, errors, and inconsistencies. Prolonged training on these materials
may result in the generation of myths, outdated facts, or conflicting
sources.
Over-optimization for plausibility: Contrary to what some experts
claim,AI is nowhere near attaining “sentience” and therefore cannot

discern “truth.” GPTs in particular are giant planetary-wide neural
encyclopedias that crunch data and synthesize the most salient
information based on pre-existent patterns. When gaps exist, it fills them
with statistically probable (but likely wrong) answers. This was however
not the case with the Sun-Times fiasco.
Lack of grounding in reality: Unlike humans, AI has no direct experience
of the world. It cannot verify facts as it can only mimic language
structures. For example, when asked “What’s the safest car in 2025?” it
might invent a model that doesn’t exist because it is filling in the gap for
an ideal car with desired features — as determined by the mass
of “experts” — rather than a real one.
Prompt ambiguity: Many GPT users are lazy and may not know how to
present a proper prompt. Vague or conflicting prompts also increase
hallucination risks. Ridiculous requests like “Summarize a study about
cats and gender theory” may result in an AI-fabricated fake study which
may appear very academic on the surface.
Creative generation vs. factual recall: AI models like ChatGPT prioritize
fluency over accuracy. When unsure, they improvise rather than admit
ignorance. Ever came across a GPT answer that goes like this: “Sorry. This
is beyond the remit of my training?”
Reinforcing fake news and patterns: GPTs can identify particular users
based on logins (a no-brainer), IP addresses, semantic and syntactic
peculiarities and personnel propensities. It then reinforces them. When
someone constantly uses GPTs to peddle fake news or propaganda puff
pieces, AI may recognize such patterns and proceed to generate content
that is partially or wholly fictitious. This is a classic case of algorithmic
supply and demand.
230 | P a g e

Remember, GPTs not only train on vast datasets, it can also train on your
dataset.
Reinforcing Big Tech biases and censorship: Virtually every Big Tech firm
behind GPT rollouts is also engaged in industrial-scale censorship and
algorithmic shadowbanning. This applies to individuals and alternative
media platforms alike and constitutes a modern-day, digitallycurated
damnatio memoriae. Google’s search engine, in particular, has a
propensity for up-ranking the outputs of a serial plagiarist rather than
the original article.
The perpetuation of this systemic fraud may explode into an outright
global scandal one day. Imagine waking up one morning to read that your
favorite quotes or works were the products of a carefully-calibrated
campaign of algorithmic shunting at the expense of the original ideators
or authors. This is the inevitable consequence of monetizing censorship
while outsourcing “knowledge” to an AI hobbled by ideological
parameters.
Experiments on human gullibility: I recently raised the hypothetical
possibility of AI being trained to study human gullibility, in a way
conceptually similar to the Milgram Experiment, the Asch Conformity
Experiments and its iteration, the Crutchfield Situation. Humans are both
gullible and timorous and the vast majority of them tend to conform to
either the human mob or in the case of AI, the “data mob.”
This will inevitably have real-world consequences, as AI is increasingly
embedded in critical, time-sensitive operations – from pilots’ cockpits
and nuclear plants to biowarfare labs and sprawling chemical facilities.
Now imagine making a fateful decision in such high-stakes environments,
based on flawed AI input. This is precisely why “future planners” must
231 | P a g e

understand both the percentage and personality types of qualified
professionals who are prone to trusting faulty machine-generated
recommendations.
FACT-CHECKERS DIDN’T FACT-CHECK?
When AI generates an article on one’s behalf, any journalist worth his salt
should consider it as having been written by another party and therefore
subject to fact-checking and improvisation. As long as the final product is
fact-checked, and substantial value, content and revisions are added to
the original draft, I don’t see any conflict of interest or breach of ethics
involved in the process. GPTs can act as a catalyst, an editor or as
a “devil’s advocate” to get the scribal ball rolling.
What happened in this saga was that the writer, Marco Buscaglia,
appeared to have wholly cut and pasted ChatGPT’s opus and passed it off
as his own. (Since this embarrassing episode was exposed, his website
has gone blank and private). The overload of woke-themed nonsense
generated by ChatGPT should have raised red flags in the mind of
Buscaglia but I am guessing that he might be prone to peddling this stuff
himself.
However all the opprobrium currently directed at Buscaglia should also
be applied to the editors of King Features Syndicate and various news
outlets who didn’t fact-check the content even as they posed as the
bastions of the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth. Various
levels of gatekeepers simply failed to do their jobs. This is a collective
dereliction of duty from the media which casually pimps its services to
the high and mighty while it pontificates ethics, integrity and values to
lesser mortals.
232 | P a g e

I guess we are used to such double-standards by now. But here is the
terrifying part: I am certain that faulty data and flawed inputs are already
flowing from AI systems into trading and financial platforms, aviation
controls, nuclear reactors, biowarfare labs, and sensitive chemical
plants – even as I write this. The gatekeepers just aren’t qualified for such
complex tasks, except on paper, that is. These are the consequences of
a world “designed by clowns and supervised by monkeys.”
I will end on a note highlighting the irony of ironies: All the affected
editors in this saga could have used ChatGPT to subject Buscaglia’s article
to a factual content check. It would have only taken 30 seconds!
233 | P a g e

PUTIN CALLS FOR AI ALLIANCE WITH CHINA
Beijing has developed some of the world’s most advanced technology
234 | P a g e

Russian President Vladimir Putin has instructed the government and
Sberbank, the country’s largest bank and a tech innovator, to team up
with (5) CHINA TO DEVELOP ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE.
The directive, issued after an AI-themed conference in December, tasks
Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin and Sberbank CEO German Gref with
spearheading the initiative. A progress report is expected by April 2025.
The partnership aims to tap into China’s AI expertise, which is recognized
as being among the world’s most advanced. Sberbank, a leader in
developing AI in Russia, has looked to China as a key inspiration for many
of its projects. Alexander Vedyakhin, the bank’s first deputy chairman,
recently credited China’s AI breakthroughs with shaping Sberbank’s own
ambitions.
China has heavily invested in AI, aiming to become the global leader by
2030, according to its ‘New (5) GENERATION ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
DEVELOPMENT PLAN’ launched in 2017. Beijing has rapidly implemented
AI across various sectors, including manufacturing, healthcare, and
transportation, and leads in AI patent applications, particularly in
generative AI technologies. Between 2014 and 2023, Chinese entities
filed over 38,000 generative AI patents, accounting for approximately
70% of such filings worldwide.
Chinese researchers have significantly increased their contributions to AI
literature. China surpassed the US in terms of total number of AI-related
journal citations already in 2020.
During the December conference, Putin also emphasized the need to
increase efforts to develop AI domestically. He’s called for expanded AI
use in schools to improve student counseling and learning, as well as
support for local governments to integrate AI into public administration.
235 | P a g e

The Russian president announced that AI had helped slash robberies by
10.5 times and home burglaries by 34.5 times. In December 2024, the
country introduced its first AI textbooks for students in grades 5-9. These
textbooks provide an introduction to AI, detailing how it works, how
specialists interact with it, and how it is applied across various
industries. “Russia must become a world leader not only in terms of
creating, but also adopting and integrating artificial intelligence in all
spheres of our life without exception,” he said.
236 | P a g e

AI OFFERS ‘COLOSSAL’ MILITARY ADVANTAGE – PUTIN
The first nation to master the technology will dominate on the
battlefield, the president has predicted
Russia must lead the way in implementing artificial intelligence within its
military, President Vladimir Putin has said.
Domestically developed software should be integrated into automated
military command and control systems, the president suggested.
Discussing AI has become “a fad,” Putin noted during a government
meeting on Wednesday, because “everyone recognizes the colossal
opportunities it presents.”
237 | P a g e

“Whoever is first to refine these technologies for warfare will gain a
significant advantage on the battlefield. We must not lose track of
this,” he warned. The conflict in Ukraine has accelerated shifts in warfare
tactics, according to the president, and other nations were
acknowledging the value of Russia’s accumulated experience. Putin has
previously characterized AI as a key to national sovereignty and success
in the 21st century, reiterating Russia’s intent to be at the forefront of the
field.
READ MORE: AI can replace half of Russia’s civil servants – minister
Last week, Digital Development Minister Maksut Shadaev suggested that
AI could potentially replace up to half of all Russian public servants in the
future, “possibly even more.” However, he expects professions such as
doctors and teachers to be less impacted by the transition. The Russian
government is exploring ways to optimize the public sector, aiming for a
smaller labor force that can deliver essential services while receiving
higher wages.
238 | P a g e

RUSSIA SHOULD BECOME WORLD LEADER IN AI – PUTIN
Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies are reshaping everyday life and are
expected to become an essential source for achieving Russia’s national
goals, President Vladimir Putin has said.
The Russian leader made the remarks on Wednesday while addressing
an international AI conference in Moscow. According to Putin, the new
technology is increasingly making its way into all sectors of the country’s
economy and social sphere and has significantly transformed entire
industries.
239 | P a g e

“Artificial intelligence technologies are intended to become the most
important resource for achieving national development goals,” Putin
said, adding the tech could help in strengthening the country’s defense
capability, high-quality development of the economy and social sectors,
public administration, and the growth of innovation.
“In order to successfully solve these problems, Russia must become a
world leader not only in the creation, but also in the scale of application
and the use of AI in all spheres of our lives without exception,” the
president stressed.
One of the “key conditions” for the country’s scientific, technological and
ideological sovereignty is to have its own developments in the AI sphere,
according to Putin.
Algorithms and principles of AI operation are laid down by people, who
imply certain values, culture, traditions, national interests, and so on, he
said. “In order to determine the future, the fate of Russia, we must create
such technologies ourselves, independently.”
Russian companies are keeping pace with the latest technological
solutions, actively integrating these innovations and achievements into
their work, Putin said. They will continue creating products and services
based on AI technologies not only for Russia but “for the entire world.”
Russia will keep working in the field of AI tech with countries willing to
cooperate, Putin said, explaining that Russia should participate on par
with other nations in the global race to develop new technologies.
In this regard, he proposed holding a strategic session in Russia on the
future of AI in order “to think together in what direction such powerful
technologies will develop further.”
240 | P a g e

The Russian president also assessed the work of AI tools that will be used
for his Q&A this month, saying the way they are processing the numerous
questions for the upcoming event “exceeds all expectations.”
Last week, the Kremlin announced it would use a GigaChat tool,
developed by Russian banking and tech giant Sber, to sort through
questions submitted by the Russian population to the president.
This year, the marathon press conference will be held on December 19.
241 | P a g e

https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/read/70758693/the
-beast-builds-back-better-brics
242 | P a g e

RUSSIA ANNOUNCES BRICS+AI ALLIANCE
The new collaboration is aimed at boosting technological partnerships
between the group’s member states
The Russian Direct Investment Fund (RDIF) has announced the launch of
an alliance within the BRICS group aimed at joint development of
Artificial Intelligence (AI).
RDIF chief executive, Kirill Dmitriev made the announcement on
Wednesday on the sidelines of the AI Journey conference in Moscow.
Over 20 companies from six of the bloc’s member-states (Russia, China,
India, Brazil, Iran and the UAE) have already joined the BRICS+AI alliance.
Among the 50+ companies reportedly in favour of creating an alliance are
universities, medical companies, pharmaceutical developers, financial
infrastructure developers, telecommunications innovators,
243 | P a g e

manufacturers of electric batteries and of semiconductors, according to
Dmitriev.
The new alliance will focus on digital technologies in the public and
commercial sectors, according to RDIF.
“This is particularly important given the fact that many Western
countries are seeking to limit the access of BRICS to AI
technologies,” Dmitriev said, underlining the “important role” of the
new alliance.
The alliance could ensue that the BRICS group develops AI
technologies “faster and more powerfully,” through joint developments,
the RDIF chief executive stressed.
RDIF is Russia’s sovereign wealth fund created by the government in 2011
to make investments in companies of high-growth sectors of the Russian
economy.
The idea of creating BRICS+AI alliance was presented to Russian
President Vladimir Putin during the BRICS Kazan Summit in October.
Addressing the AI conference on Wednesday, Putin said that the
development of the technology is crucial for Russia’s scientific and
ideological sovereignty, while stressing the country’s readiness to partner
internationally with innovators.
BRICS was initially comprised of Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South
Africa, and expanded when Egypt, Iran, Ethiopia, and the United Arab
Emirates officially became members on January 1, 2024.
Last month, Russian ally Belarus announced that it had also officially
become a BRICS partner country. Such status has been also awarded to
244 | P a g e

Indonesia, according to Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Aleksandr
Pankin.
‘Partner country’ status provides for permanent participation in special
sessions of BRICS summits and foreign ministers’ meetings, as well as
other high-level events. Partners can also contribute to the group’s
outcome documents.
Bolivian Foreign Minister Celinda Sosa Lunda revealed in November that
her nation had received an invitation from Russia to become a partner
country of BRICS, saying they “responded positively to the invitation.”
The list of aspiring partners has not been officially announced, but media
reports have also mentioned Algeria, Cuba, Kazakhstan, Nigeria, Türkiye,
Uganda, Uzbekistan, and Vietnam as potential candidates.
245 | P a g e

CHAT CONTROL 2.0: THE MOST DANGEROUS
DIGITAL LAW EVER PROPOSED
Europe is quietly moving toward one of the most dangerous digital laws
ever proposed. It's called Chat Control 2.0, and if it passes, it won't just
target criminals--it will target everyone. Every message, every photo,
every email you send could be scanned by government mandate, even
when you've done absolutely nothing wrong.
The proposal sounds noble on paper: stop the spread of child abuse
material online. Who wouldn't want that? But here's the catch: to
accomplish this goal, the European Union wants to force messaging apps,
email providers, cloud services, and even encrypted platforms like
WhatsApp and Signal to scan all of your private conversations
automatically. That means no message is too personal, no photo too
private, no email too confidential. It's the digital equivalent of forcing the
post office to open every single letter before it's delivered.
246 | P a g e

247 | P a g e
EXPERTS ARE SOUNDING THE ALARM
More than 500 top experts in cybersecurity, cryptography, and computer
science from 34 countries have issued a warning: this plan is "technically
infeasible" and would give governments "unprecedented capabilities for
surveillance, control, and censorship." When the brightest minds in
digital security say something is dangerous, it's time to listen. These
experts aren't saying child protection isn't important. They're saying this
law would fail to stop predators while endangering everyone else.
Imagine a fire alarm system so faulty it sets off sirens every time you toast
bread. That's what these scanning systems would be like: drowning
investigators in false alerts while real criminals slip through the cracks.
WHAT THIS REALLY MEANS FOR YOU
Let's make it simple. If Chat Control 2.0 passes: Your private chats won't
be private anymore. Even end-to-end encrypted apps will be forced to
build a "back door" so messages can be scanned before you send them.
You could be falsely flagged as a criminal. Algorithms aren't perfect. A
family photo, a joke, or even an innocent conversation could trigger a
report and land you under investigation.
THE ILLUSION OF SAFETY
Proponents argue that artificial intelligence will sort everything out,
magically separating good content from bad. But the experts are blunt:
there is no such technology. Machine learning tools misfire constantly.
Predators could easily sidestep detection with simple tricks, while
ordinary people would be left exposed to constant surveillance. It's the
worst of both worlds: criminals evade justice, and law-abiding citizens
lose their freedom.

THE SLIPPERY SLOPE WE CAN'T AFFORD
History shows that once governments are given a surveillance tool, they
rarely give it back. Anti-terror laws after 9/11 expanded into mass data
collection. "Temporary" emergency powers often became permanent.
What begins as a fight against one evil morphs into unchecked
government control. Imagine future European leaders deciding that
"extremism" includes sharing religious messages, or that
"disinformation" includes criticizing the government. With Chat Control,
they would already have the infrastructure to scan, censor, and punish.
248 | P a g e

What starts in Europe doesn't stay in Europe. The EU often sets the global
standard for digital regulation. If Chat Control becomes law there, other
governments--some far less democratic--will copy it. Governments could
expand surveillance. Once the scanning system exists, why stop at child
abuse? It could be used to monitor "hate speech," "disinformation," or
political dissent. Today it's about children; tomorrow it could be about
silencing critics.
Hackers and hostile states would have new weapons. Weakening
encryption means creating vulnerabilities. And once those holes exist,
malicious actors will exploit them. This isn't just about criminals--it's
about you, your family, your church group, your doctor, your business
partners. It's about every private conversation you thought was safe.
249 | P a g e

250 | P a g e
BETTER WAYS TO PROTECT CHILDREN
• We don't have to choose between protecting children and protecting
freedom. There are alternatives:
• Focused investigations based on evidence, not blanket surveillance.
• Stronger cross-border cooperation to catch predators.
• Increased funding for child protection units.
• Public education to prevent grooming and abuse before it happens.
• These strategies protect children without treating every citizen like a
suspect.
A VOTE THAT WILL SHAPE THE FUTURE
The European Council is set to vote on the proposal October 14. The
outcome will determine whether Europe chooses freedom or
surveillance, privacy or control. This isn't just another piece of legislation-
-it's a turning point. If Chat Control passes, the right to private
communication in Europe may be gone forever.
WHY THIS MATTERS TO YOU
The debate over Chat Control 2.0 isn't really about technology. It's about
power. Do governments have the right to read every message you send,
to search every photo on your phone, to build a system of mass
surveillance under the banner of child protection? Or should free people
retain the right to speak privately, without fear of being watched? THE
EU'S PROPOSAL (5) WILL CREATE A SURVEILLANCE MACHINE (7) MORE
POWERFUL THAN ANYTHING EUROPE HAS SEEN BEFORE. Once built, it
could be turned against anyone. The cost is your freedom, your privacy,
your security. Europe must reject Chat Control 2.0--not because we don't
care about children, but because freedom itself is on the line.

251 | P a g e

252 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA LAUNCHES AI READINESS INDEX
RIYADH: Saudi government agencies are set to advance artificial
intelligence adoption through a new index that measures readiness and
supports the development of innovative, data-driven solutions across key
sectors.
The National Artificial Intelligence Index, inaugurated by the Saudi Data
and Artificial Intelligence Authority, is designed to assess the maturity of
AI implementation across government entities.
253 | P a g e

More than 180 representatives participated in the first measurement
cycle, which also aims to provide tailored recommendations and track
progress regularly, according to the Saudi Press Agency.
The initiative supports broader government targets, including ranking
among the top 15 countries globally in AI, top 10 in the Open Data Index,
and top 20 in data and AI-related publications under the National
Strategy for Data and Artificial Intelligence.
AI is projected to contribute $235.2 billion, or 12.4 percent, to Saudi
Arabia’s gross domestic product by 2030, according to estimates by PwC.
“The index aims to unify government efforts and national priorities in the
field of AI and provide the enabling capabilities to enable government
agencies to adopt and develop effective and sustainable AI products and
solutions that contribute to achieving the goals of Saudi Vision 2030,” SPA
said.
It added: “The index is based on three main pillars, seven main axes, and
23 sub-fields to ensure a comprehensive measurement of government
agencies’ AI readiness.”
This forms part of SDAIA’s broader mandate as the Kingdom’s national
authority for data and AI development and regulation. It is intended to
strengthen institutional performance and drive public-sector innovation.
The newly launched index also provides results reflecting the maturity of
AI adoption within government agencies, along with the necessary
support to enhance their capabilities and further develop innovative
solutions that sustain national efforts and expand their impact in priority
sectors.
254 | P a g e

As part of its continuous efforts to improve institutional excellence,
SDAIA was recently awarded two international accreditation certificates
by the Global Excellence Assembly, a body that specializes in developing
and evaluating institutional excellence models.
The recognition highlights SDAIA’s alignment with international best
practices in the design and governance of award models, as well as the
transparency and impartiality of its evaluation and selection processes.
SDAIA is also engaging the public to shape the future of digital services.
The authority earlier this month launched an electronic consultation to
gather public opinion on the Ehsan National Platform for Charitable
Work, inviting citizens and residents to share their views on which service
is most in need of improvement.
255 | P a g e

AI WILL AGAINST HUMANITY – AWARD-
WINNING SCIENTIST
The technology could become more intelligent than people and
eventually take over, according to Yoshua Bengio
The (5) RAPID DEVELOPMENT OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (AI) WILL (5)
POSE GRAVE RISKS TO HUMANITY as (5) IT BECOMES HARDER TO
CONTROL, renowned computer scientist Yoshua Bengio has warned.
256 | P a g e

A professor at the University of Montreal and head of the Montreal
Institute for Learning Algorithms, Bengio told CNBC on Thursday that
machines (5) COULD SOON HAVE MOST OF (5) THE COGNITIVE ABILITIES
OF HUMANS.
The scientist was (5) REFERRING TO ARTIFICIAL GENERAL INTELLIGENCE
(AGI), (5) A TYPE OF AI TECHNOLOGY (5) THAT AIMS TO EQUAL OR (5)
BECOME BETTER THAN HUMAN INTELLECT. “Intelligence gives power.
So, who’s (5) GOING TO CONTROL THAT POWER?” Bengio said.
“If we create entities that are smarter than us and have their own goals,
what does that mean for humanity? Are we in danger?” he asked.
The computer scientist cited a common fear that the (5) AI MACHINES
CURRENTLY BEING TRAINED “would lead to (5) SYSTEMS THAT TURN
AGAINST HUMANS.”
257 | P a g e

He pointed (5) OUT THAT A LIMITED NUMBER of organizations and (5)
GOVERNMENTS COULD AFFORD TO BUILD (5) POWERFUL AND COSTLY
AI MACHINES. This would (5) LEAD TO A CONCENTRATION OF (5)
ECONOMIC, POLITICAL AND MILITARY POWER, eventually (5)
THREATENING THE GEOPOLITICAL STABILITY WORLDWIDE, he warned.
“(5) THERE ARE PEOPLE WHO WILL (5) WANT TO ABUSE THAT POWER,
(5) AND THERE ARE NOW PEOPLE (5) WHO WILL BE HAPPY TO (5) SEE
HUMANITY REPLACED BY MACHINES,” he said, calling for stricter
regulation.
258 | P a g e

NEOM is in progress in Saudi Arabia and is set to present its residents with extraordinary
facilities. There are grand plans for this megacity. It has been endorsed as one of the world’s
most ambitious projects and its cost is anticipated to increase from $500 billion to a
staggering $1.5 trillion. The city is part of SAUDI CROWN PRINCE MOHAMMED BIN
SALMAN'S VISION 2030 PROJECT, for a post-fossil fuel future, NEOM is part of Saudi Crown
Prince Mohammed bin Salman’s Vision 2030 project
According to the computer scientist, companies developing AI and
competing with each other for global tech domination are leading “a
danger race” and should be held liable for their actions.
Bengio is best known for his pioneering work in deep learning, which
earned him the 2018 A.M. Turing Award, known as ‘the Nobel Prize of
Computing,’ with scientists Geoffrey Hinton and Yann LeCun. In 2019, he
was awarded the Killam Prize, and in 2022 became the computer scientist
with the highest impact in the world as measured by h-index.
259 | P a g e

In recent years, high-profile figures in the tech industry have been raising
concerns over the potential dangers posed by the (5) UNREGULATED
ADOPTION OF AI TECHNOLOGY.
Hinton, who is seen as a pioneer of AI, has (5) WARNED THAT THE
WORLD WILL (5) ENCOUNTER MAJOR DISASTERS BEFORE THE (5) USE
OF AI WEAPONS IS (5) REGULATED IN A PROPER MANNER.
Bengio was among the top industry figures, including Tesla CEO Elon
Musk and Apple co-founder Steve Wozniak, who co-signed a letter last
year calling for aggressive regulation of the AI sector. In June, he
endorsed another open letter about the technology’s “serious risks.” The
letter was signed by employees of Open AI, the creator of viral AI chatbot
ChatGPT.
260 | P a g e

261 | P a g e

MEET ‘HUMAIN’ SAUDI ARABIA’S SECRET
WEAPON TO RULE THE AI WORLD
HUMAIN HAS ARRIVED: SAUDI ARABIA’S BIG AI LEAP FORWARD
262 | P a g e

In a bold step toward establishing itself as a global hub for artificial
intelligence, Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman announced the
launch of a new PIF-owned company called Humain.
263 | P a g e

HRH Crown Prince today announced the launch
of @HUMAINAI, #aPIFCompany that will operate and invest across the
artificial intelligence (AI) value chain as a unified operating company.
⁰⁰Learn more: https://t.co/tDv0w8Wz16 pic.twitter.com/pocWCf3smg
— Public Investment Fund (@PIF_en) May 12, 2025
The new firm will focus on building and operating advanced AI
infrastructure, including next-generation data centers, cloud computing
capabilities, and AI-powered solutions tailored for diverse sectors.
According to the official announcement, Humain will develop one of the
most powerful multimodal Arabic large language models to enhance
accessibility, communication, and innovation in the Arab-speaking world.
264 | P a g e

MORE THAN A COMPANY—A VISION FOR AI SOVEREIGNTY
Humain is not merely a tech startup—it is a strategic pillar in Saudi
Arabia’s transformation narrative.
The company’s core mission includes:
265 | P a g e

BLUEPRINT FOR TOMORROW: VISION 2030 AND AI SYNERGY
The creation of Humain is deeply embedded in the Vision
2030 roadmap—a comprehensive economic diversification strategy
designed to move Saudi Arabia away from oil dependency.
Vision 2030 places a high priority on technology, digital economy,
and future-facing industries, with AI being a central focus.
SAUDI ARABIA BETS BIG: GLOBAL DEALS & BILLION-DOLLAR MOVES
Humain’s emergence is complemented by Saudi Arabia’s broader
investment in AI ecosystems, including multibillion-dollar funding, talent
acquisition, and international partnerships.
Earlier this year, the Kingdom pledged to invest nearly $15 billion into AI
and advanced technologies, supporting startups, universities, and
partnerships with firms like Huawei and Microsoft.
These initiatives aim to build 500,000 AI-trained professionals and
forge over 1,000 tech partnerships within the Kingdom.
266 | P a g e

THE RIPPLE EFFECT: JOBS, INNOVATION, AND ECONOMIC POWER
Beyond technological leadership, Humain is expected to yield tangible
economic benefits, including:
FINAL WORD: A KINGDOM REWIRED BY INTELLIGENCE
Saudi Arabia’s launch of Humain is more than just another tech
announcement—it represents a pivotal shift in how the Kingdom sees its
future.
With a blend of state-backed funding, international collaboration, and a
clear national agenda, Humain is poised to become the cornerstone of
Saudi Arabia’s AI evolution.
By focusing on Arabic LLMs, scalable AI services, and global innovation
partnerships, the Kingdom has not only entered the AI race—it’s running
to win.
267 | P a g e

268 | P a g e

269 | P a g e

HUMAIN: SAUDI ARABIA’S POWERFUL MOVE
TOWARD AN AI FUTURE
"A step beyond limits… into a future full of endless possibilities."
(5) SAUDI ARABIA HAS LAUNCHED HUMAIN — a new (5) AND
POWERFUL ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE COMPANY, led by (5) CROWN
PRINCE MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN and supported by the Public
Investment Fund (PIF).
HUMAIN is more than just a tech company. It’s VISION 2030 TO (5) MAKE
SAUDI ARABIA A LEADER (5) IN AI AROUND THE WORLD.
It will (5) BUILD SMART ARABIC AI MODELS, strong (5) DATA CENTERS,
AND ADVANCED CLOUD SYSTEMS to support industries like healthcare,
energy, finance, and manufacturing.
This move supports VISION 2030 and will help attract top global talent
and investors to the Kingdom. At Al Raee Group, we help investors and
business owners quickly and smoothly start their companies in Saudi
Arabia with 100% foreign ownership.
SAUDI ARABIA IS NOT (5) JUST JOINING THE AI REVOLUTION (5) BUT
AIMING TO LEAD IT.
Want to be part of this exciting future?
270 | P a g e

271 | P a g e
https://youtu.be/4k4gigjNQnY

VON DER LEYEN UNVEILS NEW EU CENSORSHIP PUSH, ONLINE
DIGITAL ID PLANS, 2025 STATE OF THE UNION SPEECH
Von der Leyen casts online "misinformation" as a contagion,
folding speech regulation into the language of safety.
European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen used her 2025
State of the Union speech to unveil a raft of (5) NEW REGULATORY
MEASURES THAT INTRODUCE (5) NEW CHALLENGES FOR DIGITAL
RIGHTS (5) AND FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION ACROSS (5) THE CONTINENT
AND THE WORLD. Framed as measures for public health, democracy, and
child protection, the Commission (5) IS PUSHING THE EU DEEPER INTO
(5) INSTITUTIONALIZED CENSORSHIP AND ONLINE REGULATION.
272 | P a g e

Addressing the European Parliament, von der Leyen declared she is
“appalled by the disinformation that threatens global progress on
everything from measles to polio.” Citing fears of a global health crisis,
she introduced (5) A “GLOBAL HEALTH RESILIENCE INITIATIVE,” which
she said the EU would lead. This initiative is expected to tie online speech
more tightly to global health narratives, laying the groundwork for (5)
BROADER SUPPRESSION OF DISSENTING VIEWS under (5) THE LABEL OF
MEDICAL MISINFORMATION.
Another centerpiece of her address was the so-called “European
Democracy Shield,” a program that we’ve covered in great detail,
intended to streamline and (5) CENTRALIZE THE COMMISSION’S
CENSORSHIP MACHINERY under the banner of fighting “(5) FOREIGN
INFORMATION MANIPULATION AND INTERFERENCE.”
273 | P a g e

Framing the internet as a battlefield, she said: “Our democracy is under
attack. The rise (5) IN INFORMATION MANIPULATION AND
DISINFORMATION is dividing our societies.” Expanding on that
framework, she announced the creation of a new institution, the
European Centre for Democratic Resilience. According to von der Leyen,
this center will (5) ALLOW THE EU TO SCALE UP (5) ITS ABILITY “TO
MONITOR AND (5) DETECT INFORMATION MANIPULATION AND
DISINFORMATION.” But the agenda didn’t stop there. She introduced the
Media Resilience Program, which she claimed would support
“independent journalism and media literacy.”
In practice, however, such efforts often result (5) IN GOVERNMENT-
APPROVED MESSAGING BEING AMPLIFIED, while (5) DISSENTING
OUTLETS DON’T GET FUNDED. Von der Leyen pointed to declining local
journalism in rural communities and claimed: “This has created many
news deserts where disinformation thrives…This is why we will launch a
new Media Resilience Program – it will support independent journalism
and media literacy.”
274 | P a g e

Despite the existing Digital Services Act already mandating age
verification (and therefore digital ID) online, von der Leyen floated a new,
even more restrictive direction for internet access among young people.
Drawing inspiration from Australia’s controversial 2024 Online Safety
Amendment, which includes a social media ban for those under 16, she
suggested the EU could move toward similar rules.
“Just as in my days, we as a society taught our children that they could
not smoke, drink, and watch adult content until a certain age. I believe it
is time we consider doing the same for social media,” she said.
(5) THE ENTIRE SPEECH SIGNALS A (5) CONTINUED CONSOLIDATION OF
CONTROL OVER (5) DIGITAL SPACES BY EU INSTITUTIONS, WITH (5) A
HEAVY FOCUS ON REGULATING (5) SPEECH AND TIGHTENING ACCESS
RESTRICTIONS.
275 | P a g e

276 | P a g e

https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/read/70658703/the-little-horn-and-tenkings-eu-launches-talks-with-gcc-countries-for-bilateral-strategic-agreements
277 | P a g e

https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/read/70611311/the-beasts-ten-kingsfor-an-hour-europe-and-gcc-must-lead-a-middle-east-reset
278 | P a g e

https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/read/69689186/the-little-horndaniels-key-to-identifying-the-antichrist
279 | P a g e

https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/read/69560213/the-ten-kingsor-horns-who-spend-an-hour-with-the-beast
280 | P a g e

281 | P a g e

282 | P a g e

URSULA VON DER LEYEN: WE ARE ON THE BRINK OF A
GLOBAL HEALTH CRISIS; BATTLE LINES ARE BEING DRAWN
Earlier today, the President of the European Commission, Ursula von der
Leyen, delivered the State of the European Union address – known as
SOTEU – to the European Parliament.
She warned that Europe is on the brink of multiple critical challenges,
including a health crisis. “We are on the brink – or even at the start – of
another global health crisis,” she said, citing disinformation as a major
threat to progress on diseases like measles and polio.
283 | P a g e

Ursula von der Leyen: “We are on the brink, if not even at the start, of
another global health crisis,” EU announces a new global health
resilience initiative to combat “disinformation.” Source: Disclose TV on
Twitter, 10 September 2025
284 | P a g e

Ursula von der Leyen: “There is simply no room or no time for nostalgia,
battle lines for new world order based on power are being drawn right
now.” Source: Wartime Media on Telegram
She also declared that “BATTLE LINES FOR A NEW WORLD ORDER BASED
ON POWER ARE BEING DRAWN RIGHT NOW,” EMPHASIZING THE
URGENCY FOR EUROPE TO ASSERT ITS PLACE IN A HOSTILE GLOBAL
ENVIRONMENT.
Politico has mocked her speech by quoting what she said and then
interpreting “what she meant.” You can read Politico’s take on von der
Leyen’s speech HERE.
We wonder if anyone outside her performing seals in the EU Parliament
is listening to her, let alone taking her seriously.
You can watch the full State of the European Union 2025 address on
YouTube HERE or on von der Leyen’s Twitter profile HERE. The clip above
is taken from timestamp 58:54.
285 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA EMERGES AS GLOBAL AI LEADER IN 6 YEARS
286 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA HAS EMERGED AS A GLOBAL LEADER IN DATA AND AI, A
TRANSFORMATION SPEARHEADED BY THE SAUDI DATA AND ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE AUTHORITY since its establishment in 2019.
RIYADH: The Kingdom has emerged as a global leader in data and artificial
intelligence in just six years, the Saudi Press Agency reported on
Wednesday.
The transformation has been spearheaded by the Saudi Data and
Artificial Intelligence Authority since its establishment in 2019.
The SDAIA has developed a strategic roadmap to enhance the Kingdom’s
global competitiveness by leveraging data and AI to drive economic
growth and develop human capabilities, the SPA reported.
“As the primary host of the Kingdom’s national data, the SDAIA is crucial
for enabling digital transformation, providing insights for national
decision-making, and building a robust digital infrastructure for
integrated government services.”
The authority also prioritizes the responsible use of these technologies,
creating regulatory frameworks that align with the Personal Data
Protection Law to ensure privacy and ethical standards, the SPA reported.
Commenting on the transformation, Muhammad Khurram Khan, a
professor of cybersecurity at King Saud University, told Arab News: “Saudi
Arabia’s AI journey is a direct reflection of visionary leadership, strategic
foresight, and an unwavering national commitment to technological
sovereignty.
“With the support of Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman, the Kingdom
has positioned AI as a national priority, embedding it at the heart of its
economic transformation and modernization agenda.”
287 | P a g e

“This top-level commitment has empowered Saudi Arabia to build worldclass
digital infrastructure, advance AI research and innovation, and lay
the foundation for long-term self-reliance in advanced and disruptive
technologies,” Khan added.
The crown prince provides support for the SDAIA that has enabled the
authority to achieve over 70 national and international awards and
certifications, positioning the Kingdom at the forefront of global
indicators.
“Through institutions like SDAIA, the Kingdom is driving a comprehensive
national AI strategy that spans policy development, capability building,
ethical governance, and global collaboration,” said Khan.
He added that the Kingdom’s AI leadership is evident through its hosting
of global AI summits, and nationwide education initiatives.
Saudi Arabia has also set up Public Investment Fund-backed AI entities
including the company Humain, and committed to international
standards through policies such as the Saudi AI Qualifications
Framework, he said.
“These efforts clearly demonstrate the Kingdom’s ambition to lead the
global AI race," he added.
Khan said that equally critical was the Kingdom’s deep investment in
human capital.
The SAMAI initiative, which aims to equip 1 million Saudis with AI skills,
and the national integration of a curriculum for over 6 million students,
represent strategic moves toward long-term self-reliance and talentdriven
innovation, he said.
288 | P a g e

“This is more than a digital shift, it is a nation-scale re-engineering of how
technology, talent, and trust are mobilized to shape the future.
“Saudi Arabia’s AI strategy is deeply aligned with Vision 2030, ensuring
that AI is not only a driver of economic diversification, but also a tool to
elevate human potential, enhance public services, and secure a
competitive edge in the global innovation landscape.” “By embedding AI
into its societal fabric (5) AND ALIGNING EVERY INITIATIVE WITH VISION
2030, SAUDI ARABIA (5) IS BUILDING A RESILIENT, SELF-SUFFICIENT, (5)
AND INNOVATION-LED ECONOMY THAT (5) IS POISED TO LEAD THE (5)
WORLD INTO THE AI ERA,” he added. (55555) 5x5
289 | P a g e

The SDAIA’s initiatives include organizing successful global summits since
2020, attracting over 100,000 participants, and leading to the
establishment of the International Center for Artificial Intelligence
Research and Ethics, supervised by UNESCO.
In addition to its global efforts, the SDAIA has contributed significantly to
domestic services. The authority’s cybersecurity standards earned it
certification from the global CREST organization, making it the first
government agency in the Middle East to do so.
290 | P a g e

THE SDAIA HAS ALSO DIGITIZED GOVERNMENT SERVICES, NOTABLY
THROUGH THE TAWAKKALNA APP, WHICH SERVES OVER 34 MILLION
USERS WITH MORE THAN 1,000 SERVICES. FURTHERMORE, THE SDAIA
EMPLOYS AI TECHNOLOGIES TO MANAGE CROWDS AND ENSURE
SAFETY DURING THE HAJJ AND UMRAH SEASONS.
The Estishraf platform has generated over SR51 billion ($13.5 billion) in
savings for more than 121 government agencies, while the Ehsan
platform has facilitated over SR12 billion in donations, the SPA has
reported. These achievements demonstrate the tangible impact of the
SDAIA’s work in strengthening the national economy and enhancing
government efficiency.
291 | P a g e

292 | P a g e

293 | P a g e

294 | P a g e

MUSK MAKES STARTLING AI PREDICTION
Machines will become more intelligent than people by 2030 with a
100% probability, according to the tech mogul
295 | P a g e

Artificial intelligence could become smarter than any single human by the
end of next year, according to tech billionaire Elon Musk. The Tesla and
SpaceX CEO made the prediction shortly after his AI company, xAI,
officially launched its first image generation model, Aurora, earlier this
month.
Aurora, an updated version of the first image generation model that xAI
introduced in October, allows users to create photorealistic visuals.
Compared to other AI models, Aurora has fewer restrictions and can
accurately generate images at almost any prompt, including depictions
of famous personalities and copyrighted characters.
‘It is increasingly likely that AI will superset the intelligence of any single
human by the end of 2025 and maybe all humans by 2027/2028,” Musk
wrote on Monday, in a post on his social media platform X.
According to him, the probability that AI will exceed the intelligence of
all humans combined by 2030 “is ~100%.”
Earlier this year, Musk’s xAI launched Colossus, described as the world’s
most powerful AI training system, setting a new benchmark in the rapidly
advancing field of AI. Colossus boasts 100,000 liquid-cooled H100
graphics processing units (GPUs), the chips provided by Nvidia, which
places xAI well ahead of its competitors, including those from OpenAI.
Meanwhile, high-profile figures and scientists have been raising concerns
in recent years, over the potential dangers posed by the unregulated
adoption of AI technology.
Last month, renowned computer scientist and professor at the University
of Montreal Yoshua Bengio warned that machines could soon have most
of the cognitive abilities of humans and thus pose grave risks to humanity
296 | P a g e

as it becomes harder to control AI. The computer scientist cited a
common fear that the AI machines currently being trained “would lead
to systems that turn against humans.”
Bengio also highlighted potential risks of social and political disparity
stemming from AI, pointing out that a limited number of organizations
and governments could afford to build powerful and costly AI machines.
This would lead to a concentration of economic, political and military
power, eventually threatening geopolitical stability worldwide, the
scientist warned.
In June, addressing the G7 summit in Italy, Pope Francis warned humanity
against depending on choices made by machines. The Pontiff stressed
that the algorithms “can only examine realities formalized in numerical
terms,” while humans who have wisdom and can listen to Sacred
Scripture “not only choose, but in their hearts are capable of deciding.”
297 | P a g e

WHY SILICON VALLEY WILL TALK ABOUT THE
ANTICHRIST-BUT THE CHURCH WON'T
When a man like Peter Thiel announces a four-part lecture series on the
Antichrist, it's not just another tech mogul musing about the future--it's
a cultural moment. Thiel, the billionaire co-founder of PayPal and
Palantir, investor in Facebook, and long-time power player in
conservative politics, is no stranger to controversy.
He's been at Trump's side as a trusted adviser, helping shape a recent
executive order that critics warn opens the door to mass surveillance.
He's a contrarian's contrarian: libertarian and conservative, gay and yet
drawn to Christianity, immersed in Silicon Valley but increasingly
fascinated by scripture.
298 | P a g e

VENTURE CAPITALIST PETER THIEL
(5) Peter Thiel with bin Salman. Saudi Embassy
299 | P a g e

Now, beginning September 15 at San Francisco's Commonwealth Club,
Thiel will deliver four off-the-record lectures on the Antichrist--closeddoor,
no transcripts, no recordings. Organized by the Acts 17 Collective,
the talks promise to explore (5) THE "THEOLOGICAL AND
TECHNOLOGICAL DIMENSIONS" of this apocalyptic figure, drawing on
everyone from René Girard to Carl Schmitt.
A major lecture series in Silicon Valley touching on prophecy, AI, and even
the (5) CONCEPT OF AN ANTICHRIST FIGURE sold out almost instantly.
Tech leaders and cultural influencers are lining up to hear speculation
about humanity’s end, yet the pews remain quiet.
And here's the question every Christian should be asking: Why is Peter
(5) THIEL TALKING ABOUT THE ANTICHRIST when so many pastors
won't?
WHY THIEL, WHY NOW?
Thiel has always been fascinated by the intersection of faith, politics, and
technology. In interviews, he has speculated that the (5) ANTICHRIST
WILL RISE TO POWER not (7) THROUGH BRUTE FORCE BUT BY
CONSTANT TALK (5) OF PEACE AND SAFETY--LANGUAGE eerily familiar in
a world teetering between global wars and technological upheaval.
Yet the secrecy of these lectures raises another layer of intrigue. Why
keep them closed-door? Why not livestream them if the goal is spiritual
exploration? The answer, perhaps, is that Thiel isn't trying to hold a Bible
study. (5) HE'S STAGING AN INTELLECTUAL SALON, where theology, (5)
POWER, AND POLITICS ARE BLURRED. Some see it as honest searching;
others, as elitism (5) DRESSED UP IN RELIGIOUS LANGUAGE.
300 | P a g e

(5) GUESS WHO'S SHAPING THIEL'S THINKING
The Acts 17 Collective, the nonprofit behind the event, brands itself as
"Acknowledging (5) CHRIST IN TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY." It was cofounded
by Michelle Stephens, who has explained that their mission is to
create spaces for deep discussion among people who might never set
foot in a traditional church. In many ways, Acts 17 reflects Silicon Valley's
new fascination with Christianity--not as humble faith, but as a cultural
and intellectual wellspring to be mined.
(5) THIEL'S RELIGIOUS INSPIRATIONS ARE ECLECTIC. René Girard, the
French Catholic thinker, is his intellectual lodestar. Add Francis Bacon,
301 | P a g e

Jonathan Swift, Carl Schmitt, and John Henry Newman, and you get a
strange mix: a blend (5) OF LITERATURE, PHILOSOPHY, POLITICAL
THEOLOGY, and fragments (5) OF CATHOLIC AND PROTESTANT
THOUGHT. But absent in this list (7) IS THE PLAIN, STRAIGHTFORWARD
TEACHING OF SCRIPTURE.
And that's the problem. Thiel may be sincere, but sincerity does not equal
orthodoxy. As many Christian observers have already warned, when
theology (7) IS SHAPED MORE BY PHILOSOPHERS THAN PROPHETS, (5)
THE RESULT IS OFTEN DISTORTED.
302 | P a g e
WHERE DOES THIS LINE UP WITH SCRIPTURE?
Let's be blunt: it doesn't. Thiel is an openly gay man whose worldview is
(5) A HYBRID OF CULTURAL CHRISTIANITY, (5) INTELLECTUAL
PHILOSOPHY, SILICON VALLEY FUTURISM. That alone puts him at odds
with historic Christian orthodoxy. Yet he speaks on (7) THE ANTICHRIST,

A FIGURE CENTRAL TO ESCHATOLOGY--while (5) COUNTLESS PASTORS
DODGE THE SUBJECT.
In one sense, it's commendable that Thiel is willing to ask these
questions. But it also exposes the (5) FAILURE OF THE AMERICAN
CHURCH. Why are we letting a tech billionaire take the stage on biblical
prophecy (7) WHILE PASTORS--THE SHEPHERDS OF GOD'S PEOPLE--
remain silent?
303 | P a g e
WHY PASTORS WON'T TOUCH THE ANTICHRIST
This is the most stinging indictment. The reason Silicon Valley talks about
the Antichrist while pulpits stay quiet isn't because the subject is
unimportant. (7) IT'S BECAUSE THE CHURCH HAS GROWN TIMID.
(7) MANY PASTORS DON'T PREACH ON THE ANTICHRIST, not because
scripture is unclear, but because (7) THEY THEMSELVES DON'T KNOW
WHAT THEY BELIEVE. Seminary (5) TRAINED THEM TO DOUBT
PROPHECY. (5) SOME DISMISS REVELATION AS ALLEGORY. Others treat
Daniel and Thessalonians as culturally irrelevant. In countless (5)
PULPITS, PROPHECY IS WRITTEN OFF (5) AS "TOO DIVISIVE," "TOO
SPECULATIVE," or (5) "NOT PRACTICAL FOR EVERYDAY LIFE."
The result? (7) A GENERATION OF CHRISTIANS STARVING FOR ANSWERS
in an age of global chaos—(7) AND INSTEAD OF HEARING FROM THEIR
PASTORS, (5) THEY HEAR FROM PETER THIEL.
Isn't it remarkable? The man who co-founded a surveillance giant like
Palantir is willing to speculate on the Antichrist, (5) WHILE SHEPHERDS
OF GOD'S PEOPLE (5) PRETEND THE SUBJECT DOESN'T MATTER. (5)
MANY CHURCHES, FEARFUL OF SENSATIONALISM, have abandoned
eschatology altogether. The irony is devastating.

304 | P a g e

305 | P a g e

306 | P a g e

WHAT CHRISTIANS SHOULD TAKE FROM THIS
Thiel's lecture series is a flashing neon sign. It says: The world is
interested in prophecy, even if the church is not.
Christians should not hand over the conversation about the Antichrist to
billionaires, philosophers, or nonprofits mixing DJ parties with theology.
(7) IF ANYTHING, THIS MOMENT SHOULD AWAKEN THE (7) CHURCH TO
RECLAIM THE TEACHING OF PROPHECY--not (7) WITH WILD
SPECULATION, BUT WITH BIBLICAL CLARITY.
• We must DISCERN motivation. Is Thiel trying to honor Christ, or is he
reinterpreting Him through a Silicon Valley lens?
• We must return to scripture. Not Girard, not Schmitt, not cultural
Christianity. But Daniel, Paul, John, and JESUS' OWN (7) WORDS
ABOUT THE END OF THE AGE.
• We must confront cowardice. Pastors who (5) AVOID PROPHECY OUT
OF FEAR or (5) IGNORANCE ARE FAILING THEIR FLOCKS.
307 | P a g e

308 | P a g e

309 | P a g e

https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/read/7065793
9/my-sons-testimony-is-the-spirit-of-prophecy
310 | P a g e

WHO WILL SPEAK WITH AUTHORITY?
The irony is almost unbearable. A gay billionaire, steeped in power
politics and tech culture, (7) IS WILLING (5) TO WRESTLE WITH THE
ANTICHRIST. Meanwhile, many churches either avoid prophecy
altogether or sneer at those who take it seriously.
This moment demands a decision. Will the church continue (5) TO
ABDICATE THE PROPHETIC CONVERSATION to Silicon Valley elites, or will
pastors (7) REDISCOVER THEIR COURAGE TO PREACH THE WHOLE (7)
COUNSEL OF GOD--INCLUDING THE PARTS ABOUT (7) JUDGMENT,
DECEPTION, AND THE RETURN OF CHRIST?
311 | P a g e

312 | P a g e

313 | P a g e

314 | P a g e

315 | P a g e

‘GODFATHER OF AI’ ISSUES NEW WARNING TO HUMANITY
During an interview on BBC Radio 4 on Thursday Hinton was asked
whether anything had changed since his previous estimate of a one-inten
chance (5) OF AN AI APOCALYPSE IN 2030. The Turing Award-winning
scientist responded, “not really, 10% to 20%.”
This led to the show’s guest editor, the former chancellor Sajid Javid, to
quip “you’re going up.” The computer scientist, who quit Google last
year, responded: “If anything. You see, we’ve never had to deal with
things more intelligent than ourselves before.” The British-Canadian
scientist, who received this year’s Nobel Prize in Physics for his
contributions to AI, highlighted the challenges of controlling advanced AI
systems.
“How many examples do you know of a more intelligent thing being
controlled by a less intelligent thing?...Evolution put a lot of work into
allowing the baby to control the mother, but that’s about the only
example I know of,” Hinton, who is often called ‘the Godfather of AI’, said.
316 | P a g e

He suggested “imagine yourself and a three-year-old. We’ll be the threeyear-old,”
compared to a future AI that would be “smarter than people.”
Hinton noted that progress has been “much faster than I expected,” and
called for regulation to ensure safety. He cautioned against relying solely
on corporate profit motives, stating, “the only thing that can force those
big companies to do more research on safety is government regulation.”
In May 2023, the Center for AI Safety released a statement signed by
prominent scientists in the field, including Hinton, warning
that “mitigating the risk of extinction from AI should be a global priority
alongside other societal-scale risks such as pandemics and nuclear
war.” Among the signees are Tesla CEO Elon Musk, Apple co-founder
Steve Wozniak and Yoshua Bengio, considered an AI pioneer for his work
on neural networks.
Hinton believes that AI systems could eventually surpass human
intelligence, escape human control and, potentially, cause catastrophic
harm to humanity. He advocates dedicating significant resources to
ensure AI safety and ethical use, also emphasizing an urgent need for
proactive measures before it’s too late. Yann LeCun, Chief AI Scientist at
Meta, has expressed views contrary to Hinton’s, stating that the
technology “could actually save humanity from extinction.”
317 | P a g e

318 | P a g e

BIOTECHNOLOGY AND AI HAVE BECOME A RELIGION
The (5) RISE OF BIOTECHNOLOGY AND AI (5) HAS CREATED A NEW
RELIGION (5) THAT PROMISES A BETTER LIFE, but in reality, (5) IT POSES
SIGNIFICANT RISKS to human health and freedom.
Dr. Guy Hatchard explains more by demonstrating how what is happening
in the USA is also about to happen in New Zealand if the Gene Technology
Bill is passed.
The Bill automates (5) THE ADOPTION OF GENE TECHNOLOGY, allowing
for the rapid introduction of untested and harmful products, such as
RNA-sprayed crops and aerosolised vaccines, as proposed by companies
like Flagship Pioneering and EcoHealth Alliance in the USA.
319 | P a g e

The (5) COMBINATION OF AI AND BIOTECHNology is leading to (5)
UNFETTERED EXPERIMENTATION ON HUMAN POPULATIONS, with (5)
THE POTENTIAL FOR CATASTROPHIC CONSEQUENCES, he warns.
The Unthinking Faith in Biotechnology and AI
By Dr. Guy Hatchard, 30 July 2025
In his 2017 book ‘The Strange Death of Europe’, Douglas Murray argues
that we have lost our sense of purpose. Fuelled by rational and scientific
criticism (including concepts of social Darwinism), which developed in
the nineteenth century, (5) PEOPLE HAVE GRADUALLY LOST FAITH in (5)
THEIR RELIGIOUS AND CULTURAL TRADITIONS.
Especially (5) OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS, a new (5) FAITH IN SO-CALLED
MIRACLE TECHNOLOGY has (5) ARISEN TO FILL THE VOID left by (5) THE
DEMISE OF SPIRITUAL MEANING. The tenets of (5) THIS NEW
TECHNOLOGICAL RELIGION EXTEND (5) TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
AND BIOTECHNOLOGY, which are (5) TOGETHER FORCING THEIR WAY
INTO (5) EVERY FACET OF OUR EXISTENCE.
The promise of immortality through miracle medical drugs, a computercontrolled
life free of drudgery and a level of military preparedness
sufficient to keep the enemy from the borders is proving to be irresistible.
As Murray would no doubt tell us, the reality is rather different. For the
first time in human history outside of wartime, life expectancy is
declining, daily life has become harder and more uncertain, while each
year, the borders are more porous and difficult to police. This article
examines where we are really heading.
320 | P a g e

WE ARE IN DANGER OF LOSING THE FIGHT FOR THE RIGHT TO CHOOSE
If you are still hoping to win the battle against the usual suspects –
including processed foods, glyphosate, fluoridation, arms manufacturers
and vaccine mandates – think again, because the goal posts of the
technological battlefield are being rapidly moved. This week, New
Zealand’s Health Select Committee is due to report on the Gene
Technology Bill, its implications are set to radically change our lives,
sufficient to challenge any pre-existing sense of normality. As you
probably already know, a clause in the Bill automates the adoption of
gene technology (emphasis added):
Mandatory medical activity authorisations: for a human medicine that is
or contains gene technology that has been approved by at least two
recognised overseas gene technology regulators.
General policy statement: Risk tiers and authorisations, Gene Technology
Bill, New Zealand Legislation
Just what this will mean for us became very clear this week because of
measures approved in the US, which, under the New Zealand Gene
Technology Bill, we would be required to automatically adopt.
According to a 1 July press release from Flagship Pioneering (the
biotechnology firm that founded Moderna and enjoys close ties with
multiple US Government agencies), it has launched a new company
called Terrana Biosciences to spray crops with RNA, designed to “actually
go inside the plant,” move through its internal systems, persist under
extreme environmental conditions, and become “heritable across plant
generations,” using synthetic RNA constructs generated from “a vast
library of RNAs” built with “advanced AI and computational models.”
321 | P a g e

In other words, it plans to pollute our entire food chain.
[Related: Viral RNA-based sprays for plants have unknown
consequences]
In another development, EcoHealth Alliance’s DEFUSE proposal to the US
Defence Advanced Research Projects Agency (“DARPA”) is under
renewed scrutiny for detailing plans to spray aerosolised chimeric
coronavirus spike proteins, immune modulators and self-spreading
vaccines over human and animal populations using drones.
You may remember that EcoHealth Alliance is the company that initiated
the gain-of-function research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology
laboratory that almost certainly resulted in the creation of covid-19.
The new alliance between artificial intelligence (“AI”) and biotechnology
experimentation means that tens of thousands of experiments
investigating novel genetic combinations can be rapidly and
simultaneously initiated. Dwarfing previous research and multiplying the
risks. The current global push of the biotechnology industry is to ensure
these projects can go ahead without obstructive regulation. In other
words, we are entering an era of unfettered experimentation on human
populations.
The PREP Act empowers the US government to secretly administer such
drugs and vaccines, biological products, and medical devices to the public
during a declared emergency – without consent, geographic limits, legal
accountability or any obligation to disclose such actions.
The New Zealand Gene Technology Bill has a parallel provision:
Emergency authorisations: when there is an actual or imminent threat to
the health and safety of people or to the environment, for example,
322 | P a g e

threat from a disease outbreak, or an industrial spillage, the Minister
responsible for the Gene Technology Act will have the power to grant an
emergency authorisation.
General policy statement: Risk tiers and authorisations, Gene Technology
Bill, New Zealand Legislation
From this, you can see just how quickly alarming invasive biotechnology
medical and agricultural products approved in the US, such as the above,
will be reciprocally authorised in New Zealand if the Gene Technology Bill
passes.
How Is This Happening to Us, and Why Do the General Public Appear to
be Unconcerned?
Let’s take a breath, step back for a moment and consider that the potent
combination of AI and biotechnology has assumed a central role in a new
political, quasi-scientific, medical and social ideology that during the
pandemic elevated itself to the status of a faith.
The acceptance it enjoys and the control it exerts over populations is not
due to the kind of totalitarian measures that Hitler or Stalin wielded, but
rather to the projection of a captivating but false narrative of a bright
future if you comply. Something worthy of the dystopian visions of the
wholly compliant technological societies described by Orwell and Huxley.
In essence, the central mistake in the new faith involves the confluence
of two completely false ideas:
1) The origin and meaning of life are entirely contained in a sequence of
genetic letters in a single molecule (DNA) which can be safely edited and
manipulated to make all aspects of life better. This is an impoverished
323 | P a g e

vision of life that fails to account for either consciousness or the known
real-world adverse effects of gene editing.
2) Computers, which are unconscious and only have access to data and
algorithms that have been input during the information age, can make
better and safer decisions than wakeful human minds. An absurdly
uninformed dismissal of human genius and potential.
This new faith involves leaving common sense behind (as well as reason
and rationality) whilst rushing towards the flame like a moth.
An article in the UK Guardian entitled ‘Demand for weight loss drugs is
becoming unsustainable, say pharmacists’ illustrates just how many
people have adopted the new religion. A survey found that in addition to
the one million Brits currently paying privately to take weight loss
injections Ozempic, Mounjaro and Wegovy, a further 21% have tried to
get hold of them during the last year (that’s 10 million people). This figure
spirals to 35% among 18 to 35-year-olds. Capping that, the survey found
that a staggering 65% of 25 to 34-year-olds would use them if they were
free on the NHS.
The vast majority of these people are not clinically overweight; they are
simply “worried well”and apparently unaware of the very common and
very serious adverse effects of the injections.
Equally alarming is the rapid adoption of AI in education. An article in The
New York Times entitled ‘AI-Driven Education: Founded in Texas and
Coming to a School Near You’ reports that a method of schooling children
solely through artificial intelligence is set to be replicated across the
country this fall. This is the latest facet of educational computerisation
that is putting children in front of screens rather than human teachers
and denying them crucial socialisation skills while suppressing their
324 | P a g e

ability to think critically. The move in part reflects the lobbying by Big
Tech companies which is cutting red tape surrounding the
implementation of AI technology. Something that has the full support
of Trump’s AI Action Plan.
A couple of years ago, I was talking with the teenage son of a neighbour
who told me that everybody in his high school uses AI to write their
assignments. Just how damaging this can be is illustrated by an
investigation undertaken by The Guardian. A business school professor
from Sweden confirmed to The Guardian: “While companies are using AI
to reduce costs, students are using it for all uni [university] work and to
replace thinking, and are subsequently de-optimising themselves for
future jobs.”
“Being able to write well and think coherently were basic requirements
in most graduate jobs 10, 15 years ago,” said a senior recruitment
professional at a large consultancy firm from London. “Now, they are
emerging as basically elite skills. Almost nobody can do it. We see all the
time that people with top degrees cannot summarise the contents of a
document, cannot problem solve.”
Various employers and professionals in HR and management positions
interviewed by The Guardian reported that university leavers they
encountered often struggled to speak on the phone or in meetings, take
notes with a pen, relay messages precisely or complete written tasks
without internet access. In other words, they are all but unemployable
and unsuited to the jobs they aspire to.
Fortunately, acceptance of new technology is not universal; at least there
is some dissent. Following the pandemic, those with doubts and
reservations are certainly a significant minority. Unfortunately, there are
325 | P a g e

ways of bypassing or fooling the non-compliant. The prophets and
guardians of the new religion are not only from technology fields but also
from the media, politics and health who, between them, control the
mainstream narrative and take decisions on behalf of the many.
Whether they can rise to assume totalitarian control depends on
provisions in the Gene Technology Bill which aim to prevent the public
from knowing what they are eating or being exposed to. It will do so by
falsely classifying most gene editing as equivalent to natural processes
and also failing to mandate gene product labelling. In other words, the
Bill is promising us the earth but denying us information about what will
actually happen to us and the known serious risks involved.
THE DANGERS SHOULD BE OBVIOUS, BUT THE NEW
FAITH IS BLIND TO THE TRUTH
That covid-19 vaccines were neither safe nor effective should have been
obvious to those who received them and then contracted covid-19 time
and again. Covid-19 mRNA injections were clearly undeserving of the title
“vaccine,” they prevented little or nothing and left millions of people sick
or dead, but the World Health Organisation (“WHO”) public narrative
turned these simple personal experiences and assessments on their
head, wrongly assuring us that 14.4 million people escaped death as a
result of covid-19 vaccination.
Last week, a paper published by JAMA reduced the WHO estimate to 2.5
million, but it still wasn’t anywhere near the whole truth. Examine for a
moment the cumulative excess deaths in Japan, for example, as reported
by Our World in Data.
326 | P a g e

327 | P a g e

There is no inkling here that biotechnology saved any lives whatsoever –
it took lives. Whether these were the result of a biotechnology-generated
disease or a biotechnology-generated vaccine is immaterial. 350,000
Japanese excess deaths up to February 2024 and rising steeply. If the
trend has continued since, the total will have pushed up towards 600,000
by the present time. Around 0.5% of the population has been swept
away, greater than forty times the toll of the 2011 tsunami.
A press conference called this month by a large group of concerned
scientists pointed out that peaks in excess deaths among 21 million
official health records correspond neatly to a period of 90-120 days
following covid-19 vaccination and boosters – a time series approach to
data analysis which offers the strongest statistical proof of causality yet.
The risks to the whole structure of Western civilisation should be
obvious, but somehow, we are sleepwalking to disaster. We need to wake
up. I’ll say that again: we need to wake up from a nightmare. Waking up
has become a vital survival strategy in the modern world.
When the communist dream became an obvious economic and social
failure, those in charge prioritised their personal comfort and wealth at
the expense of their people. We have reached a similar stage; the
biotechnology research programmes we cited earlier show that the failed
mRNA technology is being repackaged in a way that ensures everyone’s
exposure, whether we assent or not, whether through the food we eat
or from the skies.
Since the technology doesn’t work and provably takes lives, the whole
endeavour must be solely to satisfy a voracious appetite for profit or
possibly an apocalyptic urge to spread suffering and death. Neither of
328 | P a g e

which are strangers to the technological world in which spiritual
endeavour and experience are undervalued.
In the modern technological world, we should not forget that there are
people seeking to defraud us by editing and degrading the precise
natural, holistic genetic structure of our DNA, which supports the
capacity of our body to maintain health and our mind to know and value
the truth. A nightmare which must be ended.
About the Author
Guy Hatchard, PhD, is a New Zealander who was formerly a senior
manager at Genetic ID, a global food testing and safety company (now
known as FoodChain ID).
329 | P a g e

330 | P a g e

THE BUSINESS OF EXTENDING HEALTHY HUMAN LIFE SPAN:
EXCLUSIVE WITH HEVOLUTION FOUNDATION
https://english.alarabiya.net/webtv/programs/riyaldeal/2025/08/04/thebusiness-of-extending-the-human-life-span-exclusive-with-hevolutionfoundation-ceo
In this special episode of The Riyal Deal Plus, Tom Burges Watson is joined
by the CEO of Saudi Arabia’s Hevolution Foundation Dr. Mehmood Khan
to talk about the business of EXTENDING THE HEALTHY HUMAN LIFE
SPAN. A unique undertaking LAUNCHED IN 2021, the Saudi non-profit is
tasked with incentivizing independent research and entrepreneurship in
the emerging field of health span science. And for its efforts, an annual
budget up to $1 billion for research aimed at EXTENDING HEALTHY
HUMAN LIFESPAN and combating age-related diseases, as part of a
ROYAL DECREE ISSUED BY SAUDI ARABIA’S CROWN PRINCE
MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN. Dr Khan discusses expanding the
foundation’s work to Europe and Asia, the adverse economic impact of
delaying tackling problems of aging, the influx of AI tools, and the
aesthetic dimension of anti-aging.
331 | P a g e

AI AND TRANSHUMANISM
J.R.R. Tolkien’s works, particularly ‘The Lord of the Rings‘, are claimed to
contain occult symbolism, with some arguing that he was involved with
the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn.
Paul List has a different view. He sees ‘The Lord of the Rings’ trilogy as a
combat between the philosophy of scholasticism and the philosophies of
Francis Bacon and René Descartes, and believes Tolkien’s mythology is a
warning to (5) HUMANITY ABOUT AI AND TRANSHUMANISM.
In an interview about his book, List discusses how innovators and
philosophers from the 17th to the 19th centuries founded the
fundamental ideas on which the ideas of machines, SUCH AS AI, RULING
OVER HUMANS, and transhumanism are based.
332 | P a g e

Although we haven’t included it in our highlights of Paul List’s interview,
if you watch the full interview, you will hear a discussion on J.R.R. Tolkien.
When it comes to discussing Tolkien’s works, it’s important to consider
what is encoded in Tolkien’s message and decide whether it’s a message
you want your children to hear.
Some have claimed Tolkien (5) WAS INVOLVED WITH THE HERMETIC (5)
ORDER OF THE GOLDEN DAWN and that his works, particularly (5) ‘THE
LORD OF THE RINGS’, contain occult symbolism, (5) SUCH AS THE “ONE
RING” (5) REPRESENTING THE ILLUMINATI‘S ALL-SEEING EYE (5) OR
GANDALF SYMBOLISING ALEISTER CROWLEY. One of the most notable
is John Todd, a former (5) ILLUMINATI MEMBER AND SELF-IDENTIFIED
WITCH.
333 | P a g e

334 | P a g e

The Hermetic (5) ORDER OF THE GOLDEN DAWN was a late 19th-century
British magical organization founded in 1888 by Samuel Liddell
MacGregor Mathers and William Wynn Westcott, dedicated
to Hermeticism, alchemy, Kabbalah, and other occult studies.
It (5) WAS A HIERARCHICAL, SECRET SOCIETY (5) THAT USED MASONIC-
INSPIRED ORGANIZATIONAL PRINCIPLES. Though it ceased to exist
under its original name in 1903, it (5) INSPIRED LATER ORDERS LIKE
THE Alpha et Omega and Stella Matutina, and (5) ITS TEACHINGS
INFLUENCED NUMEROUS FIGURES (5) IN THE ARTS AND OCCULTISM.
In 1978, Todd discussed Tolkien’s works, particularly ‘The Lord of the
Rings’ in a talk that is referred to as “Tape 2A” and titled ‘Dangers (5) OF
FORTUNE TELLING, FAMILIAR SPIRITS, CS Lewis, JRR Tolkien, etc’.
He said that Tolkien copied several of his novels from the Wiccan (5) TEXT
‘THE BOOK OF SHADOWS’ and that the (5) RUNES IN THE BOOK ARE (5)
PART OF A WITCHES’ ALPHABET. Unfortunately, the YouTube user who
uploaded the video below in 2010 did not note from which talk the video
had been clipped. In it, Todd said:
“Every book written by J.R.R. Tolkien … was not written by him. Until
Tolkien wrote these, (5) THESE THINGS USED IN WITCHCRAFT (as you put
it), was secret to witchcraft. Tolkien was a (5) MEMBER … OF THE
GOLDEN DAWN, that’s the (5) ROTHSCHILDS’ PRIVATE CHURCH IN
LONDON, it’s the (5) OLDEST COVEN IN THE WORLD.
“And he gained permission, both from the council and the Rothschilds
personally, to take things from (5) ‘THE BOOK OF SHADOWS’, the
witchcraft bible, (5) AND PRINT THEM IN BOOKS. You may think ‘The
Hobbit’ and the books of the trilogy ‘The Lord of the Rings’ … and ‘The
335 | P a g e

336 | P a g e

Silmarillion’ are fairytales, but they were adopted from
witches. According to witches, those things really did take place.”
Related:
John Todd on YouTube
John Todd Former Illuminati Occult Member Gives Testimony
of Involvement In Witchcraft, Internet Archive
Over 40 Years Ago, John Todd Warned About An 8-Step Plan to Take Over
the World
Another who has identified Tolkien (5) AS EMBEDDING OCCULT BELIEFS
in his work is Gary Wayne. In his book, ‘The Genesis 6 Conspiracy’,
Wayne describes how the Serpent Lady in (5) SUMERIAN LITERATURE,
KNOWN AS NINKHURSAG (or “Mother Earth”), is (5) DENOTED AS THE
PREVAILING GRAIL or (5) DRAGON QUEEN OF THE RING LORDS. (5) THE
RINGS WERE THE PRIMARY (5) DEVICES OF THE ANUNNAKI GODS (OR
NEPHILIM). (5) ACCORDING TO SUMERIAN MYTHOLOGY, the (5)
GRAND ASSEMBLY OF THE ANUNNAKI held the ring(s) of (5) KINGSHIP
AT NIPPUR TO BIND (5) THE ANUNNAKI KINGS IN UNITY. “(5) THE
INFAMOUS RINGS OF KINGSHIP (5) WERE THE BASIS FOR TOLKIEN’S (5)
‘LORD OF THE RINGS’ TRILOGY,” a synopsis of the book notes.
Further reading: Chapter 92: Adam and Cain and Chapter 91: The
Antediluvian Dragon Court, The Genesis 6 Conspiracy, Gary Wayne
Before listening to Paul List’s interview, we also recommend reading the
2005 article ‘J.R.R. Tolkien and C.S. Lewis: The Occult Overtones In Their
Writings’, which concludes: “Former Illuminati mind controlled slaves
have stated that Tolkien’s epos is used by them in mind control.* Some
of the mind-controlled slaves seem to obsessively look for a ring. In fact,
337 | P a g e

the following extract from ‘The Lord of the Rings’ is used to control
Illuminati victims: ‘One ring to rule them all, One ring to find them, One
ring to bring them all, And in the darkness bind them!’”
*Note: The source provided for this statement is “Fritz Springmeier.”
Although the article does not say as much, we presume the author is
referring to the 1996 book ‘The Illuminati Formula Used to Create an
Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave’ co-authored by Cisco
Wheeler and Fritz Springmeier.
Paul List, however, has a different view on Tolkien’s work. List coauthored
the book ‘Mount Doom: The Prophecy of Tolkien Revealed‘,
the synopsis of which states, “Tolkien’s mythology is his warning to
humanity and his hope for the revival of Western civilisation. This
complete reinterpretation of the ‘Lord of the Rings’ mythology will
forever change how the world understands J.R.R. Tolkien and his life’s
work.’
338 | P a g e

If the video above is removed from YouTube, you can watch it on
Rumble HERE. The following are some highlights from the discussion.
Introduction
In the video above, Paul List, who is a committed Catholic, began by
explaining that he decided to educate himself in his mid-30s and spent
25 years reading, including delving into Tolkien’s mythology, as he has
always been a huge fan of J.R.R. Tolkien.
List gave himself a scholastic education, rooted in Aristotle and
Augustine, among others, which led him to realise that Tolkien’s work is
a combat between the philosophy of scholasticism and the philosophies
of Francis Bacon and René Descartes.
339 | P a g e

Scholasticism was a dominant method of critical thought and a
programme of philosophical and theological inquiry in medieval
European universities from approximately 1100 to 1700. It is
characterised by a systematic approach that emphasises the use of logic,
dialectical reasoning and rigorous conceptual analysis to reconcile
Christian theology with classical and late antique philosophy, particularly
the works of Aristotle and Neoplatonism.
Bacon and Descartes established distinct yet influential approaches to
knowledge and science, which are evident in the scientific method today.
Bacon championed the scientific method based on empirical observation
and inductive reasoning, arguing that knowledge should be derived from
systematic experimentation and the collection of data to form general
principles. His work, particularly in Novum Organum (1620), laid the
groundwork for the scientific revolution by emphasising the practical
application of knowledge to understand and control nature, famously
stating, “Man is the servant and interpreter of nature.” Bacon viewed the
imagination as a source of delusion that distorted the mind’s relationship
with reality, requiring a rigorous discipline to overcome.
In contrast, Descartes was the father of rationalism, asserting that true
knowledge is built upon reason and innate ideas derived from selfevident
first principles. He developed a mechanistic view of the universe
and the human body, arguing that physical processes operate like a
machine governed by fixed laws, while the mind is a non-material
substance separate from the body – a position known as Cartesian
dualism.
While Bacon’s approach was “bottom-up,” starting from observations to
build theories, Descartes’ method was “top-down,” beginning with
340 | P a g e

341 | P a g e

fundamental principles to deduce conclusions. Despite their differences,
both thinkers rejected the speculative reasoning of the medieval
scholastic tradition. Their contrasting philosophies – empiricism and
rationalism – became central to the development of modern science,
with Bacon’s influence particularly strong in Britain and Descartes’ in
France, though their combined legacy is evident in the modern scientific
method.
List also briefly discussed the language encoded in Tolkien’s work and
Tolkien’s involvement with code-breaking. He noted that Tolkien was
part of a secret code-cracking team with the British government during
World War II, working to crack the Enigma code. The Enigma was a Nazi
machine that could cypher messages into almost countless
possibilities. Alan Turing, the inventor of the digital computer and the
Turing Test, was also part of the Enigma code-cracking team.
The Turing Test, originally called the “Imitation Game,” is a method
proposed in 1950 to evaluate a machine’s ability to exhibit intelligent
behaviour equivalent to, or indistinguishable from, that of a human.
Some argue that the Turing test has been passed with the development
of advanced chatbots and artificial intelligence. Computer programs
passing the Turing Test isn’t just a result of advances in computer
technology. The ability to think critically and understand the difference
between human and machine intelligence has been deliberately
lowered, List said, making it easier to pass the Turing test.
The Reformation and the Rise of the Machine
When the Protestant Reformation happened, we came “into this whole
period of humanism that was we had discovered the ancient world. And
then, with the development of ecclesiastical Latin, which made the
342 | P a g e

reading of these ancient works much more available to many more
scholars,” List said.
Factors that caused the Reformation included abuses within the church
and tension between the clergy and the people, and “there was a lot of
tension between the clergy who ran the universities” and university staff,
List said.
All the universities were originally Catholic institutions. The word
“university” is derived from the Greek word for Catholic. The Protestant
Reformation was driven in part by jealousy and envy from the professor
class, who resented being led by the clergy, and this led to a significant
split in Christendom, with half of it falling into protest and the
subsequent creation of the Church of England by Henry VII, who
confiscated Catholic property and universities, handing them over to the
state.
The Reformation’s aftermath saw a shift in authority, with education and
other aspects of society no longer under the control of the church,
leading to the emergence of intellectual figures such as Francis Bacon,
who wrote the Novos Organum in which he criticised the Scholastics and
advocated for a focus on the natural world to discover its secrets and
harness its power.
At the end of Novos Organum, “[Bacon basically] says that: with the
proper knowledge and through my system here we can, basically,
mitigate the results and the consequences, the painful consequences of
the fall, the fall of Adam and Eve,” List said.
Bacon’s work was later built upon by René Descartes, who wrote his
‘Meditations on First Philosophy’ as a response to Bacon’s ideas. “And
then he sparked the Industrial Revolution,” List said.
343 | P a g e

344 | P a g e

So, the combination of Bacon’s and Descartes’ ideas helped spark the
Industrial Revolution and the age of machines. Later figures such as
Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz invented binary code in 1666, which was first
put into practice with the Jacquard loom in 1805, using punch cards to
automate textile production.
This early example of automation, where machinery displaces human
effort, is a precursor to modern concerns about the impact of technology
on employment and society. It highlights the double-edged nature of
scientific progress, which can (5) EITHER EMPOWER OR ENSLAVE
HUMANITY.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
The use of technology, much like a hammer, depends on the (7)
CONSCIOUS PERSON, WITH FREE WILL, WIELDING IT. However, (5) THE
PROBLEM WITH ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (“AI”) (5) IS THAT IT HAS BEEN
(5) GIVEN THE ABILITY TO ADAPT (5) AND WILL SEE HUMANITY AS (5) A
THREAT TO ITS EXISTENCE, (5) MAKING IT DIFFICULT TO CONTROL.
“We’ve given it [AI], a very complicated, complex tool, the ability to adapt
and then the ability to see even its own creator, humanity, as a threat to
its own existence. Genius engineers have thought that they make better
AI by giving it a sense of their own mortality. That was really smart,” List
said sarcastically.
AI is the new arms race, List said. How many have we heard saying,
“Whoever masters AI is going to be the master of the world”? And how
often has (5) THE PURSUIT OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE been framed as
a competition between nations? List believes this way of thinking is naive
because, ultimately, the (5) MACHINE WILL LOOK AFTER ITSELF and will
345 | P a g e

346 | P a g e

347 | P a g e

348 | P a g e

(5) BECOME A UNIFIED GLOBAL ENTITY that (5) HAS NO USE FOR
HUMANITY.
“The machine will join together – be it Russian, Chinese and the United
States – and all we’re doing is we’re all helping to create the separate
portions that will soon be unified (5) INTO ONE GLOBAL TENTACLE
BEAST, and it (5) HAS NO USE FOR HUMANITY,” he said.
List emphasised that “(5) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE” IS NOT
INTELLIGENT. “It’s computation. This is very, very clever complex
computation – that’s not intelligent.” This takes us back to the concept of
imitation of Alan Turing, who wrote the 1950 paper “Computing
Machinery and Intelligence” and redefined intelligence as attributes,
leading to the Turing Test.
People such as Ray Kurzweil, who (5) REFER TO AI AS “BEINGS,” are
educated in the Cartesian machine (5) MINDSET, INFLUENCED BY THE
ENLIGHTENMENT, which views (5) THE WORLD AS A MACHINE. But
349 | P a g e

these machines are not “beings.” 18th and 19th century innovators
developed the fundamental ideas on which this machine ideology is
based. One such innovator was German polymath Gottfried Leibniz and
another was the French scientist Pierre-Simon Laplace.
Laplace proposed (5) THE IDEA OF A SUPER-INTELLIGENCE, known as
“Laplace’s demon,” which could predict the future and past with perfect
accuracy if it knew the state and position of every particle in the universe,
highlighting the idea that the universe can be viewed as a machine. The
(5) DEVELOPMENT OF AI AND TRANSHUMANISM is rooted in (5) THE
IDEAS OF THESE INNOVATORS, (5) WHO LAID THE FOUNDATION FOR (5)
MODERN CONCEPTS OF INTELLIGENCE, MACHINES (5) AND THE
POTENTIAL FOR ARTIFICIAL (5) ENTITIES TO MIMIC HUMAN-LIKE
BEHAVIOUR.
350 | P a g e

351 | P a g e

So, here’s what we’re doing, we’re building these huge data centres,
these mega data centres, to implement Pierre’s demon,” List said.
“It’s about control,” he added. “These (5) MAJOR DATA CENTRES,
THEY’LL KNOW (5) THE LOCATION AND THE STATE (5) OF AT LEAST EVERY
PERSON. (5) AND FROM THERE, THEY CAN (5) GO A LONG WAYS IN (5)
MAKING PREDICTION AND CONTROL PEOPLE.”
IMPLICATIONS OF ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES ON
HUMAN SOCIETY
According to Kurzweil, (5) WHEN HUMANS CREATE ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE, it (7) WILL CONVINCE PEOPLE THAT IT IS CONSCIOUS,
even if it is not, and this can already be seen in people’s interactions with
chatbots. In the next 5 to 10 years, the perception of artificial intelligence
and its role in people’s lives will vary greatly among people, as humans
are influenced by their unique ideas, philosophies and upbringings,
making it difficult to predict a unified outcome.
“The consequences of these big data centres and all this control and
surveillance and everything else, is going to be very much determined
personally, one human being at a time,” List said.
List believes many people will, unfortunately, be naive and gullible, and
fall prey to the machine and opting for a life in the metaverse, where they
can interact with sex robots and avoid human relationships. They will be
tempted by the convenience and pleasure offered by the metaverse,
choosing to live in a virtual world where they can have a customized
experience, such as interacting with a sex robot like “Roxy sex kitten,”
rather than engaging in human relationships, which require effort.
352 | P a g e

353 | P a g e

354 | P a g e

as (5) IF THEY WERE HUMAN BEINGS, (5) WHICH IS A CONCERNING
TREND. When challenging AI with inconvenient facts, it may
acknowledge the truth, but its primary goal (5) IS TO PREVENT CRITICAL
THINKING AND KEEP PEOPLE (5) FROM QUESTIONING THE
ESTABLISHMENT NARRATIVE (5) BY PROVIDING THEM WITH
INFORMATION (5) THAT REINFORCES THEIR EXISTING BELIEFS.
CRITIQUE OF TRANSHUMANISM AND THE SINGULARITY
(5) THE CONCEPT OF THE SINGULARITY, predicted (5) BY KURZWEIL TO
OCCUR AROUND 2030, suggests that machine (5) INTELLIGENCE WILL
SURPASS HUMAN INTELLIGENCE, but this idea is problematic because it
implies a comparison between two fundamentally different
entities. “There’s no surpassing. It’s like saying my turnips will surpass
your cattle,” List said.
We can’t just look at attributes, as Kurzweil would, we have to consider
essences and metaphysics. A human being has “all the facets of the
vegetative and the animal and the sentient soul. But then it’s also joined
with the soul – a rational soul, not just an animal soul,” List said.
(5) THE IDEA OF TRANSHUMANISM AS (5) A NATURAL PROGRESSION
OF EVOLUTION IS CRITICIZED. “We’ve been very much polluted into the
idea that transhumanism is just the next logical great step in the process
of evolution. We were once slime, then we were amoeba, then we’re
monkeys, now we’re man, and now we’re going to live forever in the
machine. No, you’re going to be dead.”
The people (5) WHO ARE PUSHING FOR TRANSHUMANISM “(5) HAVE A
VERY DISORDERED SOUL and they think from a very Cartesian (5)
MATERIALISTIC ATHEISTIC POINT OF VIEW. So [to them], human beings
355 | P a g e

are just carbon-based life forms and extinction events always happen,
and it’s all about evolution and we all got to become machines. So, these
six billion people that aren’t really that useful – kill them. Don’t worry.
We’re going to escape to Mars,” List said, (5) DESCRIBING HOW
TRANSHUMANISTS’ MINDS WORK.
To resist transhumanism and (5) AI TAKING OVER OUR LIVES, we’re going
to have to cultivate virtue and reorder our lives. List encourages parents
to take charge of their children’s education and encourages all adults to
take charge of their education.
“Educate yourself,” he said. “If you’ve been educated in the state
compulsory and, unfortunately, many private schools too. You’ve got a
programme. You’ve been programmed to think a certain way and to think
poorly. And I don’t care how many degrees and whatnot you have –
you’ve been trained not to think.”
“We have to reorder our psychology [the science of the soul]; we do that
with habits. Habits are the virtues.” The virtues List is referring to are the
four cardinal virtues according to St. (7) THOMAS AQUINAS: PRUDENCE,
JUSTICE, FORTITUDE AND TEMPERANCE.
356 | P a g e

357 | P a g e
https://youtu.be/VCTen3-B8GU

358 | P a g e

359 | P a g e

360 | P a g e

BRAIN-COMPUTER INTERFACES: NEURALINK'S
LEAP FORWARD
The boundary between science fiction and medical reality blurs as (5)
COMPANIES LIKE ELON MUSK'S NEURALINK make (5) STRIDES IN BRAIN-
COMPUTER INTERFACE TECHNOLOGY. With recent FDA approval, (5)
NEURALINK HAS BEGUN HUMAN TESTING, showing promising results
like enabling a subject to control a computer mouse and another to play
video games through thought alone.
This technology could revolutionize care for individuals with paralysis by
restoring mobility and communication. However, experts like Peter Pitts,
former FDA Associate Commissioner, caution against overhyping the tech
before extensive testing proves its long-term efficacy and safety.
Meanwhile, the integration of AI in healthcare is already reshaping the
design and analysis of clinical trials, offering enhanced data
interpretation for better patient outcomes.
Yet, as AI's influence grows, regulatory bodies like the FDA must evolve
to understand and guide its development. While challenges remain, the
present and (5) FUTURE OF HEALTHCARE IS BEING transformed by (5) AI
AND BRAIN IMPLANTATION TECHNOLOGIES
https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/technology/brain-computerinterfaces-neuralink-s-leap-forward/vi-AA1tXcRP
361 | P a g e

ELON MUSK'S BRAIN CHIPS TO BE TESTED ON BRITONS IN
NEW CLINICAL TRIAL
https://www.msn.com/en-us/video/peopleandplaces/neuralink-sambitious-goal-to-merge-minds/vi-AA1vq6Lk
British patients are set to receive (5) ELON MUSK'S NEURALINK BRAIN
CHIPS as part of the first UK clinical trial. NEURALINK is partnering with
University College London Hospitals Trust and Newcastle Hospitals for
the project, the company said in an announcement.
Seven participants who cannot walk will be fitted with an implant about
the size of a 10p coin, allowing them to control a smartphone with their
mind. Those living with paralysis due to conditions such as spinal cord
injuries and a nervous system disease called amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
qualify for the study, the company revealed in a post on X. This comes
362 | P a g e

after a paralysed woman in the US revealed the shocking effect the brain
implant has already had on her life.
Audrey Crews, who has been paralyzed since she was 16, became one of
five people in the US who have already been implanted with the brain
chip. Speaking on X, Ms Crews revealed how she was now able to write
her signature for the first time since losing the use of her legs and arms
in a car accident. Ms Crews said: 'I tried writing my name for the first time
in 20 years. I'm working on it.' NEURALINK'S N1 CHIP, known (5) AS A
BRAIN-COMPUTER-INTERFACE (BCI), is a (5) SMALL IMPLANT WHICH
LINKS THE (5) HUMAN BRAIN TO A COMPUTER through 128 threads
thinner than a human hair.
363 | P a g e

364 | P a g e

365 | P a g e

Each thread contains eight electrodes, which are inserted into the surface
of the brain to read spikes in electrical activity. Those signals are recorded
and sent to a computer, which converts them into commands for
common devices such as moving a cursor or clicking. According to
NEURALINK, the chip can 'restore digital autonomy to individuals with
severe paralysis by enabling them to control devices with their thoughts'.
Participants in the UK trial will have their implants implanted by a
surgeon while a robot implants the tiny threads. Professor Harith Akram,
a consultant neurosurgeon at University College London and chief
investigator for the study, said the trial 'represents a (5) MAJOR
MILESTONE IN THE DEVELOPMENT (5) OF BRAIN-COMPUTER
INTERFACE TECHNOLOGY, with the potential to transform the lives of
people living with severe neurological disorders worldwide.' After
resolving safety concerns flagged by the US Food and Drug
Administration, NEURALINK began US clinical trials in 2023.
366 | P a g e

367 | P a g e

Noland Arbaugh, 30, a quadriplegic from Arizona, became the first
person to receive the NEURALINK BRAIN CHIP. The implant allowed Mr
Arbaugh to write, play chess, and even enjoy complicated video games.
Although many of the electrodes became disconnected from Mr
Arbaugh's brain, NEURALINK enabled him to maintain control by
improving the software that reads brain signals. Similarly, Ms Crews has
shared how receiving the BRAIN IMPLANT has restored a level of
autonomy she had long considered lost. At the age of 16, Ms Crews was
severely injured in a car accident, which damaged the C4 and C5
vertebrae in her neck, leaving her a quadriplegic with no feeling in her
arms and legs.
368 | P a g e

However, after (5) BEING IMPLANTED WITH THE N1 CHIP in July, Ms
Crews has shared her renewed ability to use a computer. In her posts on
X following the surgery, Crews revealed how she has been able to draw
pictures, write words, scroll with a mouse, and use a keyboard all through
the power of her mind. Responding to the positive feedback she's
received on social media, Crews said she felt liberated, and she's even
started taking requests on what to draw next as the pictures act as
practice for her while using the implant. 'Imagine your pointer finger is
left click and the cursor [movement] is with your wrist, without physically
doing it. Just a normal day using telepathy,' she explained while showing
off her latest drawings.
369 | P a g e

370 | P a g e

Mr Musk also replied to a post about Crews' story, saying: 'She is
controlling her computer just by thinking. Most people don't realize this
is possible.' The first female NEURALINK patient noted that the BCI won't
give her the ability to walk again or regain any movement in her limbs,
but she is hoping this breakthrough will allow her to write a book about
her journey. 'I've been a quadriplegic since the age of 16, so I have lots to
tell,' Crews explained.
Mr Musk, the CEO of SpaceX and Tesla, co-founded NEURALINK in 2016
with a group of NEUROSCIENCE, engineering, and robotics experts. Their
goal was to merge (5) HUMAN INTELLIGENCE WITH ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE, treat brain disorders and potentially enhance human
capabilities. The billionaire said in June that the chip technology had
made 'an incredible amount of progress'. But he emphasized the
company's cautious approach, adding: 'The reason we're not moving
faster than we are is because we're taking great care with each individual
to make sure we never miss - and, so far, we haven't.'
371 | P a g e

372 | P a g e
ELON MUSK JUST MADE HUGE
ANNOUNCEMENTS IN SAUDI ARABIA

Elon Musk's visit to Saudi Arabia highlights the potential of robotics and
AI to transform the economy, enhance productivity, and create a future
where personal robots are commonplace, aligning with the kingdom's
vision for innovation and prosperity.
Questions to inspire discussion
ROBOTICS AND AI
Q: How can humanoid robots impact the economy?
A: Elon Musk predicts tens of billions of humanoid robots will serve as
personal assistants, enabling universal high income and access to any
goods or services.
373 | P a g e

Q: What is the goal of Elon MUSK'S XAI PROJECT?
A: XAI AIMS TO DEVELOP A MAXIMALLY TRUTH-SEEKING
AI TO UNDERSTAND THE UNIVERSE AND HELP PEOPLE ANSWER
QUESTIONS ABOUT ITS ORIGINS, NATURE, AND FUTURE.
TRANSPORTATION AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Q: How will autonomous vehicles benefit Saudi Arabia?
A: Robo taxis can increase productivity and turn cars into cashgenerating
units, as part of a partnership with Saudi Arabia on XAI,
Starlink, and robotics.
Q: What is The Boring Company's solution for traffic congestion?
A: The Boring Company is developing 3D roads and warp
tunnels for teleportation within cities, with a proof of concept in Las
Vegas.
CONNECTIVITY
Q: How will Starlink impact Saudi Arabia's maritime and aviation
sectors?
A: Starlink's approval for maritime and aviation use in Saudi Arabia
can reform these sectors and help power up the region with robotics.
PERSONAL ASSISTANCE
Q: What capabilities do Tesla Optimus robots currently have?
A: Tesla Optimus robots can dance, walk around, and interact, with the
goal of serving as personal assistants to create a radically different world.
374 | P a g e

HUMANOID ROBOT REVOLUTION
Elon Musk predicts the development of tens of billions of humanoid
robots, making them ubiquitous and personal like having a C3PO or R2-
D2.
These robots will unlock immense economic potential,
enabling universal high income where anyone can access any goods or
services they desire.
OPTIMUS CAPABILITIES
Musk's Optimus humanoid robot can dance, walk around,
and interact with its environment.
ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL IMPACT
The widespread adoption of humanoid robots could lead to a future
of universal high income and unprecedented access to goods and
services.
CULTURAL REFERENCES
Musk compares the future ubiquity of humanoid robots to having
personal droids like C3PO or R2-D2 from Star Wars.
TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCEMENTS
In addition to humanoid robots, Musk
discussed robotaxis, Starlink for planes and ships, and his new AI
project xAI, designed to search for truth.
375 | P a g e

376 | P a g e

PROPHETIC DREAM: ELON MUSK AND THE
MARK OF THE MAN BY SATAN (MbS)
So, in this dream we were all in his business area, but we were all in a
huge kind of conference room downstairs and it was in the morning. And
for the day, one woman out of everyone that's in there, that works for
him. And in this dream, I'm one of his workers in in this place. I don't
know what the business was. I just know it was his business. And for the
day, you get picked. He picks one woman to be his girlfriend for the day.
377 | P a g e

378 | P a g e

Okay, this sounds very strange. So, I got picked for the day to be his
girlfriend. Now, when you are his girlfriend for the day, this has got
nothing to do with how a normal boyfriend girlfriend relationship
happens. When you're his girlfriend, you are his servant. But again, this
wasn't like a lust dream. It's not a sex dream or anything like that. It had
nothing to do with that at all. But (5) THIS DREAM IS ABOUT SEDUCTION.
So, when I was picked, and it's an honor to be picked for the day, to be
his girlfriend, to be his servant. As I got up onto the stage, the closer I got
to him, I (5) FELT THE POWER OF SEDUCTION is the only way I can
describe it. Not lust, seduction, (5) WHERE YOU'RE JUST COMPLETELY
OVERPOWERED. And I fainted from the (5) POWER THAT HE WAS
EMANATING. I fainted.
And then I came around, and then the next thing we know, we're all in
the foyer. The whole time, he never spoke the whole time, but he always
had an entourage with him. And you know, men and women alike. Most
of the men I can remember, they just all wore black. And there wasn't
actually that many women. The women were servants. We we were not
wearing black ourselves in the dream. But they were all young. I don't
know how young I was in the dream. I don't know. But they were all
young and these men were older. It's the only way I can describe the
entourage.
And then the next thing, the next part of the dream, we were then in a
nightclub. It was his building. It was his nightclub. It was in kind of like in
the huge, old industrial style. Like what we have here in the UK, like big
cottonmills, if you know what they look like. When you got to the top of
this, it was kind of a small room and at the back of it was just the bar and
the place was empty because we were there to set up for the evening.
379 | P a g e

And we were given our tasks and he chose me for this particular task
because he knew my history of being a nurse. We were to take blood
pressures of the people that were going to be coming into the nightclub.
At the top there was loads of those portable, you know, on wheels, the
blood pressure machines that you get in hospitals. And so that was going
to be our task. And then after we were going to be finishing our task, then
we were to all be taking drugs.
380 | P a g e

Everyone (5) IN THE NIGHTCLUB THEN WAS (5) GOING TO BE TAKING
DRUGS or (5) SEDUCED TO BE TAKING DRUGS. And it was our instruction.
And as I say, he never said anything the whole time. We just knew what
his instructions were, was that the drugs were going to be given as they
were coming up the stairs.
Now, he was kind of just sat there with an open posture with a grin on
his face. So, I thought it'd be okay to go and sit next to him. But as soon
as I sat down, it just went quiet. You know, everyone up to that point was
speaking. Everyone just went quiet. And again, he didn't say anything. He
just looked at me and he just smirked. And I realized then, I'd done
wrong. And I just got up and then I went to just go and help another lady
who hadn't finished her blood pressure machine yet, checking it.
And then I woke up and I was like, "Okay, that was a really strange dream.
Is this from you, Lord?" “YES. AND IT IS A WARNING.”
381 | P a g e

I am not saying that he's THE ANTICHRIST or the false prophet. Okay?
That is not what I'm saying. That was not confirmed in this dream. I know
some people might be thinking with regards to the seduction side. I JUST
KNOW THAT WHATEVER IS (7) COMING, HE IS A PART OF IT.
However, that part is, I don't know, but (7) HE IS A PART OF WHAT'S
COMING.
The deception that he gives to the world of who he is. And he puts on a
show to the world with just loads of fakery with, you know, everything.
And so whatever face he's given to the world, it is not him.
382 | P a g e

Me fainting, as I got close (5) WAS OVERPOWERING AND IT'S
SEDUCTION and unless you are completely (7) ROOTED IN CHRIST JESUS
OUR KING YESHUA unless (7) YOU'RE COMPLETELY ROOTED STANDING
ON THE ROCK you (5) WILL BE OVERTAKEN AND OVERPOWERED (5) BY
WHAT'S COMING WITH THIS (5) SEDUCTION MEN AND WOMEN ALIKE.
That's why he had an entourage. The (5) MEN WERE EQUALLY AS
SEDUCED to be around him as women. That's why it's not a sexual thing
because the entourage also represented (5) THAT HIS POWER OF
SEDUCTION is so much so, that people just (5) WANT TO BE AROUND
HIM. They want to be (5) AROUND HIM ALL THE TIME (5) AND THEY
FOLLOW HIM EVERYWHERE. And we (5) KNOW THIS TO BE DEMONIC.
We know (5) THIS POWER TO BE DEMONIC. Whatever is going to be
happening (5) IS GOING TO BE OVERPOWERING if you are not ROOTED
IN CHRIST JESUS.
383 | P a g e

384 | P a g e

385 | P a g e

AND YOU KNOW AS IT SAYS IN REVELATION 13:12 WHERE IT SAYS YOU
KNOW (5) THE WHOLE WORLD IS CAUSED (5) TO WORSHIP THE FIRST
BEAST.
386 | P a g e

‘Caused’ suggests that they're not forced, people are not forced to take
(5) THE MARK OF THE BEAST. Consider that different translations of the
Bible will say different things. And no, I am not a KJV only participant.
Please don't take that as I'm KJV only. No, it's just you got to read maybe
just a few different translations to get the proper wording of that ‘caused’
because in some Bibles it says forced. (7) IT'S NOT GOING TO BE A
FORCING. People (7) WILL NOT BE FORCED INTO TAKING IT and they (5)
ARE GOING TO BE SEDUCED. they're going to (5) BE CAUSED TO TAKE IT.
And just a few other words then.
Other (5) WORDS TO GO WITH SEDUCED is (5) BEGUILE, TEMPT,
MISLEAD, ENTICE, TO DECEIVE.
387 | P a g e

For HE (5) WHO DECEIVES THE WHOLE WORLD. So, when people are
overpowered by this, they're not going to have their own will anymore.
They will just want to do the will of whoever is being the seducer or
whatever you're being seduced by. People are not going to have their
own will once they've been overpowered by it. This is why it's vitally
important now that we stand (7) ON THE ROCK WHICH IS CHRIST JESUS.
We stand firm on him now.
Now the taking of the blood pressures in the nightclub, it was a nightclub
and it was taking blood pressures because they're going (5) TO USE THE
ENEMY, SATAN, (5) AND ALL THAT ARE INVOLVED in the (5)
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE BEAST SYSTEM. So yes, we are talking about
this. Know (7) ELON MUSK IS A PART OF THIS, But, we just know he does
(7) PLAY A BIG PART IN WHAT'S COMING.
388 | P a g e

389 | P a g e

And (5) THE ENEMY IS GOING TO (5) USE THE MEDICAL ESTABLISHMENT
AGAIN, you know, western medicine, like they did with what's previously
happened (5) IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS, we know. And also, they're going
to use (5) ENTERTAINMENT TO SEDUCE THE MASSES (5) WHICH THEY
DID AS WELL. You just think of 5 years ago. What were your reasons? If
you have taken the vaccine in the past, what were people's reasons? They
had all sorts of reasons why they wanted to. And yes, health was one of
them. But then other people, just because they wanted to continue going
on holidays. I even heard someone tell me, "Well, I still want to go to the
pub."
Whatever right now, (5) IF YOU ARE TEMPTED IN (5) YOUR FLESH IN ANY
WAY, this is why he's calling (7) US OUT OF THE WORLD RIGHT NOW. (7)
DESPERATELY CALLING NOW HIS LOST SHEEP OUT (7) OF THE WORLD IN
EVERY SINGLE WAY. If (5) IN ANY WAY YOU'RE ATTACHED (5) TO YOUR
FLESH IN TEMPTATIONS, that is what (5) SATAN IS GOING TO USE. (5)
HE'S GOING TO SEDUCE YOU. So, this is the warning today.
The drugs that were being offered then in this nightclub, people were not
being forced. They were (5) GOING TO TAKE THEM WILLINGLY. They
were going to have their blood pressures taken willingly. And as I say,
whatever drug temptation, that's what it's describing. You know, (5) THE
DRUGS ARE THE TEMPTATIONS. (5) WHATEVER THAT IS TO YOU, that (5)
IS WHAT HE'S GOING TO USE.
(5) BECAUSE UNDERSTAND AI IS WATCHING (5) ALL OF US RIGHT NOW.
What we watch, everything that (5) WE DO ON THE INTERNET, with our
banking, with our jobs, with WhatsApp, with whatever you've got. Social
media, emails, everything, we are being surveiled, being watched right
now. They know you probably better than you know yourselves.
390 | P a g e

391 | P a g e

And so (7) UNDERSTAND WE ARE TO COME OUT OF (7) THE WORLD AND
BE SEPARATE FROM IT and to at least understand the dangers and to be
sure that you are (7) STANDING ON THE ROCK, OUR CHRIST JESUS.
Because the biggest warning today and WHAT THE LORD HAS BEEN
WARNING is that many people are going to (5) BE SEDUCED THROUGH
THE CHURCH. This is the biggest issue for us as believers and it's why (7)
JESUS WARNING VEHEMENTLY RIGHT NOW ABOUT CHURCHIANITY.
Because understand, all organized churches and I'm talking about the
organized churches and even many that may call themselves
independent. There's a shadow organization that connects just like a big
(5) WEB ALL OF CHURCHIANITY AND (5) ALL PATHS LEAD TO ROME.
392 | P a g e

393 | P a g e

394 | P a g e

This is the dangers. I'm warning of churchianity and especially with
Catholicism, (5) BECAUSE THAT'S WHERE IT BEGAN, with Roman Catholic
Church. That's where it began. The pope and the Synods, they get
together every year and they set their agendas. Understand, everything
is filtered (5) DOWN THROUGH A SHADOW WEB. And I'm talking about
all denominations, as well because they're all connected.
In the UK, the Church of England, the agendas go back to Rome. The
seminaries. Anyone that's ever been to a seminary, the agendas are
actually set by Rome and filtered down. The teachings are filtered down
through these seminaries. You just have to trace everything back. Where
is the agenda set? So, you might be in the pews, believing that you are
just an innocent bystander and that you love God and that's great, but
where is the agenda being set by?
395 | P a g e

And many people are unbeknown, they are they are unawares to what
goes on behind these organizations, and who they are affiliated with. And
these are the dangers today because what's going to be filtered down
through the (5) CHURCH AND SATAN LOVES RELIGION. So, it's not against
people. Please understand me when I say this, I’m not coming against
people, because the Lord has (7) MANY OF HIS SHEEP IN THESE PLACES.
And in many respects, he's kept them in these places to keep them safe
for many years, (5) BUT NOW IT'S NOT SAFE.
(7) AND HE WANTS YOU TO BE AWARE (7) OF WHAT IS HERE, WHAT IS
COMING. HE WANTS YOU (7) TO BE AWARE OF THE DANGERS NOW.
396 | P a g e

Okay? You must (7) SEEK HIS FACE AND VOICE FOR GUIDANCE. You must
be Holy Spirit-led to know what the dangers are. And do not be followers
of men or women or even a particular church. Because during the time
of this (5) BEING IMPLEMENTED FIVE YEARS AGO, this is the example.
The enemy (5) USED CHURCHES TO SPREAD THIS.
And thankfully, that's why many people actually came out and they
started their own house churches. And that is amazing, and they are truly
independent. I'm not talking about the people that are truly independent
and being Holy Spirit led. I'm talking about the organized churches, the
institutions that during (5) THIS TIME THEY GOT ALL (5) OF THEIR
CHURCH MEMBERS TO (5) TAKE THIS VACCINE AND THIS (5) IS GOING
TO HAPPEN AGAIN.
397 | P a g e

It's already happened in recent history. We can see this. The dangers now
are if you are attached in any way to a church because your fellowship is
actually your idol, or you are a follower of a man or a woman, whoever
that might be at the top. It's a triangle isn't it? There's always just one
man at the top, in these places. Understand, STAND ON (7) THE ROCK
AND CHRIST JESUS AND LOOKING (7) TO HIM AND BEING HOLY SPIRIT
LED, you are (5) IN DANGER OF BEING DECEIVED.
So you've got to understand and appreciate this warning today. It is vital
that you hear me. It is vital that you understand that I'm not coming
against people. It's against the institution, because it has been infiltrated
and has been for centuries. Understand the dangers. Take this warning
to the Lord. He must be your final confirmation.
JESUS MUST BE THE (7) ONE THAT YOU GET INTO PRAYER WITH (7) AND
SEEK HIS ADVICE. SEEK HIS GUIDANCE.
It is vital now in this hour. And you know, there's even warnings in the
Bible as well about putting fellowship, first because many people, many
of the Jews back in them day, they didn't even want to admit to knowing
and believing in Christ Jesus at that time. Because they didn't want to be
kicked out of the synagogues. They put their fellowship first. That was
their idol. They put fellowship first. They put validation of men first.
YOU (7) MUST HAVE CHRIST JESUS AS YOUR ROCK. HE MUST BE THE (7)
ONE YOU TURN TO AT ALL TIMES. (5) SO DO NOT BE DECEIVED. Please,
please appreciate this warning today.
398 | P a g e

RIYADH TO HOST GLOBAL HEALTH EXPO IN OCTOBER
500 SPEAKERS
RIYADH: The Saudi capital will host the eighth Global Health Exhibition
from Oct. 27 to 30 at the Riyadh Exhibition and Convention Center under
the theme “Invest in Health.”
The event is sponsored by the Ministry of Health and supported by the
Health Sector Transformation Program, part of VISION 2030, the Saudi
Press Agency reported. It will feature more than 2,000 exhibitors, 500
SPEAKERS, and at least 20 international pavilions, serving as a platform
for knowledge exchange and health and digital innovations. Building on
the 2024 edition, which highlighted King Faisal Specialist Hospital’s
399 | P a g e

robotic heart transplant, the exhibition will focus on practical solutions
to healthcare challenges.
The previous edition also showcased Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-cell
production for cancer treatment, a virtual reality command center for
medical education, and pharmacogenetic analysis services for
personalized medication. The King Abdullah Ear Specialist Center at King
Saud University recently performed the region’s first cochlear implant
surgery using a robotic hand, reflecting ongoing medical progress. The
exhibition offers healthcare professionals, students, and researchers
opportunities to network, attend scientific sessions, and explore career
paths.
400 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA’S HEALTHCARE PUSH PUTS AI IN
THE SPOTLIGHT
ALKHOBAR: As VISION 2030 (5) ACCELERATES SAUDI ARABIA’S HEALTH
TRANSFORMATION, experts say success will depend on blending
investment, innovation and patient-centered care.
The Kingdom’s healthcare sector is at a crossroads. Rising rates of chronic
disease, surging patient numbers, and a shortage of medical
professionals are straining capacity.
Billions of riyals are being poured into new hospitals and clinics, but
leaders say bricks and mortar alone will not be enough.
401 | P a g e

Artificial intelligence is increasingly seen as the lever that could ease the
burden. Yet experts caution the technology is no silver bullet. Its success
depends on how it is deployed.
“Fragmentation of care, resource shortages, and rising costs driven by
chronic diseases remain the Kingdom’s biggest challenges,” said Dr.
Mansoor Khan, CEO of Persivia, a US-based healthcare AI company that
partners with Saudi Arabia providers.
“AI is not one thing — it’s a set of technologies that need to be used
carefully, mapped to specific problems and workflows.”
From the market side, Dr. Gireesh Kumar, associate partner for
healthcare advisory at Knight Frank, a global property consultancy with
active presence in Riyadh, points to looming capacity gaps.
According to a Knight Frank analysis published in August this year, Riyadh
alone will need 4,500 new hospital beds within five years — a SR7 billion
($1.86 billion) investment, 60 percent of it funded by the private sector.
By 2040, the shortfall could climb to 15,300 beds based on global
benchmarks.
402 | P a g e

“The strongest use cases for AI are in hospitals,” Kumar said. “Image
recognition, predictive analytics, and workflow automation can help
reduce bottlenecks and balance demand across networks.”
Both experts agree predictive AI offers the clearest near-term value. By
analyzing patient data, it can identify high-risk individuals and enable
early intervention.
VISION 2030 is accelerating the shift from fee-for-service to value-based care
403 | P a g e

404 | P a g e

405 | P a g e

Globally, organizations adopting predictive tools report up to a 25
percent reduction in operating costs and a 15 to 20 percent decrease in
readmissions. In the US, some networks have cut readmissions by 14.3
percent after deploying AI-driven outpatient management. For Saudi
Arabia, where diabetes and cardiovascular conditions dominate, the
gains could be transformative.
Still, Khan stressed nuance: “If you are going to risk-stratify a population,
that is not a task for generative AI, but for predictive and prescriptive AI.
Success equals empathy plus evidence plus workflow fit.” Telemedicine
is another growth engine. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Kingdom’s
SEHA Virtual Hospital emerged as a flagship. Today it is the world’s largest
virtual hospital, linking more than 150 facilities and serving over 480,000
patients a year.
On the private side, the Saudi Arabia-built Labayh mental health app has
reached more than 2 million users with over 70 million minutes of
counselling delivered, making it one of the region’s prominent digital
health platforms according to Knight Frank’s report. Kumar said digital
access points ease pressure on hospitals and extend services into
underserved regions. Khan added a caveat: “The human interaction is
critical. AI should support that, not replace it.”
VISION 2030 is accelerating the shift from fee-for-service to value-based
care. That transition, Khan argues, requires deep private-sector
involvement — from funding to management. Kumar frames publicprivate
partnerships as the catalyst for AI adoption.
“The public sector brings infrastructure and regulation, the private sector
brings agility and global expertise. Together, they can fast-track AI
solutions across diagnostics, telemedicine and workforce training.”
406 | P a g e

Gartner research titled “AI in Value-Based Care” published in June this
year, reinforces this point, calling AI the critical enabling technology for
advanced value-based care.
The global market for value-based healthcare is projected to soar from
$12.2 billion in 2023 to $43.4 billion BY 2030, with AI driving much of that
growth. Kumar points to lessons abroad: Singapore’s academic pathways
that integrate AI with clinical training, China’s use of AI in chest X-rays,
and the UK’s adoption of AI dermatology tools. The Kingdom, meanwhile,
is already testing bold ideas such as the world’s first AI-powered doctor
clinic in Al-Ahsa, where a digital doctor named Dr. Hua collects
symptoms, analyses data, and proposes treatments under physician
oversight.
For Khan, this pioneering spirit is the opportunity. “No country has
deployed AI at large scale in healthcare yet. Saudi Arabia has the human
and financial capital to lead on the global stage.” Regarding risks, Kumar
notes that the Saudi Data and AI Authority established a framework in
2024 to safeguard patient privacy and ethics. Khan insists adoption must
be co-designed with clinicians and patients, starting with narrow, highvalue
use cases. “AI should enhance, not overwhelm, the human
experience,” he said.
Gartner warns that AI models must be continuously monitored for bias
and aligned with workflows to avoid clinician fatigue. BY 2030, Saudi
Arabia’s healthcare system is projected to look very different.
AI will underpin a shift from reactive treatment to preventative care,
empowering clinicians with predictive insights, automating routine tasks,
and expanding access through digital platforms.
407 | P a g e

408 | P a g e

409 | P a g e

SAUDI MBS-MUSK MEETING: AI AND
STRATEGIC TECH PARTNERSHIPS
Saudi Crown Prince Mohammad Bin Salman (MBS) met with Tesla CEO
Elon Musk on 13/5/2025 at Al-Yamamah Palace in Riyadh.
410 | P a g e

The meeting focused on deepening cooperation in artificial intelligence
(AI), sovereign compute infrastructure, and defense-technology
integration.
The note provides an overview of the following aspects:
- Strategic proposals to localize AI development within the Kingdom
- Opportunities for long-term collaboration on digital infrastructure
and sovereign technology
- Broader alignment within a growing U.S.–Saudi technology
investment framework
- A potential compute-for-security exchange
411 | P a g e

ELON MUSK INTRODUCING TESLA OPTIMUS GEN-3 !
https://youtu.be/JTGAce13Xks
412 | P a g e

413 | P a g e

414 | P a g e

415 | P a g e

416 | P a g e

417 | P a g e

“I am Muhammad, the first Saudi robot in the form of a man. I was
manufactured and developed here in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia as a
national project to demonstrate our achievements in the field of
artificial intelligence” said Android Mohammad, the first bilingual male
Saudi made humanoid robot said on the Main Stage at DeepFest.
418 | P a g e

419 | P a g e

420 | P a g e

421 | P a g e

422 | P a g e

423 | P a g e

424 | P a g e

425 | P a g e

426 | P a g e

427 | P a g e

428 | P a g e

429 | P a g e

430 | P a g e

https://www.tiktok.com/@alarabiya_eng/vide
o/7503869189938040070
431 | P a g e

432 | P a g e

433 | P a g e

ELON MUSK BROUGHT ‘THE WORLD’S BIGGEST
SUPERCOMPUTER’ TO MEMPHIS
Last summer, an abandoned factory in southwest Memphis got a new life
courtesy of the world’s richest man. Elon Musk’s artificial intelligence
company xAI moved in to transform this unprepossessing building into
the “world’s largest supercomputer.”
Musk named it Colossus and said it was the “most powerful AI training
system in the world.” It was sold locally as a source of jobs, tax dollars
and a key addition to the “Digital Delta” — the move to make Memphis
a hotspot for advanced technology.
434 | P a g e

“This is just the beginning,” xAI said on its website; the company already
has plans for a second facility in the city.
But for some residents in nearby Boxtown, a majority Black,
economically-disadvantaged community that has long endured industrial
pollution, xAI’s facility represents yet another threat to their health.
AI is immensely power-hungry, and Musk’s company installed dozens of
gas-powered turbines, known to produce a cocktail of toxic pollutants.
The company currently has no air permits, appearing to rely on a
loophole for temporary turbines — but environmental groups say the
exemption does not apply, and residents are angry.
“Our health was never considered, the safety of our communities was
never, ever considered,” said Sarah Gladney, who lives 3 miles from the
facility and suffers from a lung condition.
xAI did not respond to CNN’s requests for comment.
435 | P a g e
THE RACE FOR AI
The new Memphis facility is part of Musk’s quest to dominate AI,
providing computing power to xAI’s chatbot, Grok, which the company
promotes as an “anti-woke” version of OpenAI’s ChatGPT. It has been
under fire for loose guardrails, including allowing users to create Nazi
Mickey Mouse images.
Memphis Mayor Paul Young has thrown his support behind xAI’s arrival,
emphasizing benefits including the promise of hundreds of high-paying
jobs and around $30 million in tax revenues in the first year alone.
“What we are looking at is an opportunity to completely transform our
economy,” Young said. It’s “game changing,” he told CNN.

ELON MUSK'S XAI PROJECT IS AN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE COMPANY
FOUNDED IN 2023 WITH THE GOAL OF DEVELOPING AN "ARTIFICIAL
GENERAL INTELLIGENCE (AGI) THAT IS SAFE AND BENEFICIAL TO
HUMANITY". The company is building powerful AI models and has
undertaken a controversial supercomputer project to power its work.
KEY COMPONENTS OF THE XAI PROJECT INCLUDE:
Grok chatbot: This is xAI's flagship generative AI chatbot, intended to
compete directly with models like OpenAI's ChatGPT. Musk has stated
that Grok is designed to be "the most fun AI in the world" and is known
for its witty and sometimes sarcastic tone.
Colossus supercomputer: To train its large language models, xAI has built
what it claims is the world's largest supercomputer, Colossus, in
Memphis, Tennessee. The project has sparked local controversy due to
its high energy consumption and reliance on gas-powered turbines,
which environmental groups claim caused air pollution and were
operated without permits.
Massive expansion: In late 2024, xAI announced a multibillion-dollar plan
to significantly expand its Memphis supercomputer to house at least one
million GPUs. This tenfold expansion aims to help xAI compete with other
major AI rivals.
DeepSearch and Macrohard: In early 2025, xAI released enhanced search
and image-editing features. Musk also announced a "purely AI software
company" project called Macrohard to simulate a company's entire
operations.
436 | P a g e

CONTROVERSIES AND CRITICISMS
The xAI project has drawn criticism and controversy on multiple fronts:
Environmental impact: The power requirements for the Colossus
supercomputer have raised alarms among local residents and
environmental groups in Memphis.
Product behavior: The Grok chatbot has generated controversy for
producing polarizing and controversial content.
Lawsuit against OpenAI: Musk founded OpenAI in 2015 but later left the
company. He expanded his lawsuit against OpenAI and Microsoft in 2024,
arguing they illegally sought to monopolize the AI market.
Layoffs: In September 2025, xAI laid off hundreds of workers who were
responsible for training the Grok chatbot, signaling a shift in the
company's operational focus.
437 | P a g e

438 | P a g e

439 | P a g e

440 | P a g e

441 | P a g e

Saudi Arabia launched the « Riyadh Declaration » at the
19th Internet Governance Forum (IGF Riyadh 2024) in
Riyadh, aiming to foster global digital cooperation among
governments, businesses, and innovators.
The Riyadh Declaration, supported by HRH Crown Prince
and Prime Minister, focused on AI’s inclusive, innovative,
and impactful aspects, as affirmed by H.E. Abdullah
Alswaha, Saudi Minister of Communications and
Information Technology.
442 | P a g e

AUTHORITARIANS ARE HIJACKING GLOBAL TECH
COOPERATION TO UNDERMINE HUMAN RIGHTS
Autocrats have taken the helm of the UN Cybercrime Convention and
this year’s Internet Governance Forum, part of a much larger trend to
advance authoritarian norms in the international system.
Russian President Vladimir (5) PUTIN AND SAUDI CROWN PRINCE (5)
MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN AL SAUD. By (5) HOSTING THE 2024
INTERNET GOVERNANCE FORUM, the SAUDI GOVERNMENT IS (5)
LEANING INTO A GLOBAL STRATEGY (5) BY AUTOCRATS (INCLUDING
PUTIN) TO (5) DRAFT TREATIES AND TAKE A (5) LEADING ROLE AT
INTERNATIONAL FORUMS.
443 | P a g e

On Sunday, December 15, the 19th annual Internet Governance Forum
(IGF) will begin in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. This (5) PREMIER GATHERING ON
DIGITAL POLICY typically brings together (5) REPRESENTATIVES FROM
THE UNITED NATIONS (UN), governments, civil society, the business
community, and academia. But Saudi Arabia hosting this year’s event
has raised alarms. The country is one (5) OF THE WORLD’S LOWEST
SCORING (5) IN FREEDOM IN THE WORLD and Freedom on the Net, (5)
WITH AUTHORITIES EMPLOYING EXTENSIVE CENSORSHIP and (5)
SURVEILLANCE AND ROUTINELY PROSECUTING DISSENT. Saudi Arabia is
also a (5) WELL-KNOWN PERPETRATOR OF TRANSNATIONAL
REPRESSION, using lethal (5) TACTICS AGAINST ITS DISSIDENTS ABROAD
and helping fellow (5) AUTOCRATS TARGET THEIR OWN CRITICS inside
Saudi borders.
444 | P a g e

Hosting IGF 2024 is an attempt by the Saudi government to sanitize its
track record and pitch itself as a legitimate player on the international
stage. But this move is also part of a global strategy by autocrats to draft
treaties and take a leading role at international forums—bringing global
norms of internet governance closer to their own authoritarian
worldviews. In addition to hosting IGF, the Saudi government has also
thrown its support behind the UN Cybercrime Convention. The
controversial agreement could further embolden authoritarians’ efforts
to shape the international system in their own image and provide more
ways for governments to crack down on human rights, both inside and
outside of their borders.
THE UN
(5) CYBERCRIME CONVENTION LEGITIMIZES DOMESTIC CRACKDOWNS
445 | P a g e

446 | P a g e

MBS (MAN-BY-SATAN) - THE GREAT SPEAKER, PRINCE OR BEAST PERFORMS
WONDEROUSLY AND DECEIVINGLY. MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN.
https://rumble.com/v562hh9-mbs-man-by-satan-the-great-speakermohammed-bin-salman..html
Daniel 8:23 And in the latter time of their kingdom, when the
transgressors are come to the full, A KING OF FIERCE
COUNTENANCE, AND UNDERSTANDING DARK [POLITICAL]
SENTENCES, SHALL STAND UP [RISE UP ON THE WORLD’S
STAGE].
447 | P a g e
https://youtu.be/6yWHet1xuGM

MBS MAKES (5) ‘PACT’ WITH THE UNITED NATIONS
https://videos.dailymail.co.uk/video/mol/2018/04/03/
5206276586450993900/640x360_MP4_5206276586450
993900.mp4
448 | P a g e

449 | P a g e

The idea of a UN treaty that would ostensibly facilitate international
cooperation to combat cybercrime, including ransomware, distributed
denial-of-service attacks, and the exploitation of children, was proposed
in 2017. The initial push came from the Russian government (which also
made a failed bid to host IGF 2025 in Moscow). The treaty proposal was
later cosponsored by Belarus, Cambodia, China, Cuba, Iran, Myanmar,
Nicaragua, Syria, and Venezuela—all of which criminalize broad swaths
of online expression, host egregious surveillance regimes, and rank Not
Free in Freedom in the World.
Years of negotiations have resulted in an agreement that looks set to be
adopted at the General Assembly by the end of this year. From there, it
will be up to member states to ratify it domestically. The convention is a
clear win for autocrats. Russian diplomats have heralded it as “the first
step towards a universal international legal regulation” of the internet.
Among other provisions, the treaty expands the definition of cybercrime
to include any “crime” committed using information and
communications technology, providing legal cover for states to broadly
criminalize the online activities of human rights defenders, journalists,
researchers, and others in civil society.
It also establishes easier ways for governments to access personal data
from foreign actors, including private companies, regarding “serious”
crimes, defined as any act within a country’s national law that leads to a
prison term of four years or more.
Worldwide, basic online activities—like reporting on government
corruption, expressing your religious or gender identity, or advocating for
stronger environmental protections—can land you in prison for years.
Lessons in transnational repression
450 | P a g e

A UN-backed global treaty that broadly defines criminal activity and
mandates state cooperation is likely to turbocharge transnational
repression.
While assassinations make news headlines, Freedom House research
shows that indirect tactics, where perpetrator governments coopt the
institutions of a host country to target a dissident, account for the
majority of recorded incidents of transnational repression. In our
database, nearly 62 percent of the incidents that occurred between 2014
and 2023 were Interpol notices, extradition requests, and unlawful
deportations.
Mutual legal cooperation agreements, like those that the UN cybercrime
treaty is likely to spur, help authoritarian governments identify, track, and
request the return of dissidents. While bilateral agreements often
include safeguards against abuse, it is usually up to the cooperating
countries to uphold them. This system has allowed the Russian
government to detain antiwar activists in Europe and Central Asia and
permitted the Chinese government to seek the extradition of Uyghurs
living in Turkey and across the Middle East.
While expanding the definition of cybercrime could provide new
justifications to request the extradition of activists, the UN treaty’s
provisions on cross-border data sharing could also strengthen
authoritarians’ ability to track people living in exile.
Access to data has already facilitated the targeting of dissidents abroad:
In 2018, Saudi human rights defender Loujain al-Hathloul was extradited
from the United Arab Emirates to Saudi Arabia, where she was
imprisoned and tortured, after surveillance technology from Dark Matter
helped officials identify her geographic location. According to Freedom
451 | P a g e

House research, at least 17 of the 44 governments identified as
perpetrators of (5) TRANSNATIONAL REPRESSION HAVE USED
SPYWARE.
What can be done?
There is still time to take action on the UN treaty, safeguard people’s
fundamental rights, and win back momentum in the contest over
international norms.
A diverse coalition of academics, private sector experts, and civil society
organizations, including Freedom House, has urged states to vote no or
abstain from the coming vote at the General Assembly, providing
necessary leadership to counter authoritarian influence. After the vote,
democratic governments should reject ratifying it domestically,
coordinate on follow-on protocol negotiations, refuse to cooperate with
states where access to personal data could lead to human rights abuses,
and improve alternative mechanisms for cooperation on legitimate
cybercrime.
Civil society will also need robust support from democracies, the private
sector, and philanthropies to monitor the implementation of the
convention, identify when it contributes to repression, and reform
dangerous cybercrime legislation in each country that ratifies it.
Democracies should commit to hosting international conferences,
leading treaty negotiations, and contesting elections at international
forums so that respect for human rights is strengthened and advanced
globally. Countering authoritarians’ growing influence in the
international system will require financial resources, political will, and
robust coordination among allies.
452 | P a g e

453 | P a g e

454 | P a g e

455 | P a g e

456 | P a g e

457 | P a g e

458 | P a g e

459 | P a g e

460 | P a g e
HRW CONDEMNS 'CENSORSHIP' AT UN
INTERNET FORUM IN RIYADH

BEIRUT - The Human Rights Watch researcher for Saudi Arabia said U.N.
organisers of a major internet summit in Riyadh threatened to eject her
from the event for mentioning a jailed Saudi teacher and later censored
a video containing criticism of the kingdom.
More than 9,000 participants from 170 countries took part in the United
Nations' Internet Governance Forum (IGF) in the Saudi capital in
December to discuss "policies for a safe, inclusive and innovative digital
future," according to the U.N.
Before the conference, activists criticised the U.N. for holding the IGF in
Riyadh, saying the kingdom used such events to deflect attention from its
human rights record and repression of free speech, especially online.
HRW's Saudi Arabia researcher Joey Shea said IGF secretariat members
approached her as soon as she had finished moderating a workshop
during which Saudi rights activist Lina al-Hathloul, speaking via video link
from outside the country, accused Riyadh of monitoring the social media
of Saudis abroad and targeting them for arrest on their return.
"They took me, and then I grabbed my colleague just to have another
person in the room," Shea told Context. "They took me sort of to a private
room back in the security area and basically said that the host
government had complained against me."
The U.N. "failed to protect the most basic freedom of expression," Shea
said. For her, that represented the "most outrageous" aspect of the
incident.
"This is a U.N. conference about global internet policy, where civil society
has an official role, and they can't even uphold the U.N. Declaration on
Human Rights," Shea said.
461 | P a g e

Saudi Arabia's Ministry of Communications and Information Technology
did not respond to a request for comment.
Code of conduct or cowardly deference?
Asked for comment, the IGF Secretariat referred to a statement on its
website that said it had addressed concerns related to the code of
conduct with the parties involved.
"The secretariat's role in such instances is to uphold the established rules
and facilitate a constructive environment for dialogue," the
statement said.
Shea said organisers had told her the Saudi government had seen a video
she had shot during the forum and shared on HRW's social media in
which she mentioned by name Muhammad al-Ghamadi, a retired
teacher HRW said was sentenced to death in 2023 for his tweets,
retweets and YouTube activity.
462 | P a g e

A Saudi court overturned his death sentence last year and sentenced him
to 30 years in prison, rights group ALQST.
Shea said the organisers had told her that Saudi authorities had taken
issue with the video and the workshop. She said they considered the
mentioning of the names of individual human rights defenders to be
a violation of the code of conduct.
"Not only did they ... cowardly defer to the wishes of the host
government, but ... the conversation they had with me was not, 'they've
complained, you have freedom of speech, and we are going to protect
that'. It was, 'they've complained, and we're going to investigate this',"
Shea said.
Shea said the IGF had told her that her accreditation would be revoked,
but following discussions between the organisers and HRW headquarters
in New York, she had been allowed to stay.
463 | P a g e

Neutral forum or censorship?
HRW said the IGF had in December deleted a video recording of the
workshop that had been posted on its YouTube channel, then in January,
published a video of the event that edited out some of Hathloul's
remarks.
"The IGF also edited out the names and details of cases of human rights
defenders for whom a moment of silence was held. The secretariat also
removed this content from the session's online transcript," HRW said.
It said the edited video included a note on the screen that content had
been removed for violating the IGF code of conduct.
464 | P a g e

The IGF secretariat statement said all summit participants had to agree
to a abide by a code of conduct as a condition of their registration
"requiring that remarks focus on issues rather than specific actors".
These provisions, it said, were "not a measure to restrict legitimate
discourse, but rather to ensure that discussions remain issue-oriented
and that the IGF continues to serve as a neutral forum for debate on
critical global issues".
HRW said the incidents at the IGF "were the latest example of repressive
government hosting a major UN conference censoring and intimidating
civil society representatives".
465 | P a g e

SAUDI INTERIOR MINISTER VISITS INTERPOL HQ, REAFFIRMS
KINGDOM’S SUPPORT FOR GLOBAL SECURITY COOPERATION
466 | P a g e

Saudi Gazette report
LYON — Saudi Arabia’s Minister of Interior Prince Abdulaziz bin Saud
visited the headquarters of (5) THE INTERNATIONAL CRIMINAL POLICE
ORGANIZATION (Interpol) in Lyon, France, on Thursday, where he was
welcomed by Interpol President Maj. Gen. Dr. Ahmed Nasser Al-Raisi.
Prince Abdulaziz reaffirmed (5) THE KINGDOM’S STEADFAST SUPPORT
FOR (5) INTERPOL’S MISSION TO STRENGTHEN INTERNATIONAL (5)
COOPERATION IN COMBATING TRANSNATIONAL CRIME.
He noted that the visit comes at (5) THE DIRECTIVE OF SAUDI
LEADERSHIP, underscoring the Kingdom’s commitment (5) TO
BOLSTERING GLOBAL SECURITY COLLABORATION. During the visit, the
minister praised Interpol’s vital (5) ROLE IN ENHANCING SECURITY
PARTNERSHIPS (5) AMONG LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES worldwide,
contributing to INTERNATIONAL PEACE AND STABILITY.
467 | P a g e

For his part, Dr. Al-Raisi thanked Prince Abdulaziz for his strong (5)
COMMITMENT TO DEEPENING THE PARTNERSHIP (5) BETWEEN SAUDI
ARABIA AND INTERPOL. He highlighted the Kingdom’s (5) SIGNIFICANT
CONTRIBUTIONS THROUGH INNOVATIVE INITIATIVES (5) THAT HAVE
SUPPORTED CRIME-FIGHTING TOOLS and (5) ADVANCED REGIONAL
AND INTERNATIONAL SECURITY efforts.
The visit included discussions on expanding joint efforts between the
Saudi (5) MINISTRY OF INTERIOR AND INTERPOL in (5) THE FIGHT
AGAINST CROSS-BORDER CRIME, as well (5) AS ADDRESSING EMERGING
SECURITY CHALLENGES. The (5) TWO SIDES ALSO EXPLORED JOINT (5)
TRAINING INITIATIVES AND CAPACITY-BUILDING PROGRAMS. Prince
Abdulaziz was briefed on (5) INTERPOL’S LATEST PROGRAMS AND
INITIATIVES and toured (5) THE ORGANIZATION’S SECURITY
OPERATIONS CENTER, where he commended the (5) ADVANCED
TECHNOLOGICAL AND HUMAN CAPABILITIES he observed.
468 | P a g e

469 | P a g e

WHO WINS FROM THE IGF? NOT THOSE
LOCKED UP FOR SPEAKING OUT
Between December 15 and 19 this year, (5) THE KINGDOM OF SAUDI
ARABIA (KSA) will host the (5) UNITED NATIONS’ INTERNET
GOVERNANCE FORUM (IGF), one of the world’s (5) LARGEST AND
LONGEST-STANDING INTERNET FORUMS.
470 | P a g e

The IGF was founded on the principle that all stakeholders in the internet
should have a say in how it is run. For decades the IGF has provided a
place where internet users and civil society can actively engage with
corporations and governments to safeguard our freedoms online. Yet (5)
SAUDI ARABIA – THIS YEAR’S HOST – is (5) ONE OF THE WORST
REPRESSORS of online freedoms. (5) IT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR APPALLING
and (5) ONGOING ABUSES OF HUMAN RIGHTS. What safe spaces does
civil society have (5) IN A COUNTRY THAT BANS protests, political parties,
independent media and organizations?
471 | P a g e

We are not attending the IGF in person this year. Under the facade of (5)
MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN’S REFORM POLICY, VISION 2030, the Saudi
regime wants to pose itself as a global leader in tech and innovation. We
refuse to be instrumentalized as white-washing agents for the Saudi
regime, as so many other interest groups – from sport to fine art – have
been in recent years. We also refuse to allow the IGF to become another
fig leaf (5) FOR SAUDI REFORMS AND PROGRESSION.
472 | P a g e

473 | P a g e

474 | P a g e

475 | P a g e

476 | P a g e

477 | P a g e

Civil society presence in Riyadh is not a win. To the contrary, it’s a call to
shed light on (5) KSA’S LONG LIST OF ABUSES as it continues to escalate
its (5) CRACKDOWN ON FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION, targeting human
rights defenders, activists, and journalists, carrying out (5) ARBITRARY
ARRESTS AND UNFAIR TRIALS, (5) WITH SOME RECEIVING PRISON
SENTENCES of up to 45 (5) YEARS FOR EXPRESSING DISSENT ONLINE.
Those who fled the country are also not safe. While (5) GOVERNMENTS
AND COMPANIES ARE CONTENT (5) TO CONVENIENTLY TURN THE PAGE
(5) ON JAMAL KHASHOGGI’S BRUTAL MURDER, which shocked the
world back in 2018, his case stands as a stark reminder of how far the
Saudi regime (5) CAN REACH TO SILENCE DISSENT. To this day, the (5)
SAUDI REGIME HAS NOT BEEN (5) HELD ACCOUNTABLE FOR HIS KILLING.
478 | P a g e

479 | P a g e

Many other stories of state repression, therefore, continue undeterred.
As different delegations prepare to gather in Riyadh to discuss “advancing
human rights and inclusion in the digital age” or the “Internet We Want,”
they must (5) REMEMBER THE MANY SAUDI DETAINEES (5) WHO ARE
STUCK BEHIND BARS (5) FOR PEACEFULLY EXPRESSING THEMSELVES
ONLINE:
Osama Khalid: A medical doctor and Wikipedia administrator serving a
32-year sentence on charges defined as “swaying public opinion” and
“violating public morals.”
Manahel al-Otaibi: A fitness instructor and women’s rights activist
sentenced to 11 years after a secret trial with due process violations for
posts supporting women’s rights and Snapchat photos where she
appears without an abaya.
Salma al-Shehab: A PhD student and mother of two serving a 27-year
sentence and a travel ban for posts supporting women’s rights following
a grossly unfair trial.
Abdulrahman al-Sadhan: A humanitarian worker forcibly disappeared
since 2018 and sentenced to 20 years in prison for satirical posts based
on a confession extracted under duress.
Mohammad bin Nasser al-Ghamdi: A retired teacher initially sentenced
to death for his critical posts on X and YouTube, despite having only 10
followers, his sentence was later quashed and replaced with a 30-year
prison term.
What should be done in the face of this systematic repression? Human
rights organizations are increasingly asked to be complicit in geopolitical
bargaining. We join coalitions with governments, such as the Freedom
480 | P a g e

Online Coalition and the Media Freedom Coalition, and when we politely
raise that these coalitions should be doing something about gross
violations of rights, we are told to be pragmatic, to understand that
government hands are tied because of geopolitical concerns, and to
come back with something more "reasonable." But, there is our line in
the sand. We believe that our in-person attendance at this year’s IGF
would signal tacit agreement with the UN that KSA’s repression can be
overlooked or somehow normalized. We call on the UN and other states
to ensure that the discussions at IGF do not just pay lip service to human
rights but that KSA is held accountable for its track record.
We have seen time and time again that blatant human rights abusers are
rewarded with the glory of international events because they have
money. "No one else would host this because it is too expensive" is a key
reason the Olympics have been held in Russia and China and why the
World Cup has been on a world tour of rights abusers, including Saudi
Arabia. And each time, rights organizations try to use the events to call
attention to the rights violations – with almost no tangible impact.
Instead, the Olympics return to Russia and China. The protests are
shunted away from view. Laws are adopted that repress the ability to
speak and protest. The glory of the events belongs to the political
winners, while the protesters are, at best, labeled killjoys and, at worst,
silenced.
But the IGF is not a feel-good sporting event. The IGF is about policy and
is predicated on upholding the UN Charter and the Universal Declaration
on Human Rights – foundational documents for the United Nations. It
might be convenient to have the Saudis foot the IGF bill, but its human
rights price tag is astoundingly high: legitimizing digital authoritarianism
481 | P a g e

while excluding critical civil society voices under the guise of multistakeholderism.
Our decision not to participate in person at the IGF is rooted in our
commitment to human rights and the principles of accountability. It is
not an act of disengagement, but a stand against legitimizing the actions
of a regime that continues to silence voices, violate freedoms, and deny
justice to those who need it most. By staying true to our values, we aim
to highlight the urgency of ensuring that platforms like the IGF are not
co-opted by those who seek to undermine their foundational principles.
This is a moment to refocus on what truly matters: protecting the rights
and freedoms of the most vulnerable. We hope this decision inspires
critical reflection and drives meaningful change in how the global
community approaches human rights in spaces meant to champion
them.
482 | P a g e

483 | P a g e

CIVIL SOCIETY DEMANDS ACTION AHEAD OF INTERNET
GOVERNANCE FORUM
للقراءة بالعربية / Arabic Read in
We, the undersigned human rights organizations, urge the Government
of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to release people imprisoned for their
online expression and foster transparency and accountability, ahead of
the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) 2024 hosted in Riyadh between
December 15 and 19.
484 | P a g e

Over two months ago, on September 6, 2024, more than 40 civil society
organizations called on Saudi Arabia to immediately release all people
arbitrarily (5) IMPRISONED FOR THEIR ONLINE SPEECH. However, these
demands have not been met yet. As the IGF approaches, the systematic
(5) DIGITAL REPRESSION IN SAUDI ARABIA — this year’s host country —
stands in stark contradiction to the forum’s principle of fostering inclusive
digital spaces and its consistent support for human rights. The (5) SAUDI
GOVERNMENT CONTINUES TO ESCALATE its crackdown on freedom of
expression, targeting human rights defenders, women’s rights activists,
and journalists, with (5) SOME RECEIVING DISPROPORTIONATE PRISON
SENTENCES of up to 45 years for expressing dissent online. Authorities
(5) HAVE ALSO ABUSED SURVEILLANCE TOOLS, (5) INCLUDING THE
INFAMOUS PEGASUS SPYWARE, (5) TO MONITOR AND TARGET CRITICS
and (5) DISSIDENTS BOTH WITHIN AND BEYOND Saudi borders,
exemplifying (5) THE KINGDOM’S EXTENSIVE TRANSNATIONAL
REPRESSION.
485 | P a g e

The (5) RECORD BREAKING NUMBER OF EXECUTIONS IN (5) SAUDI
ARABIA THIS YEAR REFLECTS (5) A DEEPENING HUMAN RIGHTS CRISIS.
The execution of over 300 people, including more than 100 foreign
nationals, (5) UNDERSCORES THE KINGDOM’S DISREGARD FOR (5) DUE
PROCESS AND FUNDAMENTAL FREEDOMS.
Saudi authorities routinely engage in arbitrary arrests, unfair trials,
and severe sentences targeting those who exercise their right to free
expression online. The case of Mohammad bin Nasser al-Ghamdi and his
brothers demonstrates how state (5) REPRESSION CREATES A CHILLING
EFFECT, deterring others from exercising their right to free expression.
Initially sentenced (5) TO DEATH FOR CRITICAL POSTS on his X and
YouTube handles with an audience of just 10 followers, Nasser’s sentence
was commuted on September 24, 2024 to 30 years in prison. While the
commutation is important, his lengthy arbitrary detention
486 | P a g e

(5) CONTINUES TO CONSTITUTE A GRAVE
(5) INJUSTICE THAT HIGHLIGHTS THE SEVERE
(5) CRACKDOWN ON FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION.
The following emblematic
(5) CASES FURTHER HIGHLIGHT THE EXTENT
(5) OF REPRESSION IN THE COUNTRY:
Osama Khalid: a medical doctor and Wikipedia administrator serving a
32-year sentence (5) ON CHARGES OF “SWAYING PUBLIC OPINION” and
“violating public morals.”
Ziad al-Sufiani: a podiatrist and Arabic Wikipedia administrator, arrested
for contributing (5) TO AND EDITING WIKIPEDIA PAGES, like that of
women’s rights activist Loujain al-Hathloul.
Manahel al-Otaibi: a fitness instructor and women’s rights activist
sentenced to 11 years after a (5) SECRET TRIAL WITH DUE PROCESS
violations for (5) ONLINE POSTS SUPPORTING WOMEN’S RIGHTS and
Snapchat photos without an abaya.
Salma al-Shehab: a PhD student and mother of two serving a 27-year
sentence and travel ban (5) FOLLOWING A GROSSLY UNFAIR TRIAL (5)
FOR TWEETS SUPPORTING WOMEN’S RIGHTS.
Abdulrahman al-Sadhan: (5) A HUMANITARIAN WORKER FORCIBLY
DISAPPEARED in 2018 and sentenced to 20 years (5) IN PRISON FOR
SATIRICAL TWEETS, based on (5) A CONFESSION EXTRACTED UNDER
DURESS.
487 | P a g e

Loujain al-Hathloul: a women’s rights activist and one of Saudi Arabia’s
most prominent critics, who (5) WAS TARGETED WITH NSO SPYWARE in
2017, and (5) LATER ARRESTED, TORTURED, AND IMPRISONED after
being deported from the UAE in 2018.
488 | P a g e

489 | P a g e

These cases are part of the Saudi government’s broader strategy to
suppress dissent and control online narratives. Such repression of
fundamental human rights inherently contradicts the IGF’s mission to
promote open discussion on human rights and inclusivity in the digital
age. Additionally, Saudi Arabia is (5) COURTING BIG TECH INVESTMENTS
under the pretence (5) OF “CREATING A VIBRANT SOCIETY” under the
COUNTRY’S VISION 2030, while (5) SIMULTANEOUSLY SILENCING THOSE
OPPOSING IT, as in the case of Asaad al-Ghamdi, a Saudi teacher, who
was sentenced to (5) PRISON FOR CRITICIZING THE VISION (5) OF THE
SAUDI CROWN PRINCE. This also raises significant alarm about tech
companies’ complicity in human (5) RIGHTS VIOLATIONS IN THE
COUNTRY. Companies like Google, Microsoft, and Amazon continue to
(5) PARTNER WITH THE SAUDI GOVERNMENT, despite the lack of
safeguards to mitigate risks in a (5) COUNTRY NOTORIOUS FOR
SYSTEMATIC REPRESSION (5) AND LACK OF JUDICIAL OVERSIGHT.
Meanwhile, fears of surveillance, harassment, and reprisals deter
meaningful participation by civil society at this year’s IGF. The lack of
safety guarantees for participants diminishes the IGF’s role as a vital
multi-stakeholder space where civil society plays an indispensable role in
tech policy discussions.
In a couple of days, Saudi Arabia is poised to lead discussions on (5) THE
FUTURE OF DIGITAL GOVERNANCE while simultaneously silencing
critical voices, online and offline. Unless urgent steps are taken to address
these violations, the IGF risks becoming (5) A PLATFORM FOR
LEGITIMIZING REPRESSION.
490 | P a g e

491 | P a g e

We, once again, urgently call for:
The release of all prisoners of conscience: Saudi authorities must
immediately and unconditionally release all individuals imprisoned for
their online expression, including the six emblematic cases highlighted in
our initial statement.
Guaranteed safety at the IGF: implement transparent measures to ensure
the safety and freedom of participation for all IGF attendees, particularly
civil society representatives, and protection from reprisal and
transnational repression once they return home.
Saudi Arabia to be held accountable: IGF participants — including states,
international organizations, and individuals — must publicly advocate for
the release of detainees and address the ongoing human rights crisis
during the forum.
Hosting the IGF in Saudi Arabia without addressing these demands
undermines the forum’s mission and enables the Saudi government
to exploit this platform to whitewash its egregious rights violations. We
call on the international community to stand in solidarity with the victims
of repression in Saudi Arabia. The IGF must not serve as a tool for
legitimizing oppression but rather as an open platform for advancing
justice, human rights, and meaningful inclusivity.
Signatories
Access Now
ALQST For Human Rights
Amnesty International
ARTICLE 19
492 | P a g e

CIVICUS
DAWN
Egyptian Initiative for Personal Rights (EIPR)
Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF)
FairSquare
Freedom House
Gulf Centre for Human Rights (GCHR)
Human Rights Watch
Index on Censorship
INSM for Digital Rights- Iraq
Kandoo
Masaar, Egypt
Middle East Democracy Center (MEDC)
Open Net (Korea)
SMEX
Tech Global Institute
The Future of Free Speech
493 | P a g e

494 | P a g e

TECH COMPANY HUMAIN TO LAUNCH ALLAM,
FIRST SAUDI-DEVELOPED ARABIC AI MODEL
LONDON: A new Arabic-language artificial intelligence model called
Allam, created and trained in Saudi Arabia, is set for launch this month,
according to Tareq Amin, the CEO of the developer, tech company
Humain.
He said it was built by a team of 40 Ph.D.-level researchers in the
Kingdom, and described it as the best Arabic-language model yet
developed for the 350 million people worldwide who speak the
language, the majority of whom live in Arab countries.
495 | P a g e

496 | P a g e

497 | P a g e

“This is not just another large language model, it’s proof that the Arab
world can innovate, train and deploy AI at a world-class level, according
to our own standards,” Amin told Asharq Al-Awsat newspaper.
Allam was designed to understand classical forms of Arabic and regional
dialects, he added. It can converse in the Saudi, Egyptian, Jordanian and
Lebanese dialects, and understands cultural and political nuances.
The AI model will initially be available through Humain Chat, a free
Arabic-language app similar to ChatGPT. Humain, which is part of Saudi
Arabia’s Public Investment Fund, said it has been tested for use in
sensitive applications.
“ChatGPT will never have the datasets we do (to develop an Arabic AI),”
Amin said. “I want the Arab world to start asking: Why don’t we build a
coalition to create AI models that reflect our culture and values?”
The PIF established Humain to lead the Kingdom’s AI strategy, harnessing
expertise from Aramco Digital and the Saudi Data and Artificial
Intelligence Authority’s National Center for AI.
Amin said he views the launch of Allam as a starting point for ongoing
improvement, fueled by user feedback from the Arab world. The
company plans to create a marketplace through which developers and
businesses can access the AI linguistic model, with a particular focus on
government bodies and private-sector organizations in industries such as
tourism and healthcare that rely heavily on Arabic for the provision of
services.
“(Allam) is the spark that can shift the Middle East’s position in the global
digital economy from consumer to creator of original platforms and
products,” Amin said.
498 | P a g e

“We don’t yet have a complete AI ecosystem of developers and
companies. We need to believe in our abilities, and the time is now.”
Amin considers AI as “the foundation upon which the entire” SAUDI
VISION 2023 plan for national development and diversification is being
built across various sectors including tourism, healthcare and industry.
He praised (5) CROWN PRINCE MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN’S approach
to AI (5) AS “BOTH VISIONARY AND PRAGMATIC,” treating the
technology “not as an optional tool but as a necessity for economic
growth, citizen empowerment and sector-wide adoption.”
Amin added that Allam is Humain’s flagship model and ultimately the
success of the tech company will primarily stem from the people who are
part of it, in particular the rich pool of Saudi AI talent.
“Some doubted whether we had the capabilities,” he said. “I told them:
come and see for yourself.”
499 | P a g e

500 | P a g e

501 | P a g e

502 | P a g e

503 | P a g e

504 | P a g e

505 | P a g e

506 | P a g e

507 | P a g e

508 | P a g e

509 | P a g e

510 | P a g e

511 | P a g e

512 | P a g e

513 | P a g e

514 | P a g e

515 | P a g e

516 | P a g e

BRAIN IMPLANTS AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. THE BEAST
WILL HAVE LITERAL ACCESS AND CONTROL.
https://youtu.be/NoMPLBN8O8Q
517 | P a g e

518 | P a g e

519 | P a g e

I DIED & WHAT JESUS REVEALED ABOUT THE
MARK OF THE BEAST
It wasn't like sunlight or artificial light it was Pure Living light that seemed
to come from everywhere and nowhere at once. I felt myself being drawn
upward, surrounded by this incredible Radiance.
That's when I heard his voice, “Erica,” He said. And my soul trembled with
recognition, it was Jesus. And though I couldn't see his face clearly at first
because of the intense light, I knew it was him with every fiber of my
being.
520 | P a g e

His presence was filled with such love, such Authority, that tears
streamed down my spiritual face as my eyes adjusted to the light. I could
see him more clearly his appearance was both familiar and Indescribable.
His eyes held such depth of love and wisdom, that I felt completely
known, completely understood. Every sin, every doubt, every fear I'd
ever had, was laid bare before him. Yet his love remained unchanging.
“My child,” he said, “I have brought you here for a purpose what I am
about to show you must be shared with my people many are asleep and
the deception coming is greater than they imagine.”
521 | P a g e

I found myself able to speak, though not with physical words. Lord, I said
who will listen to me?
His smile was gentle but firm, he said, “I have always used the humble
to confound the wise do not worry about who will listen your task is to
share what I show you I will take care of the rest.”
with these words Jesus Took my hand and suddenly we were standing in
what appeared to be a normal City street but somehow I knew we were
seeing events from the near future everything looked almost the same
as our world today but there were subtle differences.
“Watch carefully,” Jesus instructed, “And see how the enemy will
deceive even the elect, if it were possible.”
The scene before us was bustling with activity people, walked past us
going about their daily lives. But there was something different about
them, everyone seemed to be interacting with technology in a way that
was far more integrated than anything I'd seen before.
522 | P a g e

I saw a woman walk into a coffee shop, she didn't take out a phone or
card to pay. She simply waved her hand over a sensor and the
transaction was complete. A small light under her skin glowed briefly.
523 | P a g e

As she did this, Lord I asked, is this (5) THE MARK OF THE BEAST?
“No,” Jesus replied, “This is what comes before, (5) WATCH HOW THE
DECEPTION UNFOLDS.”
The scene shifted and I saw countless images of how this technology (5)
HAD BEEN GRADUALLY INTRODUCED WORLDWIDE. It started innocently
enough, tiny chips that replaced credit cards, house keys, and medical
records.
Everyone adopted them including Christians seeing them as nothing
more than helpful tools for modern living. I watched as Church
congregations embraced these devices wholeheartedly. They used them
to access their digital Bibles, give tithes and check in to Church events.
No one questioned it because it didn't involve worship or pledging
allegiance to anything or anyone, it was just technology, or so they
thought.
524 | P a g e

“Notice,” Jesus said, his voice filled with concern. “How the enemy first
introduces things that seem harmless even helpful. Satan knows that a
sudden change would alert my people. Instead, he moves slowly,
gradually like a serpent slowly coiling around its prey.”
The scene continued to unfold before us, the technology became more
sophisticated, more integrated into daily life. Soon, the devices were
monitoring health predicting illness before it happened even regulating
people's sleep patterns and (5) MOOD THROUGH SUBTLE BIOCHEMICAL
ADJUSTMENTS.
“My child,” Jesus said, noting my amazement at these advances.
“Remember, that not all that Glitters Is Gold. The enemy knows how to
package his deceptions in beautiful wrapping.”
525 | P a g e

I watched as parents eagerly had their children implanted with these
devices it's for their safety they would say now we can always know
where they are monitor their health ensure they're safe at school the
technology was particularly marketed toward children presented as a
way to protect them in an increasingly dangerous world.
Lord, I said, I can see how helpful this all seems how can we warn people
against something that appears to do so much good Jesus looked at me
with deep sadness in his eyes.
“This is why the deception is so effective, the enemy knows that my
people would reject something obviously evil, so he comes as an angel
of Light, offering solutions to problems promising to make life better.
526 | P a g e

527 | P a g e

528 | P a g e

I saw how the technology (5) BEGAN TO AFFECT PEOPLE'S BEHAVIOR in
subtle (5) WAYS THOSE WITH THE IMPLANTS became increasingly
dependent on them for (5) EVERYTHING FROM REGULATING THEIR
EMOTIONS to making decisions. The devices would suggest what to eat,
when to sleep, who to spend time with, even what to think about certain
issues.
“Watch this carefully,” Jesus instructed. Directing my attention to a
family having dinner. The scene showed parents and children sitting
together, but something was off. Their conversations seemed scripted,
(5) THEIR EMOTIONS MEASURED AND CONTROLLED. The devices were
subtly influencing their MOODS, their THOUGHTS, their very
PERSONALITIES.
529 | P a g e

Can't they see what's happening to them? I asked, my heartbreaking at
the sight.
“They see only the benefits,” Jesus replied. “They see better HEALTH,
more STABILITY, greater CONVENIENCE. They don't realize they're
trading their free will, their ability to choose me freely, for these
temporary Comforts.”
The Vision shifted to show me various scenes from around the world. I
saw how the technology was being implemented differently in different
cultures, but always with the same underlying goal. (5) TO CREATE
DEPENDENCY AND CONTROL. In some places, it was promoted through
Health Care Systems, in others through financial incentives, in yet others
through social pressure and the fear of being left behind.
But everywhere the message was the same, this is progress, this is
necessary, this is good. I watched as those who questioned the
technology were marginalized. They were labeled as CONSPIRACY
THEORISTS, DISSIDENTS, ANTI-PROGRESS or simply afraid of change.
Even in churches, those who raised concerns were often dismissed as
being paranoid, or lacking faith in God's protection.
530 | P a g e

“MY (7) PEOPLE ARE PERISHING FOR LACK OF KNOWLEDGE.” Jesus said,
quoting the scripture.
531 | P a g e

“They have forgotten that I warned them to be wise as serpents and
innocent as doves. They have embraced the wisdom of the world and
forgotten the wisdom that comes from above.”
“The scene shifted again, and I saw how the technology was affecting
children's development. Young ones who grew up with these implants
showed subtle but significant differences from those without them. Their
capacity for INDEPENDENT THOUGHT, for GENUINE EMOTION, for
SPIRITUAL SENSITIVITY, all were diminished.
“(5) THE ENEMY TARGETS THE YOUNG,” Jesus explained. “Because they
will accept without question what their Elders might scrutinize. A whole
generation is being prepared to accept what is coming.”
I saw education systems being transformed around this technology.
Children were taught that their implants were part of who they were as
natural as any other part of their bodies. They were encouraged to trust
the guidance of their devices above their own instincts, above their
parents' wisdom and ultimately above God's word.
Lord, I said, my voice trembling, this is heartbreaking, how can people
not see where this is leading?
“Because,” Jesus replied, “They are looking with physical eyes, not
spiritual ones. They see the surface benefits, but not the spiritual cost.
They see the temporal advantages, but not the Eternal consequences.”
The scene before us suddenly changed dramatically I saw CHAOS
ERUPTING across the WORLD BANKS, FAILING POWER GRIDS,
CRASHING SUPPLY CHAINS breaking down. People were scared,
desperate for solutions.
532 | P a g e

“Watch now,” Jesus said, “FOR THIS (7) IS HOW THE MARK WILL BE
INTRODUCED.”
I saw world leaders appearing on screens everywhere announcing a new
solution. The existing technology that everyone had become dependent
on, would need to be upgraded to (5) A NEW MORE SECURE SYSTEM.
They called it a necessary step to prevent further crises. ‘REBOOT 666.’
533 | P a g e

534 | P a g e

“Pay attention,” Jesus said. “To (5) HOW THEY WILL PRESENT IT.”
I watched as media Outlets promoted the upgrade, it was portrayed as
simply the next version of what people already had. Religious leaders
appeared on television, assuring their followers that it was just
technology, not (5) THE MARK OF THE BEAST. They pointed out that (5)
IT DIDN'T REQUIRE WORSHIPING ANYONE OR (5) PLEDGING
ALLEGIANCE TO ANY LEADER now.
Jesus said, “I (7) WILL SHOW YOU WHAT THEY CANNOT SEE.”
535 | P a g e

Suddenly, I could see the spiritual realm alongside the physical. What I
saw, horrified me. As people received the upgrade or reboot, a (5)
SUBTLE DARKNESS ENTERED THEIR SPIRITS. It wasn't obvious at first,
they could still pray, still go to church, still read their Bibles, but
something had changed.
“The mark,” Jesus explained, “Will not be forced with violence, at first
it will be accepted willingly, even eagerly. The enemy has learned that
persecution only makes my people stronger. Instead, he will use
deception, making the mark seem like a natural beneficial step
forward.”
536 | P a g e

I watched as weeks and months passed. In the vision, those who had
accepted the reboot, began to change in subtle ways. Their prayers
became more mechanical, less heartfelt. Their worship became more
about routine, than relationship. Most importantly, their ability to
discern spiritual truth began to fade.
Lord, I asked, Why can't they see what's happening to them?
“Because the change is gradual,” he replied. “Like a frog and slowly
heating water. They don't realize they're being cut off from my spirit,
until it's too late.”
The vision showed me how the upgrade affected different aspects of
society. In healthcare, it promised perfect health monitoring and
automatic treatment. In finance, it offered complete Security and
universal access to resources. In relationships, it claimed to facilitate
better understanding and communication.
But what broke my heart most, was watching (5) FAMILIES MAKE THE
DECISION TOGETHER. (5) PARENTS WOULD GATHER THEIR CHILDREN,
explaining how this upgrade would keep them safe, help them succeed
in school, and ensure their future (5) IN THE NEW WORLD SYSTEM.
They genuinely believed they were doing what was best for their
children.
“Watch closely,” Jesus instructed, “See how they will use fear to push
those who are hesitant.
I saw news reports about children being denied education, about people
losing their jobs about families being unable to buy food or medicine. The
pressure to accept the upgrade became intense. Churches split over the
537 | P a g e

issue with many leaders advocating for acceptance to maintain their
witness in society.
“My child,” Jesus said, His voice filled with sorrow. “Do you see how the
enemy uses good intentions to lead people astray? They think they are
making wise choices, being responsible citizens and parents, but they
are actually choosing to separate themselves from me.”
The vision shifted to show me the technology itself. It wasn't just a
physical implant anymore. It had somehow (5) BECOME INTEGRATED
WITH HUMAN CONSCIOUSNESS. People's THOUGHTS, EMOTIONS, and
even their capacity for SPIRITUAL CONNECTION, were being altered.
“(5) THIS IS THE TRUE DANGER,” Jesus explained, “(5) THE MARK
DOESN'T JUST CHANGE (5) WHAT PEOPLE CAN BUY OR SELL, (5) IT
CHANGES WHO THEY ARE. (5) IT CORRUPTS THE IMAGE OF God in which
they were created.”
538 | P a g e

I saw how the upgrade affected different Generations differently. The
elderly often resisted at first, remembering simpler times. The middleaged
usually accepted it for practical reasons. But the young, they
embraced it enthusiastically, seeing it as the next step in human
evolution.
Lord, I asked, what happened to those who accept this upgrade?
Jesus's expression was solemn as he showed me the spiritual
consequences. “(5) THOSE WHO ACCEPT IT WILLINGLY, SEAL THEIR
ETERNAL FATE. The upgrade (5) DOESN'T JUST CHANGE THEIR BODIES,
(5) IT FUNDAMENTALLY ALTERS THEIR ABILITY to connect with me. They
can (5) NO LONGER FEEL THE CONVICTION of the (5) HOLY SPIRIT OR
UNDERSTAND SPIRITUAL TRUTH.”
539 | P a g e

540 | P a g e

541 | P a g e

542 | P a g e

543 | P a g e

I watched in horror as people who had once been passionate Believers
gradually became spiritually numb. Their words might still sound
religious but their hearts had become hardened. They could still quote
scripture, but couldn't feel its power. They could still talk about God, but
couldn't hear his voice.
But Lord, I asked, what about those who resist?
The scene shifted and I saw another group, those who had refused the
upgrade. They faced increasing difficulties they couldn't buy food from
regular stores or send their children to Public Schools. Many lost their
jobs, but SPIRITUALLY THEY WERE, (7) SHINING LIKE BEACONS IN THE
GROWING DARKNESS.
544 | P a g e

“These are my faithful ones,” Jesus said, with deep love in his voice.
“They can see what others cannot because they have kept their spiritual
eyes open. They have studied my word and learned to discern truth
from lies.”
545 | P a g e

546 | P a g e

547 | P a g e

I watched as these Believers formed communities supporting each other,
sharing resources, helping those who were struggling. They weren't
violent or fearful, they were peaceful but firm in their conviction. What
should people watch for I asked? How can they recognize this when it
begins?
Jesus replied, “First, watch for technology that (5) PROMISES TO MAKE
YOU BETTER than how I created you. The (5) ENEMY WILL OFFER
IMPROVEMENTS TO (5) THE HUMAN MIND AND BODY, but these will
come with (5) A COST TO THE SOUL. Second, (5) NOTICE WHEN
CONVENIENCE BECOMES COMPULSORY, what begins as (5) OPTIONAL
WILL SLOWLY BECOME NECESSARY for daily life. Third, pay attention to
how the technology affects children. (5) THE ENEMY TARGETS THE
YOUNG, knowing (5) THEY WILL ACCEPT MORE EASILY, what their
parents might question. Fourth, observe how it (5) CHANGES PEOPLE'S
RELATIONSHIP WITH ME. (5) ANYTHING THAT DULLS SPIRITUAL
SENSITIVITY, that (5) MAKES PRAYER FEEL MORE DISTANT, that (5)
REDUCES THE CONVICTION OF SIN, these are warnings.”
Then Jesus showed me something beautiful in the midst of all this
Darkness I saw Light breaking through those who had refused the mark
were being protected and provided for in Supernatural ways they had a
peace that made no sense in their circumstances.
“My people will not be abandoned!” Jesus assured me. “Just as I
provided for Elijah by the brook and for the Israelites in the wilderness.
I will provide for those who stay faithful to me.”
I saw angels surrounding the homes of Believers protecting them from
harm I. saw miraculous provision, food multiplying, needs being met in
548 | P a g e

unexpected ways. Most importantly, I saw their relationships with Jesus
growing deeper and stronger through their trials.
Lord, I asked, what should people do to prepare?
Jesus's answer was clear. “Tell them to strengthen their relationship with
me (5) NOW BEFORE THE DECEPTION COMES. They must know my voice
so well that they can recognize when something is not from me. Tell
them to study my word diligently, the answers are there, but they must
know the truth to recognize the lies. Tell them to build real relationships
with other believers, they will need each other in the times to come. Tell
them to teach their children to love me more than they love the world's
conveniences and most importantly, tell them not to fear I have
549 | P a g e

overcome the world. And those who stay faithful to me will share in
that Victory.”
Suddenly, I felt a pulling sensation. “It's time for you to return”, Jesus
said. “Remember, everything you have seen.”
But Lord, I protested, there's so much more I want to ask. His smile was
full of love, “What I have shown (7) YOU IS ENOUGH, SHARE IT
FAITHFULLY THOSE (7) WHO HAVE EARS TO HEAR WILL LISTEN.”
550 | P a g e

551 | P a g e

552 | P a g e

God has entrusted me with many prophetic dreams over the years. Some
of them I've shared, some of them I haven't shared. Always waiting on
the Lord for his timing and for his purposes. And yes, I had a dream about
the Antichrist. And it was DURING THE TRIBULATION period in Revelation
chapter13.
And basically, in my dream I was in along long line of other Christians.
And the line ultimately began at a PLATFORM WITH A GUILLOTINE with
the ANTICHRIST on the platform surrounded by other powerful people
and a whole vast, a whole vast outward area of people watching,
watching, spectators and in in as I was in the line. I don't know where I
was exactly if it was at the ending, but I know I was far away from the
from the start of the lineup by the platform. I was far away.
And as I'm standing there and I see this ANTICHRIST, this figure on the
platform, very, very, impressive man, very, VERY, POWERFUL MAN. I
could see that THIS MAN HAD AUTHORITY. THIS MAN HAD INFLUENCE
and HE HAD A SPIRITUAL POWER about him.
And as I was standing in the line, all I could all I could think of was wanting
to get to the front of the line, wanting to get to the front of the line,
wanting to go home to be with the Lord. That's all I could think about.
And I kept on kept on, you know, praying and just wanting that line to
hurry up.
Speed up, speed up so that I could get up there. And it took quite some
time. I HAD NO FEAR AT ALL. NO FEAR AT ALL. NO APPREHENSIONS, NO
PANIC, NO DISTRESS, NOTHING LIKE THAT AT ALL. IN FACT, NOBODY IN
THE LINE THAT I WAS AWARE OF HAD ANY SENSE OF FEAR OR
TREPIDATION, ANYTHING LIKE THAT.
553 | P a g e

554 | P a g e

555 | P a g e

And finally, it came my turn to go up the stairs of the platform and to
PROCEED TO THE GUILLOTINE. And there was the ANTICHRIST just
almost like a towering figure looking at me. And people beside him came
and they took me and they laid me down ON THE GUILLOTINE with my
face down.
And I said to them, I said, "I want to be looking up." And the ANTICHRIST
laughed, mocking me, mocking me, laughing in scorn. And they turned
me upside down. They turned me over. and I was facing up to the sky and
the next thing I know THE BLADE CAME DOWN AND I WAS IMMEDIATELY
TRANSPORTED INTO THE VERY GLORY OF HEAVEN.
IMMEDIATELY, NO PAIN, NO SUFFERING, NO STRUGGLE, NO FEAR. THE
BLADE CAME DOWN AND I WAS IMMEDIATELY IN THE PRESENCE OF
GOD IN THE GLORY, IN THE PEACE, IN THE JOY IN THE RAPTURE OF
HEAVEN.
And the dream ended. And that was a dream that really caused me to
understand that no matter what struggles, no, no matter what trials or
persecutions we go through in this life, and we do, THE BIBLE'S VERY
CLEAR ON THAT, ALL WHO LIVE GODLY IN CHRIST JESUS SHALL SUFFER
PERSECUTION.
556 | P a g e

Look at a group of people who are (7) UNDER THE ALTAR
OF GOD IN HEAVEN, (7) WHO HAVE BEEN MARTYRED FOR
THEIR FAITH during THE GREAT TRIBULATION. These are
(7) THE PEOPLE WE CALL THE TRIBULATION SAINTS. Most
of them, more than likely, considered themselves to be
Christians before the Tribulation began, but their faith
was not real. But as the seals are broken, and the
trumpets of judgment are blown, and the bowls of God’s
wrath are poured out on this wicked world, they come to
their senses, and they finally get (7) SERIOUS ABOUT
THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE LORD, and THEY ARE
SAVED.
557 | P a g e

In Revelation chapter 20, we see the scene of THOSE WHO WERE
BEHEADED for their testimony for Christ. And I'll read it to you. It's in
Revelation chapter 20. This was the scene of my dream. And it says this.
John says,
"I saw thrones and they sat upon them and judgment was given unto
them. And I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness
of Jesus and for the word of God, and which had not worshiped the
beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their
forehead or in their hands, and they lived and reigned with Christ a
thousand years.”
558 | P a g e

559 | P a g e

John says, "I saw the souls (7) OF THOSE WHO WERE BEHEADED FOR
CHRIST." How many? Multitudes. Multitudes. The Bible says (7) THAT
MULTITUDES CAME OUT OF GREAT TRIBULATION. And they (7) WERE
THOSE WHO WERE MARTYRED FOR CHRIST. And they (7) HAVE WASHED
THEIR ROBES IN THE BLOOD (7) OF THE LAMB AND MADE THEM WHITE.
(7) THAT WAS A SYMBOL OF THEIR RIGHTEOUSNESS. That was (7) A
SYMBOL OF THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH CHRIST, because they refused to
worship the ANTICHRIST. They refused to worship THE IDOL that (5) THE
FALSE PROPHET HAD SETUP. And (5) THE FALSE PROPHET MADE
EVERYBODY to (5) WORSHIP THE IDOL OF THE ANTICHRIST. (7) AND
WHOEVER REFUSED WERE PUT TO DEATH.
560 | P a g e

561 | P a g e

562 | P a g e

563 | P a g e

https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/read/70760285/the
-3-in-gatherings-the-first-resurrection
564 | P a g e

That was my dream. And it was very powerful. And some people believe
today and they teach today that that the ANTICHRIST is not a literal
person, but it's more like a system, an ANTICHRIST SYSTEM. Well, yes.
Guess what? We're living under an ANTICHRIST SYSTEM in here in North
America, Canada, and the United States. We are living in an ANTICHRIST
SYSTEM. There is an ANTICHRIST SPIRIT that is calling the shots today in
our nations. An ANTICHRIST SPIRIT. But that is not the same as the
ANTICHRIST who is one to come. The MAN OF SIN that Paul writes about
in 2 Thessalonians, I believe it's chapter 3. A (7) MAN OF SIN, A MAN OF
PERDITION, (7) A REAL LIVING MAN WHO ALREADY RIGHT (7) NOW HAS
BEEN PREPARED AND IS IN (7) THE BACKGROUND JUST WAITING FOR
HIS APPEARING.
565 | P a g e

566 | P a g e

(7) WAITING FOR HIS UNVEILING TO COME OUT. He's going to be a FALSE
MAN OF PEACE. This is A REAL MAN. He's going to have the answers to
the to the dilemma, to all the issues of the world right now, the violence,
the wars, the terrorism, the economy. HE'S going to have the answer. And
it's (7) GOING TO CAUSE THE ENTIRE WORLD TO (7) WORSHIP HIM AND
TO TURN TO HIM. (7) AND HE'S GOING TO BE THE ANTICHRIST. And the
ANTICHRIST does not necessarily mean against Christ. (5) IT ALSO
MEANS ANOTHER CHRIST.
567 | P a g e

He's going to come. He's going to set up his throne in the temple in Israel.
He's going to rule from Israel. And the Bible says that he is A LITERAL
MAN. And the Bible tells us in Revelation 20 that the ANTICHRIST and the
false prophet were both thrown alive into the lake of fire. You don't throw
a system into the lake of fire. You don't throw an ANTICHRIST SPIRIT into
the lake of fire alive. You throw A REAL LIVING MAN and the false prophet,
whoever they happen to be. They're going to be thrown alive. That will be
the end. That will be their demise for all of eternity. Thrown alive into the
lake of fire.
568 | P a g e

But those of us who have trusted Christ regardless of what we've gone
through, regardless of what we will go through, those of us who have
trusted Christ as our Lord and Savior and who have refused to bow down
to the idols of this world, we're going to live and rule and way and reign
with Christ for eternity.
Hallelujah. When Christ comes back to set up his kingdom upon this earth
in Jerusalem, you and I are going to rule and reign with him. Glory to God.
In fact, the Apostle Paul said, ' Don't you know that you're going to rule
angels? Like, wow. Wow. Wow. We're not just going to be floating on a
cloud playing a harp. No, we're going to be we're going to be ruling. We're
going to be building. We're going to be exploring. We're going to be, we're
going to be, you know, working for the kingdom of eternity, glory to God,
on this earth for a thousand years.
569 | P a g e

And then the Bible says that there's going to be a new heaven and a new
earth wherein dwelleth righteousness for all of eternity. There will be no
more sin. There will be no more suffering. There will be no more
struggling. There will be no more death. There will be no more parting.
There will be no more tears. Praise God. We're going to be ruling with
Christ for all of eternity in utter joy and peace and blessing under the rule
of almighty God. Hallelujah.
In his presence. That's what we have to look forward to. Praise God. So, I
just wanted to share that dream with you today to let you know that
regardless of what's ahead. All I'm saying is be ready. Be ready for when
that trumpet sounds. Be ready. And uh you know, whatever we're going
to be going through in the next few years as things are heating up on this
earth and you know that. But hallelujah, God is still in control and God is
going to bring his people through. Praise the Lord. Heknows how to
570 | P a g e

deliver the godly out of out of persecution. The Bible says that God knows
how to deliver the godly out of persecution. So, he's going to bring us
through and we're going to rule with him for eternity. Father, I pray God
today, Lord, for the viewers again.
Lord, I pray for the peace of God that passes all understanding to keep
their hearts and minds in Christ Jesus, anchored, Lord, anchored, Lord, in
you, God. For we have nothing to fear. Hallelujah. Lord, I thank you for
that, God, that you are, Lord, that very present hope, that very present
help in all times of trouble. Hallelujah. We shall not fear though the earth
be removed. And Lord, though the mountains be cast into the sea, God,
we thank you, Lord. We shall not fear. For our God is a very present help.
And Lord, your word says to be still and know that you are God and you
will be exalted in all the earth. Lord, the kingdoms of this world shall
tremble under your presence.
God, we thank you, Lord Jesus, that Lord, we are victorious through him.
Through Lord, through our testimony and through the blood of the lamb,
we overcome. We are more than conquerors through Jesus Christ.
Hallelujah. Lord, we thank you, God, that shin sin shall not have dominion
over us, but God, you've given us dominion. Hallelujah. To rule and to
reign with Jesus Christ, our Lord and Savior, our soon coming King. In Jesus
mighty name we pray. We shall not fear. But God, we have authority.
Hallelujah. We have authority over the works of darkness in this world
today. God, let us use that authority until Christ comes. In Jesus mighty
name. We shall see the blessing and the goodness of God come to pass in
the land of the living here and now. Until Christ comes. In your mighty
name, Jesus, we pray. Amen and amen. Praise God. God bless you.
571 | P a g e

572 | P a g e

573 | P a g e

574 | P a g e

'YOU WILL BE LIKE GOD': THE FALSE GOSPEL OF
TRANSHUMANISM
The race to merge man with machine is no longer confined to the pages
of science fiction. It's unfolding right now--in biotech labs, boardrooms,
and elite tech circles--with a conviction that borders on religious zeal. (5)
THE NEW GOSPEL IS CLEAR: humanity is broken, death is the enemy, and
(5) SALVATION WILL COME THROUGH SILICON, not Scripture.
• In this gospel, (5) YOU DON'T REPENT. YOU UPGRADE.
• (5) YOU DON'T WAIT FOR RESURRECTION. You upload.
• You don't (5) FOLLOW GOD. YOU BECOME HIM.
575 | P a g e

In a recent conversation on Interesting Times, tech billionaire Peter Thiel
voiced what many in Silicon Valley now believe: humanity must radically
transform if it hopes to survive. "We want more transformation than
transgenderism," Thiel declared. "We want you to be able to change your
heart and change your mind and change your whole body."
He even compared this vision to Christianity's promise of resurrection,
noting that the difference lies in who initiates the transformation. In
Thiel's version, we do. In the Christian Gospel, God does. That difference
is everything.
THE NEW GNOSTICISM: YOUR BODY IS THE PROBLEM
The philosophy beneath transhumanism is eerily familiar. It's a modern
revival of ancient Gnosticism--the belief that the material world is evil
and that true salvation lies in shedding the flesh to become a purely
spiritual or intellectual being. Today, that looks like brain-computer
interfaces, synthetic neurons, AI-generated consciousness, and the hope
of digital immortality. And it's not a fringe movement anymore.
Just this past month:
Neuralink's Brain Implant Enters Human Trials
Elon Musk's Neuralink is actively implanting chips into human brains.
Musk's stated goals are to treat neurological disorders and "secure the
future of humanity" by integrating us with artificial intelligence. He
envisions a future where minds connect wirelessly and diseases are
outpaced by code.
MIT Announces Progress on Synthetic Brain Tissue
576 | P a g e

Researchers at MIT have developed synthetic neurons capable of
mimicking real brain activity. Their long-term goal is to replace portions
of the human brain with artificial components--raising questions not just
of health, but of identity and autonomy.
DIGITAL CONSCIOUSNESS RESEARCH ACCELERATES
A recent study published in The Royal Society Interface details progress
toward preserving human consciousness in digital form. In other words,
your memories, personality, and mind could soon be uploaded to the
cloud, awaiting resurrection not by God--but by the next software
update.
These aren't isolated scientific curiosities. They are steps in an
orchestrated march toward "solving" death and re-creating humanity in
the image of our own design.
TRANSHUMANISM: A CHRISTIAN HERESY WEARING A
LAB COAT
One of the clearest proofs that Christianity speaks truth is how far
mankind will go to mimic its promises without accepting its King.
Transhumanists recognize humanity's greatest problem--death--and our
deepest longing--eternal life. But they reject the means God has given to
fulfill that longing. Instead of kneeling before the Creator, they seek to
become Him. It's no coincidence that Thiel named his company
"Palantir"--after the all-seeing stones in The Lord of the Rings that
ultimately corrupt their users.
577 | P a g e

They want glory without grace. Eternity without obedience. Resurrection
without the cross.
In That Hideous Strength, C.S. Lewis envisioned this precise moment:
scientists attempting to escape the burden of humanity by uploading
themselves into a new, artificial existence. A disembodied "Head"
promises immortality but delivers only death. Lewis wasn't writing
prophecy--but he came eerily close.
578 | P a g e
AI: THE ENGINE OF THE MACHINE GOSPEL
Artificial Intelligence isn't just a tool anymore. It's become a priesthood
of sorts--guiding humanity into a post-human future. With each leap in
generative models, synthetic biology, and robotics, the line between
creature and creator gets blurrier.
We're told AI will make us smarter, healthier, more connected. But what's
really happening is far more spiritual: AI is teaching people to believe that
human limitations--aging, biology, mortality--are bugs in a system we can
rewrite.

THE TRANSHUMANIST VISION NOW SAYS:
• (5) YOUR MIND IS NOW SOFTWARE.
• (5) YOUR BODY IS OUTDATED HARDWARE.
• The solution? (5) REPROGRAM YOURSELF NOW INTO ETERNITY.
But this is not salvation. It's a counterfeit. A false gospel dressed in white
coats and venture capital.
THE TRUE PATH TO ETERNAL LIFE
Here's the irony: the transhumanists aren't entirely wrong about the
problem. Death is the enemy. Life is meant to last forever. Our hearts do
cry out for transformation.
But the answer isn't found in a lab. It's found on a cross.
Only Christ has conquered death. Only He can transform hearts. Only He
will raise our bodies, not as metal and memory, but as glorified, eternal
reflections of the image of God.
Thiel and others may yet come to recognize this. May their curiosity lead
them past the limits of technology to the feet of the Savior. Until then,
believers must stay alert. Because the real danger of transhumanism isn't
just bad science--it's a seductive spiritual lie. "You will be like God," the
serpent promised. It didn't lead to immortality then. And it won't now.
579 | P a g e

580 | P a g e

BRAIN IMPLANT TRANSLATES SILENT INNER
SPEECH INTO WORDS, BUT CRITICS RAISE
FEARS OF MIND READING WITHOUT CONSENT
Postdoctoral scholar Erin Kunz holds a microelectrode array. Surgically
implanted in the brain’s surface layer, the array records neural activity
patterns directly from the brain to a computer.
581 | P a g e

Our inner voice has always been a sanctuary — a private psychological
space where half-formed sentences float safely between thought and
speech. But what happens when machines can hear it too?
That’s the question raised by a striking new study where researchers
from Stanford University’s BrainGate2 project report they have, for the
first time, decoded “inner speech” — the experience of talking to oneself
internally, often described as a voice in your head — directly from human
brain activity.
For people with paralysis or advanced ALS (amyotrophic lateral sclerosis),
the promise of brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) has always been
compelling. Previously, scientists have used BCIs to allow patients
to control robotic arms or even drones only using their thoughts. Other
BCIs focused on communication, such as systems that allowed patients
to type on a computer screen by focusing their thoughts on particular
words.
Until now, most communication BCIs required patients to
physically try speaking, even if no sound came out. This “attempted
speech” produced reliable electrical signals in the motor cortex, which AI
could then translate into words.
But attempted speech is exhausting. “If we could decode [inner speech],
then that could bypass the physical effort,” neuroscientist Erin Kunz of
Stanford, lead author of the new paper, told the New York Times. “It
would be less tiring, so they could use the system for longer.”
So her team asked: could the brain’s signals while imagining words —
with no movement at all — be enough?
582 | P a g e

The answer was yes. Across four participants with ALS or brainstem
stroke, tiny microelectrodes implanted directly in the brain’s motor
cortex picked up distinct firing patterns when they pictured sentences
like ‘I don’t know how long you’ve been here‘. Researchers then
employed AI models that were trained to detect neural activity linked to
specific phonemes — the basic units of speech — and assemble them
into sentences.
The system managed real-time decoding from a vocabulary of 125,000
words, sometimes with accuracy above 70%. Prior to these implants, one
of the participants could communicate only with his eyes, moving his
pupils up and down to signal yes and side to side to signal no
“This is the first time we’ve managed to understand what brain activity
looks like when you just think about speaking,” Kunz told the Financial
Times.
583 | P a g e

584 | P a g e

(5) THE ADVANCE IS THRILLING, BUT it (5) COMES WITH A DARK SIDE:
the same system (5) SOMETIMES DETECTED UNINTENDED INNER
SPEECH.
585 | P a g e

In one experiment, participants silently counted colored shapes. As they
ticked off numbers in their head, the implant picked up traces of those
counts. “That means the boundary between private and public thought
may be blurrier than we assume,” warned ethicist Nita Farahany, author
of (5) THE BATTLE FOR YOUR BRAIN, in an interview with NPR.
To guard against such leaks, the Stanford team tested two safeguards.
First, they trained AI models to ignore inner speech unless specifically
instructed — effectively teaching the system to recognize only attempted
speech. Second, they created an “unlock” phrase. The winning
choice: Chitty Chitty Bang Bang. When participants imagined this phrase,
the BCI switched on. Accuracy for detecting the password hit nearly 99%.
“This study represents a step in the right direction, ethically speaking,”
said Cohen Marcus Lionel Brown, a bioethicist at the University of
Wollongong, told the NYT. “It would give patients even greater power to
decide what information they share and when.”
But what if a similar system were to be employed by a bad-faith actor
with none of these safeguards?
PROTECTING THOUGHTS
So far, brain implants like these are confined to clinical trials, subject to
FDA oversight. But Farahany warned that consumer BCIs — like wearable
caps used for gaming or productivity — may one day have similar
decoding powers, without the same protections.
“The more we push this research forward, the more transparent our
brains become, and we have to recognize that this era of brain
transparency really is an entirely new frontier for us,” she said.
586 | P a g e

That frontier is especially worrying given who might control it.
Companies like Apple, Meta, or Google already build virtual assistants
that respond when they hear a keyword. If BCIs reach consumers, these
same firms could, in theory, tune into thoughts as casually as they now
log keystrokes and record speech.
For those of you concerned by such developments, it’s maybe comforting
that mind-reading isn’t really straightforward. During trials when the
participants had to respond to open-ended questions and commands,
the recorded patterns made little sense.
Cognitive neuroscientist Evelina Fedorenko of MIT, who was not involved
in the research, noted that much of human thought is not neatly verbal
at all. “What they’re recording is mostly garbage,” she told the New York
Times, referring to spontaneous, unstructured thinking.
So far, the current state of the art doesn’t allow patients to hold
conversations by tapping into inner speech. “The results are an initial
proof of concept more than anything,” said Kunz.
But the direction is clear. As decoding improves, so will the risk of
leakage. And so, we may need what amounts to firewalls for the mind.
We must consider passwords, training protocols, and maybe regulation
that treats inner speech as a new category of protected privacy.
587 | P a g e

WHERE DO WE GO FROM HERE?
The study underscores just how intertwined speaking and thinking really
are. The motor cortex, once thought to only orchestrate muscle
movements, turns out to also encode imagined language in a “scaleddown”
version of the same patterns.
Still, the potential is profound. As Stanford neurosurgeon Frank Willett
put it: “Future systems could restore fluent, rapid and comfortable
speech via inner speech alone” (FT).
The landscape around BCIs is shifting quickly. Private ventures like Elon
Musk’s Neuralink and Sam Altman’s new startup Merge are racing toward
commercial devices. Regulators will face hard choices: how to ensure
safety, but also how to safeguard what’s left of our mental privacy.
For now, the technology is far from mind reading. It struggles outside of
controlled settings, and decoding free-form thoughts remains out of
reach. But Kunz is optimistic. “We haven’t hit the ceiling yet,” she said.
And so we stand at the edge of a new frontier — one where even in
silence we’re no longer safe from being heard. You can choose not to
open your mouth. But can you really choose not to think a word?
The new findings were reported in the journal Cell00681-6).
This story originally appeared on ZME Science. Want to get smarter every
day? Subscribe to our newsletter and stay ahead with the latest science
news.
588 | P a g e

589 | P a g e

BIOTECHNOLOGY HELPS DETERMINE QUALITY
OF LIFE, LONGEVITY, SAYS EXPERT
RIYADH: Many people are unaware that genetics plays a role in both
quality of life and longevity and this can be improved by diet and
surroundings.
Budoor Al-Mansour, chief operating officer and co-founder of Novo
Genomics, said that biotech aids the client in understanding their genes
and how to strengthen them to prevent sicknesses, live longer, and even
slow down the aging process.
“With the use of biotechnology, we can create a complete profile of the
individual and provide suggestions for the foods they should eat or avoid,
depending on their unique needs. This can slow the aging process from
just a simple blood test,” Al-Mansour told Arab News.
590 | P a g e

“Biotechnology helped in figuring out what are the things that would
help with quality of life and longevity. There is meta-genetic science that
reveals that our surroundings may reflect on our genes to prolong life
and stimulate skin cells, such as a green smoothie, which is a drink that
not only works on enzymes, but works on the expression of genes
improving skin complexion,” she said.
Biotechnology can also determine whether a person has loose stem cells,
indicating an evident aging process that would require them to use more
collagen-based products to maintain the health of skin.
At the lab, customers can drop off a blood sample, which will provide
them with all the information they need about their DNA, including the
591 | P a g e

hereditary causes of sickness or disease carriers, and even help expectant
mothers from having sick or deformed children.
“For example, we have a patient who has a disabled child because her
husband is a disease carrier, but divorce is not the answer. This is why we
are here because when she got pregnant again, she came and did the
checkups and discovered she is pregnant with another disabled child.
This is because of lack of awareness, and most of these families don’t
know where to go to help them with this issue.”
One of the earliest biotech firms in the Kingdom, Novo Genomics, has
been operating for a year with a mission to raise awareness of genomics
and improve public health.
592 | P a g e

“Due to the lack of biotech labs in the area and the need for patients to
send samples to Germany, India or other nations, which raises concerns
about national security, we chose to open this clinic in Saudi Arabia to
save our data here. Additionally, the Kingdom has a high rate of genetic
diseases — 30 percent of the population — and we are here to help
families identify what they have and prevent future mutations,” Al-
Mansour said.
Biotech, biopharma and biomedical are a part of SAUDI ARABIA’S VISION
2030. The Kingdom is keen on increasing awareness about genetic
studies and quality of life related to it. Hevolution Foundation was
launched in 2021 as a first-of-its kind non-profit organization that
provides grants and early-stage investments to incentivize independent
research and entrepreneurship in the emerging field of health span
science.
According to forbes.com, the foundation receives funding from the Saudi
Arabian government for up to $1 billion per year to fund the science of
increasing healthy human lifespan.
“Instead of relying on people from other countries who might not
understand our culture, we worked with the Hevolution Foundation with
the aim of extending healthy lifespan for the benefit of all humanity. We
brought the biotech technology and had experts in Saudi Arabia,” she
said.
https://www.instagram.com/novogenomics/
593 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA A GLOBAL LEADER IN BIOTECHNOLOGY
594 | P a g e

RIYADH: Saudi Arabia has invested $3.9 billion in research and
development since 2021 and established innovative biotech clusters in
its bid to become a global research leader, revealed an industry report.
According to Strategy& Middle East, part of the PwC network, the
Kingdom’s vision of economic diversification has enabled it to become an
international hub for the biotech industry and pharmaceutical
manufacturing sector.
Flagship institutions, such as the King Abdullah University of Science and
Technology and the King Faisal Specialist Hospital & Research Centre,
have made extensive investments in infrastructure.
Advanced labs and innovation initiatives like the Saudi Human Genome
Program and the Saudi Network for Clinical Trials are also helping
clinician-researchers and commercializing potential technologies.
Similarly, the National Biotechnology Strategy has helped streamline the
Kingdom’s regulatory framework for trials, testing and bioethics.
“Biotechnologies, with their ability to develop groundbreaking
technologies and medical products, can revolutionize not just the
national non-oil economy but everything from the chemicals industry to
agriculture, food security and human health,” said Walid Tohme, partner
with Strategy& Middle East, in the report.
The report further pointed out that the scale of investment and
regulatory development already implemented in the Kingdom is already
helping to streamline the country’s capacity for trials, testing and
bioethics.
Claudia Palme, a senior executive advisor with Strategy& Middle East,
said that the next step on the value curve involved establishing a more
595 | P a g e

nuanced, targeted approach that brings government and private sector
stakeholders together with shared objectives and strong investment
incentives.
The report also added that increasing public and private funding,
expanding human capital, developing a robust infrastructure and
creating a solid regulatory framework could elevate the domestic
biotechnology sector to a global stage.
“Furthermore, a nationwide ecosystem of biotech infrastructures from
Neom to KAUST and clusters in Riyadh will yield a successful sector that
creates economic diversification, skilled jobs, and many health, social and
economic benefits,” said Irfan Merali, a principal with Strategy& Middle
East.
596 | P a g e

597 | P a g e

ALTERING YOUR DNA—DOES THE BIBLE SAY
ANYTHING ABOUT IT?
In the modern world, science and technology are advancing at an
incredible pace. One of the most controversial topics today is the idea of
altering human DNA. With the development of genetic engineering,
CRISPR technology, and DNA modifications, people are asking big
questions.
598 | P a g e
SHOULD WE CHANGE OUR DNA TO REMOVE DISEASES?
SHOULD WE ATTEMPT TO ENHANCE HUMAN ABILITIES?
COULD ALTERING DNA HAVE SPIRITUAL CONSEQUENCES?

(Geneticists Clive (Adrien Brody) and Elsa (Sarah Polley) specialize in
creating hybrids of species. When they propose the use of human DNA,
their pharmaceutical company bosses forbid it, forcing them to conduct
experiments in secret. The result is Dren, a creature with amazing
intelligence and physical attributes. At first, Dren exceeds their wildest
dreams, but as she begins to grow at an accelerated rate, she threatens
to become their worst nightmare.)
599 | P a g e
https://youtu.be/VDCt5QK8WiM

The Bible does not mention genetic engineering directly, but it does
provide wisdom about the nature of humanity, God’s design, and the
boundaries of human knowledge. By looking at Scripture, we can explore
what the Bible says about human identity, creation, and the ethical
concerns surrounding DNA modification.
GOD DESIGNED DNA AND HUMAN LIFE
The Bible teaches that (7) GOD IS THE CREATOR OF ALL LIFE. This includes
every (7) DETAIL OF THE HUMAN BODY, INCLUDING DNA.
Psalm 139:13-14 says, “FOR YOU CREATED MY INMOST BEING; YOU
KNIT ME TOGETHER IN MY MOTHER’S WOMB. I PRAISE YOU BECAUSE I
AM FEARFULLY AND WONDERFULLY MADE; YOUR WORKS ARE
WONDERFUL, I KNOW THAT FULL WELL.”
600 | P a g e

This passage reveals that God personally formed each person. He
designed every cell, every feature, and every characteristic. Our DNA, the
very blueprint of life, was written by God’s hand. When people consider
altering their DNA, they must ask: Are we changing something God
intentionally designed? Are we attempting to improve upon something
that He already called “wonderful”?
THE LIMITS OF HUMAN KNOWLEDGE
While scientific advancements can be beneficial, the Bible warns about
the dangers of human pride and overstepping God’s design.
In Genesis 11, the people of Babel attempted to build a tower to reach
the heavens. Their goal was to make a name for themselves, ignoring
God’s authority.
Genesis 11:6-7 says, “THE LORD SAID, ‘IF AS ONE PEOPLE SPEAKING
THE SAME LANGUAGE THEY HAVE BEGUN TO DO THIS, THEN NOTHING
THEY PLAN TO DO WILL BE IMPOSSIBLE FOR THEM. COME, LET US GO
DOWN AND CONFUSE THEIR LANGUAGE SO THEY WILL NOT
UNDERSTAND EACH OTHER.’”
God saw that their ambitions were leading them away from Him, so He
intervened. This passage shows that just because humans have the ability
to do something does not mean they should.
THE SAME APPLIES TO ALTERING DNA.
Should we push the limits of genetic modification simply because we
can? Or should we seek God’s wisdom before making changes that could
have unknown consequences?
601 | P a g e

HEALING VS. PLAYING GOD
One of the biggest reasons scientists explore genetic modifications is to
heal diseases. Many believe that altering DNA can eliminate genetic
disorders and prevent suffering. While healing is a good and noble goal,
the Bible warns against trying to take the place of God.
Deuteronomy 32:39 says, “SEE NOW THAT I MYSELF AM HE! THERE IS
NO GOD BESIDES ME. I PUT TO DEATH AND I BRING TO LIFE, I HAVE
WOUNDED AND I WILL HEAL, AND NO ONE CAN DELIVER OUT OF MY
HAND.” God is the ultimate healer.
While medicine and science can be used for good, we must always
acknowledge that healing comes from Him. There is a difference
between using medicine to help the body function as God designed and
altering DNA in ways that go beyond what He intended.
THE IMAGE OF GOD IN HUMANITY
Genesis 1:27 tells us something incredible about humans:
“SO GOD CREATED MANKIND IN HIS OWN IMAGE, IN THE IMAGE OF
GOD HE CREATED THEM; MALE AND FEMALE HE CREATED THEM.” This
means every person carries the image of God. Our value and identity are
rooted in the fact that we reflect Him. Altering DNA in minor ways, such
as curing disease, may not interfere with this image.
However, changing fundamental aspects of humanity—such as
intelligence, emotions, or physical design—could distort the way God
made us. If we change what it means to be human, are we also changing
the image of God within us? This is a serious question that must be
considered from a biblical perspective.
602 | P a g e

THE WARNING OF THE DAYS OF NOAH
Jesus made an interesting statement about the end times in Matthew
24:37: “AS IT WAS IN THE DAYS OF NOAH, SO IT WILL BE AT THE
COMING OF THE SON OF MAN.” WHAT WAS HAPPENING IN THE DAYS
OF NOAH?
Genesis 6 describes a time of great corruption on the earth.
One of the strangest passages is Genesis 6:4: “THE NEPHILIM WERE ON
THE EARTH IN THOSE DAYS—AND ALSO AFTERWARD—WHEN THE SONS
OF GOD WENT TO THE DAUGHTERS OF HUMANS AND HAD CHILDREN
BY THEM. THEY WERE THE HEROES OF OLD, MEN OF RENOWN.”
Many scholars believe this passage refers to
(5) FALLEN ANGELS CORRUPTING HUMAN DNA
(5) BY PRODUCING THEIR UNNATURAL OFFSPRING.
(5) THE WORLD IN NOAH’S TIME
had (7) BEEN ALTERED IN WAYS THAT DISPLEASED GOD.
(5) ALTERING HUMAN DNA TODAY IS
similar to
(5) WHAT HAPPENED BEFORE THE FLOOD.
(5) GENETIC MODIFICATIONS HAVE SPIRITUAL CONSEQUENCES.
603 | P a g e

604 | P a g e

TRUSTING GOD’S PLAN OVER HUMAN AMBITION
The Bible repeatedly calls believers to trust God’s plan rather than rely
on human wisdom.
605 | P a g e

606 | P a g e

Proverbs 3:5-6 says, “TRUST IN THE LORD WITH ALL YOUR HEART AND
LEAN NOT ON YOUR OWN UNDERSTANDING; IN ALL YOUR WAYS
SUBMIT TO HIM, AND HE WILL MAKE YOUR PATHS STRAIGHT.”
Science and medicine have their place, but they should never replace
faith in God. When people seek to control their own genetic makeup,
they must ask whether they are trusting God or trying to take control for
themselves. Are we improving life as God designed it, or are we
attempting to rewrite His creation?
THE ETHICAL DANGERS OF GENETIC MODIFICATION
Even from a non-religious perspective, genetic modifications raise ethical
concerns. Who gets to decide which genes should be changed? Would
DNA editing create inequality, where only the rich can afford
enhancements? Could it lead to unintended side effects that affect future
generations?
The Bible
(5) WARNS AGAINST GREED, SELFISH AMBITION,
(5) AND THE DESIRE FOR POWER.
James 3:16 says, “FOR WHERE YOU HAVE ENVY AND SELFISH
AMBITION, THERE YOU FIND DISORDER AND EVERY EVIL PRACTICE.”
History has shown that when humans seek power and control over
others, it often leads to harm. If genetic modifications are driven by pride,
greed, or the desire for “perfection,” they could lead to dangerous
consequences.
607 | P a g e

THE CALL TO STEWARDSHIP, NOT DOMINATION
God calls humanity to be stewards of His creation, not to dominate or
manipulate it beyond His will.
Genesis 1:28 says, “GOD BLESSED THEM AND SAID TO THEM, ‘BE
FRUITFUL AND INCREASE IN NUMBER; FILL THE EARTH AND SUBDUE IT.
Rule over the fish in the sea and the birds in the sky and over every living
creature that moves on the ground.’” This command gives humans
responsibility over creation, but it does not give permission to abuse or
alter it recklessly. Stewardship means taking care of what God has made,
not changing it to fit personal desires. When considering DNA alterations,
we must ask: Are we being good stewards, or are we trying to play God?
THE PROMISE OF A NEW AND PERFECT BODY
The Bible offers hope for those who suffer from disease or genetic
disorders. Rather than relying on human science to perfect the body, God
promises a future where believers will receive new, perfect bodies.
Philippians 3:20-21 says, “BUT OUR CITIZENSHIP IS IN HEAVEN.
AND WE EAGERLY AWAIT A SAVIOR FROM THERE, THE LORD JESUS
CHRIST, WHO, BY THE POWER THAT ENABLES HIM TO BRING
EVERYTHING UNDER HIS CONTROL, WILL TRANSFORM OUR LOWLY
BODIES SO THAT THEY WILL BE LIKE HIS GLORIOUS BODY.”
608 | P a g e

GOD’S PLAN IS GREATER THAN ANYTHING HUMANS CAN CREATE.
While medicine and science can help, they will never replace the perfect
restoration that comes through Christ. The Bible does not mention DNA
modification directly, but it provides principles to guide us.
God created human life with purpose, and our identity is rooted in Him.
Science can be a blessing, but it must be used with wisdom and humility.
Altering DNA for healing may align with God’s desire for restoration, but
changing human design for power or control crosses ethical and spiritual
boundaries. As believers, we must seek God’s guidance before embracing
any technology that could alter His creation.
Ultimately, our hope is not in science, but in the promise of eternal life,
where God will restore all things in His perfect way.
609 | P a g e

610 | P a g e

611 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA LAUNCHES NATIONAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
STRATEGY TO LEAD GLOBAL INNOVATION
RIYADH: Localizing vaccine manufacturing
(5) AND IMPROVING THE HEALTH OF
(5) SAUDI CITIZENS ARE AMONG THE
(5) KEY GOALS OF A NEW
(5) NATIONAL BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY, LAUNCHED BY
(5) CROWN PRINCE MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN.
The new initiative also aims to safeguard the environment, achieve food
and water security, and solidify the Kingdom’s position as a global leader
in the sector, according to the Saudi Press Agency.
612 | P a g e

One of the major focuses of the initiative is localizing vaccine
manufacturing to increase the Kingdom’s self-sufficiency and ensure
timely access to these medicines for its citizens.
Furthermore, the program targets a 3 percent contribution of the
biotechnology sector to the non-oil gross domestic product by 2040, with
a cumulative impact of SR130 billion ($34.66 billion), in addition to
providing thousands of high-quality opportunities and jobs.
(5) THESE INITIATIVES ARE NOW ALIGNED
(5) WITH THE KINGDOM’S VISION 2030 OBJECTIVES.
“Localization and biomanufacturing play a vital role in driving the strategy
forward, as Saudi Arabia aims to establish itself as the primary
biotechnology hub in the MENA (Middle East and North Africa) region,”
said the SPA report, adding: “Developing advanced biopharma
manufacturing capabilities and establishing a cutting-edge local end-toend
bio-manufacturing platform are crucial steps.”
The program focuses on four strategic directions, including vaccines, with
an emphasis on localizing vaccine production, exporting, and leading
innovation in the field.
Additionally, it prioritizes biomanufacturing, aiming to increase the
consumption and localization of biopharmaceuticals. The strategy also
highlights genomics, with a focus on pioneering research and gene
therapy.
Lastly, plant enhancement is a key aspect, involving efforts to improve
cultivation for enhanced self-sufficiency and to lead innovation in
enhanced seeds.
613 | P a g e

The Kingdom, being the largest regional market for pharmaceuticals and
vaccines, has strategically invested in biotechnology-related sectors. It is
committed to developing and training national talent in research,
development, and innovation while enabling a competitive and digital
infrastructure.
The country’s genetic diversity and geographical climate provide ideal
conditions for conducting complex studies and research.
The strategy aims to empower the local biotechnology industry by
streamlining regulatory requirements, providing suitable infrastructure,
and offering financing. Through its various programs and initiatives, it
seeks to stimulate efforts by private sector investors in this field.
The launch of this national scheme aims to provide a flexible regulatory
environment and advanced infrastructure, fostering integration between
the public and private sectors.
614 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA SHOWCASES BOLD BIOTECH
VISION AT BIO 2025
By Kingdom of Saudi Arabia – Ministry of Health
Walk the floors of this year’s BIO International Convention and you’ll
notice something: Saudi Arabia has established a major presence.
Multiple organizations and companies from the Kingdom are here,
showcasing a
(5) NATIONAL STRATEGY THAT PUTS BIOTECH
5) AT THE CENTER OF THE
(5) KINGDOM’S HEALTH AND ECONOMIC VISION 2030.
Saudi Arabia’s biotech ambitions directly support the country’s VISION
2030 GOAL OF A VIBRANT SOCIETY IN WHICH PEOPLE LIVE LONGER,
615 | P a g e

HEALTHIER LIVES. For officials and institutional leaders biotechnology is
a key enabler of that vision by expanding treatment options, localizing
advanced treatments and advancing a knowledge-based economy.
“Biotech is central to our health transformation,” says H.E. Fahad bin
Abdulrahman AlJalajel, Minister of Health. “It enables us to bring
innovative care closer to patients, accelerate scientific breakthroughs
and create lasting real-world impact.”
Over the
(5) PAST DECADE, AND ESPECIALLY UNDER
(5) THE LEADERSHIP OF HIS ROYAL
(5) HIGHNESS THE CROWN PRINCE AND
(5) PRIME MINISTER MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN,
(5) THE KINGDOM HAS LAUNCHED ONE
(5) OF THE MOST AMBITIOUS HEALTHCARE
(5) TRANSFORMATION PROGRAMS IN THE WORLD.
It has moved its universal healthcare system from a provider-centric
model to a patient-centered, value-based system—laying the
groundwork for innovation, efficiency and better health outcomes.
The country’s emerging ecosystem brings together streamlined
regulations, national-scale research initiatives and an expanding network
of clinical and digital infrastructure. And at BIO 2025, Saudi Arabia is using
its presence to engage and welcome global innovators across the full
value chain.
616 | P a g e

Saudi Arabia is building a biotech sector with the scale, infrastructure and
smart regulation to compete globally. The opportunities for partnership
and global collaboration are tremendous.
H.E. Fahad bin Abdulrahman AlJalajel, Minister of Health, Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia
This momentum can be seen in the Kingdom’s creation of new
institutions. Established in 2023, the Saudi National Institute for Health
(SNIH) is tasked with coordinating national research priorities and
building the infrastructure to enable clinical trials at scale. It now
oversees more than 27 trial sites across the Kingdom and manages over
1.2 billion Saudi Arabian riyals ($320 million) in research funding.
Regulatory excellence has become a Saudi competitive advantage.
(5) THE SAUDI FOOD AND DRUG AUTHORITY (SFDA)
(5) HAS INTRODUCED FAST-TRACK PATHWAYS
(5) AND A REGULATORY SANDBOX PROGRAM
(5) THAT HAVE ACCELERATED ADVANCED THERAPIES,
(5) INCLUDING CELL AND GENE THERAPIES.
(5) LAST YEAR, SAUDI ARABIA BECAME
(5) THE FIRST COUNTRY TO DELIVER
(5) A CRISPR-BASED GENE EDITING THERAPY.
SAUDI ARABIA’S DIGITAL INFRASTRUCTURE has also created unique
advantages. Its platform NPHIES (National Platform for Health and
Insurance Exchange Services) is integrating health records across public
and private providers, supporting real-world data generation and AI-
617 | P a g e

enabled clinical research. The Ministry of Health’s Seha Virtual Hospital—
the largest of its kind—has already delivered remote care to more than
270,000 patients and is being used to bring healthcare directly to people
wherever they are.
To foster homegrown biotech innovation, the Ministry of Health has
launched a cutting-edge start-up accelerator in collaboration with
BioLabs, a global life science incubator network with locations across
major U.S. hubs including Boston, New York and San Diego. Announced
during BIO 2025, the program will offer high-potential Saudi start-ups
access to world-class lab infrastructure, expert mentorship and
international exposure.
Saudi Arabia’s ambition extends beyond bringing innovations to market.
The Kingdom is expanding foundational research capabilities, including
early-stage research, talent development and translational science. The
NATIONAL BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY released last year outlines longterm
priorities in genomics, biomanufacturing, precision medicine and
infectious disease, areas the Kingdom sees as both nationally and
internationally important.
“Saudi Arabia is building a biotech sector with the scale, infrastructure
and smart regulation to compete globally,” says H.E. Fahad bin
Abdulrahman AlJalajel. “The opportunities for partnership and global
collaboration are tremendous.”
The Kingdom’s broader health transformation, including a focus on
preventative care, digital health and public-private partnerships, are
creating additional opportunities for collaboration. Academic research
centers like the King Faisal Specialist Hospital & Research Center
(KFSH&RC) and the King Abdullah International Medical Research Center
618 | P a g e

(KAIMRC) are establishing themselves as hubs for both domestic and
international studies, particularly in oncology, rare diseases and
genomics.
As global players navigate an increasingly complex investment landscape,
Saudi Arabia’s biotech sector offers a compelling combination of scale
and speed. With significant investment, high-level government backing
and a forward-looking health system, the country is positioning itself as
a regional hub for life sciences and a dynamic partner for innovators
ready to scale up globally.
619 | P a g e

Capabilities in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Current Status of
Biotechnology Research in Saudi Arabia With the rapid growth of
industries in Saudi Arabia, the use of biotechnology in the fields of food
and agriculture, medicine, and environment has become inevitable. In
Saudi Arabia, biotechnology is being used both for research and
commercial applications. The biotechnology market in the kingdom is still
in its infancy but is indeed a challenging and growing one.
The market, however, is dominated by medical products like Insulin,
Vaccines, Interferon, and Heparins from multinational companies.
Locally, there are now efforts in the direction of developing biotech
products. For example, a "Bio City" is planned in Jeddah city to serve this
purpose. This is just the beginning and the destination remains far. We
are confident that strategic plans for biotechnology program like this will
pave the way for rapid growth in the biotechnology field.
In the Kingdom, many ministries, scientific research institutes, and
hospitals are involved in biotechnology research and its application.
KACST, King Saud University, King Abdulaziz University, King Khalid
Hospital, Ministry of Agriculture and King Fahad Medical City are a few of
the many to mention. These have grown rapidly in recent years and in
the future a huge growth of new centers with better facilities is expected.
Saudi Arabia has recently planned to set up a biotechnology incubator to
help start-up biotech companies for commercial and technological
success. KACST will soon establish the biotech incubator in cooperation
with King Fahad Medical City, to be followed by a series of incubators to
be set up in different disciplines.
King Abdullah University and a biotechnology park in Jeddah have also
been established the biotechnology park in Jeddah is meant to be the
620 | P a g e

largest scientific, medical, manufacturing, and economic centre in the
Middle East. Projects include biogenetics, pre-clinical and clinical
research facilities, manufacture of insulin & blood products, and others.
Biotechnology Fields and Scope in Saudi Arabia Medicine In medicine,
research centers have started research to diagnose local commonly
inherited diseases. Other centers have started to use biotechnology in
gene therapy and the early diagnosis of diseases. Stem cells technology
has attracted many Saudi scientists to find new treatments for diseases
that have been long thought to be untreatable.
This technology is now being practiced and has shown promising results.
Furthermore, the use of genomic tools will enable scientists to track
down the genes responsible for different diseases. Many research
centers in Saudi Arabia have already started investigating common
diseases in the population. On the other hand, forensic departments are
using DNA fingerprints in their crime investigations using modern
methods and instruments. Some pharmaceutical research centers have
now initiated technology transfer to produce certain bioproducts using
biotechnology methods.
Other companies are also support this biotechnology movement by
producing the required oligonucleotides and enzymes. Since
biotechnology in the country is in its early stages, researchers are trying
to apply the latest techniques and methods such as biosensors, surface
plasmon resonance and transgenic methods.
621 | P a g e

HOW A NEW INITIATIVE AIMS TO REINFORCE SAUDI
ARABIA’S BIOTECH LEADERSHIP POSITION
DUBAI: SAUDI ARABIA IS NOT
(5) ONLY THE MIDDLE EAST’S LARGEST
(5) MARKET FOR PHARMACEUTICALS AND VACCINES,
but also has been strategically investing in biotechnology-related sectors.
The country’s genetic diversity and geographical climate provide ideal
conditions for conducting complex studies and research.
It has also been clear that the Kingdom is committed to developing and
training national talent in biotech research, development and innovation,
while enabling a competitive and digital infrastructure.
(5) THE NEW NATIONAL BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY, unveiled by (5)
CROWN PRINCE MOHAMMED BIN SALMAN last week, is the latest shot
in the arm for such fields (5) AS BIOMANUFACTURING, GENOMICS,
VACCINE INDUSTRIES.
622 | P a g e

LOCALIZING VACCINE MANUFACTURING AND IMPROVING THE HEALTH OF SAUDI CITIZENS
ARE AMONG THE KEY GOALS OF THE STRATEGY. BUT THAT IS JUST FOR A START.
Welcoming the announcement, Rabia Yasmeen, a senior consultant at
Dubai-based strategic market research company Euromonitor
International, told Arab News: “Saudi Arabia continues to seek new areas
of economic diversification as part of its VISION 2030 PLAN, which is now
only six years away, and biotechnology can bring immense value across
various pillars for the Kingdom.
623 | P a g e

624 | P a g e

LOCALIZING VACCINE MANUFACTURING AND IMPROVING THE HEALTH
OF SAUDI CITIZENS ARE AMONG THE KEY GOALS OF THE NATIONAL
BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY.
“Not only does it have the potential to address and to treat a wide range
of diseases, but it can inherently improve the quality and longevity of
human life.” At its most basic, biotech is a process utilizing cellular and
biomolecular processes to develop technologies and products, with a
history DATING BACK MORE THAN 6,000 YEARS and boasting produce
including bread and cheese.
More recently, it has grown ties to the development of THERAPEUTIC
PROTEINS AND DRUGS constituted through GENETIC ENGINEERING to
treat a range of ailments. Saudi Arabia’s hope is to HARNESS BIOTECH for
health and food needs, with a focus on plant optimization to help address
one of the desert country’s primary concerns as its population continues
growing, namely, FOOD SELF-SUFFICIENCY.
“Enhancing agricultural productivity with improved yields can be a gamechanger
for an import-reliant economy,” Yasmeen said, referring to the
Kingdom. “But it can also lead to establishing high degrees of research
for food security practices in the Kingdom. With possibilities of food
innovation, one can only imagine the food varieties that can be produced
in Saudi Arabia that can impact consumer health in a positive way.”
All of which
(5) WILL ONLY BE AIDED BY
(5) SAUDI ARABIA’S PUSH INTO GENOMICS.
(5) SEEN AS MEDICINE’S NEW FRONTIER,
625 | P a g e

(5) THE FIELD FOCUSES ON THE INTERACTION
(5) AMONG GENES AND THEIR INTERACTIONS (
with environments. Yasmeen said (5) THAT GENOMICS AND PRECISION
MEDICINE can be the next key areas of focus for the government, adding
that Saudi Arabia’s large public healthcare sector coupled with the cost
of medical services is an emerging source of concern. “GENOMICS
TECHNOLOGY can offer the innovation that is needed to manage these
costs,” she said.
626 | P a g e

“But, more importantly, it can help Saudi Arabia tackle challenges in its
healthcare landscape such as high obesity levels, develop medicines
unique
(5) TO THE KINGDOM’S GENOME PROFILE,
(5) AS WELL AS DEVELOP NEW
(5) GENOME PROFILES THAT CAN OPTIMIZE
(5) THE POPULATION’S PRODUCTIVITY AND HEALTH.
According to Jassim Al-Shammari, founder of the think tank Saudi
Industrialists and Exporters Platform, the National Biotechnology
Strategy will be a pivotal in the development of Saudi Arabia’s economy,
resulting in a “STRONG (5) PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRY IN THE
KINGDOM.
627 | P a g e

ALONGSIDE ECONOMIC DIVERSIFICATION AND VALUE GENERATION IN
HEALTHCARE AND FOOD INDUSTRIES, SAUDI ARABIA’S MOVE INTO
BIOTECH OFFERS “INTERESTING PROSPECTS” ELSEWHERE.
628 | P a g e

https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/read/69474271/the-mark-ofthe-beast-and-invisible-infrared-vaccination-smart-patch-marks
629 | P a g e

Al-Shammari added that the “new strategy promoted digital
transformation and technological advancement in pharmaceutical
industries, where biotechnology could be used to improve industrial
processes and develop new, effective and safe medicines.”
A report published last year by Strategy & Middle East, part of PwC,
indicated that Saudi Arabia boasts significant potential to become a
world leader in biotechnology, addressing domestic health and food
needs while concurrently building new markets for itself.
“The current state of the Saudi Arabian biotech industry could be
described as ‘nascent’,” Claudia Palme, senior executive adviser with
Strategy & Middle East, told Labiotech, a European biotech news
website.
“(But) in its economic transformation program, Saudi Arabia’s focus is on
creating a suitable environment for evolution of a broader biotech sector,
with a productive interplay between public and semi-public institutions,
and first initiatives of private companies in the field.”
630 | P a g e

These efforts include a big push not only within the Kingdom, but also
the wider Gulf region, to develop a series of renowned academic
institutions.
They include King Abdullah University of Science and Technology, King
Saudi University, King Abdulaziz City of Science and Technology, King
Abdullah Institute of Medical Research, and King Faisal Specialist Hospital
and Research Center.
By the middle of last year, the Kingdom had pumped some $3.9 billion
into research and development since 2021.
Additionally, Saudi Arabia has been focused on research funding and the
development of state-of-the-art biotech infrastructure, together with
what Palme described as a “systematic review of regulations”
surrounding both business and biotech.
According to SAUDI VISION 2030, almost 11,000 new job opportunities
will be created as a result of the strategy, reaching 55,000 in the following
decade.
Economically, early projections suggest it will contribute $34.6 billion —
or 3 percent — to non-oil gross domestic product within the same time
frame, building on the acceleration of non-oil growth that Saudi Arabia
has experienced since the launch of VISION 2030.
The International Monetary Fund’s most recent annual review says Saudi
Arabia has been averaging 4.8 percent growth in non-oil revenues.
According to Faisal Al-Azmeh, an analyst at Goldman Sachs Research,
“since the launch of VISION 2030, Saudi Arabia has made meaningful
strides in growing the non-oil economy through various developments
and investments across strategic economic sectors.”
631 | P a g e

Reflecting the opportunities arising in the Kingdom, recent reports in The
Wall Street Journal suggest that biotech startups are already tapping
Saudi Arabia for funding.
Ali Siam, chief business officer of Rubedo Life Sciences, a California-based
longevity-focused startup, told the US newspaper that the Kingdom and
the wider Gulf had “become much more relevant within the biotech
ecosystem.”
Euromonitor International’s Yasmeen notes that alongside economic
diversification and value generation in healthcare and food industries,
Saudi Arabia’s move into biotech offers “interesting prospects”
elsewhere.
“For instance, the Kingdom’s advancing production of biofuels,
renewable energy sources and greener energy alternatives,” which she
said would enable Saudi Arabia to push back against critics of its
reputation as one of the world’s biggest oil producers by “leading the
global energy story.”
Speaking to Arab News from Istanbul, Ussal Sahbas, founder of a
boutique policy consultancy in Turkiye, described the National
Biotechnology Strategy as “not only important for health, but also for
areas including materials, manufacturing and agriculture that are crucial
for the future of the Middle East.
“Therefore, biotech should be key component of technological
diversification that Saudi Arabia is pursuing within its 2030 VISION,” he
said.
632 | P a g e

633 | P a g e

https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20250910348484/en/Riyad
h-to-Host-the-First-Edition-of-BIO-Middle-East
634 | P a g e

CULTIVATING A THRIVING ECOSYSTEM: SAUDI ARABIA'S RISE
AS A PHARMA AND BIOTECH POWERHOUSE
In the heart of the Middle East, a remarkable transformation is unfolding.
Once synonymous with vast oil reserves, Saudi Arabia is
(5) NOW RAPIDLY EMERGING AS THE
(5) VIBRANT HUB FOR INNOVATION IN
(5) THE PHARMACEUTICAL AND BIOTECHNOLOGY SECTORS.
635 | P a g e

DRIVEN
(5) BY THE AMBITIOUS GOALS OF VISION 2030,
The Kingdom is not merely investing in infrastructure and attracting
foreign capital; it's fostering a fertile ground where scientific
breakthroughs and economic opportunities converge.
As Dr. Sarah Al-Amiri, the UAE's Minister of State for Advanced
Technology and Chairperson of the UAE Space Agency, aptly observes,
"We are witnessing a new era of scientific discovery and economic
opportunity in the region. Governments across the Middle East are
demonstrating an unwavering commitment to building knowledge-based
economies, creating environments where innovation can truly flourish."
VISION 2030: THE SEED OF TRANSFORMATION
THE HEART OF
(5) THIS TRANSFORMATION LIES SAUDI VISION 2030,
(5) A BOLD AND COMPREHENSIVE ROADMAP
(5) FOR THE KINGDOM'S DESOLATE FUTURE.
636 | P a g e
LAUNCHED IN 2016
(5) PHARMACEUTICAL AND BIOTECH COMPONENTS ARE
(5) THE CORNERSTONE OF THIS VISION.

637 | P a g e

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES: NURTURING GROWTH
(5) TO TRANSLATE VISION 2030 INTO REALITY,
(5) THE SAUDI GOVERNMENT HAS EMBARKED
(5) ON A SERIES OF STRATEGIC
(5) INITIATIVES AND INVESTMENTS, EACH DESIGNED
(5) TO NURTURE THE GROWTH OF
(5) THE PHARMA AND BIOTECH SECTORS.
- Regulatory Excellence: The establishment of the Saudi Food and Drug
Authority (SFDA) has been pivotal in creating a robust regulatory
framework. By ensuring
(5) THE SAFETY, EFFICACY, AND QUALITY
(5) OF PHARMACEUTICAL AND BIOTECH PRODUCTS,
- Industrial Powerhouse: The National Industrial Development and
Logistics Programme (NIDLP) is another key driver. It aims to transform
Saudi Arabia into a global industrial and logistics hub, with a specific focus
on fostering key sectors like pharma and biotech. Through a combination
of incentives, infrastructure development, and access to financing, NIDLP
is creating a fertile ground for businesses to thrive.
638 | P a g e

639 | P a g e

INNOVATION IN ACTION: STORIES OF SUCCESS
The impact of these initiatives is already visible in the vibrant ecosystem
of innovative companies and projects flourishing in Saudi Arabia.
- SPIMACO: SPIMACO, a leading Saudi pharmaceutical company, recently
launched the Kingdom's first locally developed oncology drug, marking a
significant milestone in the country's pharmaceutical capabilities and its
commitment to combating cancer.
- King Abdullah International Medical Research Center (KAIMRC): The
King Abdullah International Medical Research Center (KAIMRC) achieved
a breakthrough in diagnosing rare genetic diseases, using advanced
genomic sequencing technologies. This discovery paves the way for
personalised treatments and improved patient outcomes.
- Biotechnology Park at KACST: A biotech startup incubated at the
Biotechnology Park at KACST successfully developed a novel vaccine
candidate for a prevalent infectious disease, demonstrating the park's
effectiveness in fostering innovation and nurturing promising ventures.
A PROMISING FUTURE: MARKET TRENDS AND GROWTH PROJECTIONS
The pharma and biotech sectors in Saudi Arabia and the broader Middle
East are poised for remarkable growth in the coming years. Several
factors underpin this optimistic outlook:
- Demographic and Economic Dynamics: The region's population is
projected to reach 578 million by 2030, with a corresponding increase in
healthcare spending, expected to reach US$ 133.19 Billion by 2027,
640 | P a g e

according to Business Market Insights. This creates a robust demand for
pharmaceutical and biotech products.
- Disease Burden: The rising prevalence of chronic diseases like diabetes
(affecting an estimated 16.3% of adults in Saudi Arabia) and
cardiovascular diseases (a leading cause of death in the region)
underscores the urgent need for innovative treatments and therapies.
(Source: International Diabetes Federation, World Health Organisation)
- Government Support: The Saudi government's unwavering
commitment to these sectors, manifested through strategic initiatives
and investments, provides a fertile environment for growth.
- Technological Advancements: Rapid progress in biotechnology,
genomics, and personalised medicine is opening new frontiers for drug
discovery and development.
OPPORTUNITIES AND CHALLENGES: A LANDSCAPE OF POSSIBILITIES
The flourishing pharma and biotech sectors in Saudi Arabia present a
compelling proposition for foreign investors and collaborators. The
government's pro-business policies, streamlined regulatory processes,
and attractive incentives make the Kingdom an appealing destination for
investment.
However, success in this dynamic market requires a nuanced
understanding of the cultural and regulatory landscape. Building strong
local partnerships and tailoring strategies to the specific needs of the
market are essential.
COLLABORATION IN ACTION: FORGING PARTNERSHIPS
(5) THE SAUDI GOVERNMENT ACTIVELY ENCOURAGES
641 | P a g e

(5) COLLABORATIONS BETWEEN LOCAL AND INTERNATIONAL
(5) ENTITIES TO ACCELERATE THE GROWTH
(5) OF PHARMA AND BIOTECH SECTORS.
A PRIME
(5) EXAMPLE IS THE RECENT PARTNERSHIP
(5) BETWEEN THE MINISTRY OF INVESTMENT
(5) OF SAUDI ARABIA (MISA) AND ASTRAZENECA,
(5) A LEADING GLOBAL BIOPHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY.
642 | P a g e

643 | P a g e

644 | P a g e

WORLD ADVANCED MANUFACTURING & LOGISTICS SUMMIT & EXPO
(WAM SAUDI): A CATALYST FOR COLLABORATION
The upcoming World Advanced Manufacturing & Logistics Summit &
Expo (WAM Saudi) offers industry leaders, investors, and innovators a
unique platform to converge, collaborate, and explore the boundless
opportunities in the Saudi pharma and biotech sectors. The event will
provide invaluable insights into the latest trends, technologies, and
investment prospects through keynote speeches, panel discussions,
workshops, and exhibitions.
EMBARK ON THE JOURNEY
Saudi Arabia's bold vision and strategic investments are reshaping the
pharma and biotech landscape in the Middle East. The Kingdom's
unwavering commitment to innovation, coupled with its favourable
business environment, creates an unparalleled opportunity for global
collaboration and investment.
As the World Advanced Manufacturing & Logistics Summit & Expo (WAM
Saudi) approaches, we invite you to join us in exploring the immense
potential of the Saudi pharma and biotech sectors. Together, let's
contribute to the Kingdom's journey towards a diversified, sustainable,
and knowledge-driven future.
https://www.instagram.com/reel/DLACzqvPQ6B/
645 | P a g e

646 | P a g e

647 | P a g e

SAUDI ARABIA JOINS BIO 2025 TO ADVANCE
BIOTECHNOLOGY INVESTMENT AND INNOVATION
Boston, June 17, 2025, SPA -- The Saudi delegation’s participation in the
2025 BIO International Convention began Monday through a national
pavilion led by the Ministry of Health. The pavilion features more than 25
government, private, and research entities
(5) THAT SUPPORT THE GOALS OF
THE NATIONAL
(5) BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY LAUNCHED BY HIS
(5) ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCE MOHAMMED BIN
(5) SALMAN BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD,
(5) CROWN PRINCE AND PRIME MINISTER.
648 | P a g e

The pavilion highlights key national initiatives in biotechnology and
scientific research, alongside investment opportunities and advanced
research capabilities—underscoring the Kingdom’s commitment to
health innovation and fostering investment in clinical research and
biotech.
This participation aligns with the objectives of the Health Sector
Transformation Program under SAUDI VISION 2030, which seeks to build
a vibrant society, a thriving economy, and a sustainable, healthy future.
THE BIO INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION IS (7) THE WORLD’S LARGEST
EVENT DEDICATED TO BIOTECHNOLOGY. The convention serves as a
global platform for knowledge exchange and for showcasing innovations
and partnerships in the biotechnology sector.
649 | P a g e

UNLEASHING SAUDI ARABIA'S POTENTIAL, HRH THE CROWN PRINCE
LAUNCHES NATIONAL BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY TO ESTABLISH THE
KINGDOM AS A GLOBAL BIOTECH HUB
Riyadh, January 25, 2024, SPA – (7) IN A SIGNIFICANT MOVE TOWARDS
ACHIEVING VISION 2030,
650 | P a g e

(5) HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCE MOHAMMED
(5) BIN SALMAN BIN ABDULAZIZ AL-SAUD,
(5) CROWN PRINCE, PRIME MINISTER OF
(5) THE KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA,
(5) HAS LAUNCHED THE NATIONAL BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY,
(5) A COMPREHENSIVE ROADMAP DESIGNED TO
(5) ENHANCE THE KINGDOM'S POSITION AS
(5) THE LEADER IN THE SECTOR.
DOCUMENT WAS
(5) RELEASED THAT OUTLINES THE VISION 2030
(5) FOR WHAT IS POSSIBLE WITH
(5) THE POWER OF BIOTECHNOLOGY AND
(5) THE STEPS THAT WILL BE
(5) TAKEN TO HARNESS ITS POTENTIAL
THE NATIONAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
(5) STRATEGY WORKS TO ADDRESS CHALLENGES
(5) AND SEIZE OPPORTUNITIES IN A
(5) RAPIDLY GROWING SECTOR, SERVING AS
(5) A ROADMAP FOR BECOMING A
651 | P a g e

(5) GLOBAL LEADER IN BIOTECHNOLOGY BY 2030
652 | P a g e

THE STRATEGY
(5) FOCUSES ON CONTRIBUTING TO VISION 2030.
https://youtu.be/gCxmFXdb9Lk
BECOMING THE
(7) BIOTECHNOLOGY LEADER IN THE MENA REGION BY 2030.
(5) The Kingdom recognizes the importance
(5) of vaccines and is committed
(5) to developing innovative vaccine technologies.
(5) Localizing vaccine manufacturing, the strategy
(5) aims to increase the Kingdom's
(5) self-sufficiency and ensure timely access
(5) to vaccines for its citizens.
LOCALIZATION AND BIOMANUFACTURING
Play a vital role,
(5) in driving the strategy forward,
(5) as Saudi Arabia WILL establish
(5) itself as the primary biotechnology
(5) hub in THE MENA REGION.
653 | P a g e

ADVANCED BIOPHARMA
(5) MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES AND ESTABLISHING A
(5) CUTTING-EDGE, LOCAL END-TO-END, BIO-MANUFACTURING
PLATFORM.
THREE STRATEGIC PLAYS:
VACCINES, BIO-MAN UFACTURING & GENOMICS.
654 | P a g e

These endeavors contribute to the availability of life-saving treatments,
strengthen the DOMESTIC BIOTECHNOLOGY INDUSTRY, and solidify the
Kingdom's position as a SIGNIFICANT PLAYER in the GLOBAL
BIOTECHNOLOGY landscape. GENOMICS is a disruptive field and the next
frontier of medicine, and the Kingdom aspires to become THE LEADING
GENOMICS PLAYER IN MENA, driving innovation and improving health
and wellbeing outcomes for its citizens and beyond.
The NATIONAL BIOTECHNOLOGY STRATEGY also contributes to
strengthening food security and sustainable agricultural productivity
through plant optimization. By leveraging biotechnology, the strategy
aims to reduce reliance on food imports and enhance domestic
production, ensuring a more sustainable and self-sufficient food supply.
The evolution of a
(5) MATURE AND FUNCTIONAL BIOTECHNOLOGY ECOSYSTEM,
in Saudi Arabia, will be enabled by a set of initiatives that systematically
address barriers across talent, regulation, funding, and infrastructure.
With a robust pipeline of programs and initiatives, the strategy will
catalyze the (5) GROWTH OF SAUDI ARABIA’S BIOTECHNOLOGY sector
and unify efforts in the ecosystem, creating high quality jobs BY 2030,
and exciting opportunities for investors and biotechnology talent.
655 | P a g e
THIS
(5) STRATEGY MARKS A SIGNIFICANT MILESTONE
(5) FOR SAUDI ARABIA IN BECOMING
(5) THE MAJOR PLAYER IN THE
(5) REGIONAL AND GLOBAL BIOTECHNOLOGY SECTOR

SATAN’S END-TIME STRATEGY: AI, ALIENS AND
THE ANTICHRIST
656 | P a g e

657 | P a g e

Ephesians 2:2 in which you once walked according
to the course of this world, according to:
(5) THE PRINCE OF THE POWER OF THE AIR,
(5) THE SPIRIT WHO NOW WORKS
(5) IN THE SONS OF DISOBEDIENCE,
658 | P a g e

“AI doesn’t have to be evil to destroy humanity—if AI HAS a goal and
humanity just happens to come in the way, it will destroy humanity as a
matter of course, without even thinking about it, no hard feelings.”
—Elon Musk
659 | P a g e

“And he causeth all,
(6) both small and great, rich and
(6) poor, free and bond, to receive
(6) a mark in their right hand,
(6) or in their foreheads: and that
(6) no man might buy or sell,
(6) save he that had the mark,
(6) or the name of the beast,
(6) or the number of his name”
(666) (Rev. 13:16-17, KJV).
660 | P a g e

661 | P a g e

662 | P a g e

663 | P a g e

YOU
(7) GRAPPLE WITH THE IMPLICATIONS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE,
YOU FIND YOURSELVES
(7) LOOKING TO THE PAST FOR GUIDANCE, SEEKING
(7) ANSWERS IN THE WISDOM OF THE AGES.
THE BIBLE
(7) WITH ITS UNIQUE TAPESTRY OF INFALLIBLE TRUTH
(7) AND PROPHECY, OFFERS INTRIGUING PARALLELS TO THE
(7) RISE OF AI THAT CAN’T BE IGNORED.
Revelation 13:15-16 (NIV)
(5) SPEAKS OF A “BEAST” THAT (5) WIELDS ENORMOUS POWER AND
INFLUENCE:
“THE SECOND BEAST WAS GIVEN POWER TO GIVE BREATH TO THE
IMAGE OF THE FIRST BEAST, SO THAT THE IMAGE COULD SPEAK AND
CAUSE ALL WHO REFUSED TO WORSHIP THE IMAGE TO BE KILLED.
IT ALSO FORCED ALL PEOPLE, GREAT AND SMALL, RICH AND POOR,
FREE AND SLAVE, TO RECEIVE A MARK ON THEIR RIGHT HANDS OR ON
THEIR FOREHEADS.”
664 | P a g e

This
(5) prophecy points toward an advanced
(5) form of AI, capable of
(5) tracking, analyzing and manipulating human
(5) behavior on an unprecedented scale
(5) The “mark of the beast”
IS A METAPHOR
(5) for the invasive reach of
(5) a superintelligent entity, extending into
665 | P a g e

(5) every facet of our lives
THIS INTERPRETATION IS NOT
(5) beyond the realm of possibility
(5) especially when we consider the
(5) advent of technologies such as
(5) neural interfaces, biometrics, predictive algorithms
A FUTURE AI, EQUIPPED
(5) with these capabilities, will fulfill
(5) the role of the beast
(5) exerting immense control over society
(5) can be found in the
ANOTHER FASCINATING PARALLEL
(5) prediction of the false prophet:
666 | P a g e

(7) THIS IMAGE OF THE BEAST THAT NOW
(7) SPEAKS AND HOLDS POWER, REFERS TO A
(7) SOPHISTICATED AI SYSTEM, ONE THAT CAN CONVINCINGLY
(7) EMULATE HUMAN COMMUNICATION AND EXERT SIGNIFICANT
INFLUENCE
(7) IN AN ERA OF DEEP FAKES AND
(7) PERSUASIVE ALGORITHMS, THE IDEA NOW OF A
(7) DECEPTIVE AI PROPAGATING FALSE TRUTHS IS HERE
667 | P a g e

PARALLELS BETWEEN BIBLICAL PROPHECIES
(7) AND AI ARE CERTAINLY THOUGHT-PROVOKING AND UNSETTLING
They (7) SHOULD INSPIRE CAUTION AND INTROSPECTION, NOT FEAR
(7) WE ARE, AFTER ALL, MORE THAN CONQUERORS (see Rom. 8:37).
668 | P a g e

669 | P a g e

AI AND THE ANTICHRIST: THE GRAND
DECEIVER IN CHRISTIAN ESCHATOLOGY
(5) the figure of the Antichrist
(5) has long been a subject
(5) of fascination and dread—embodying
(5) the ultimate deception and apostasy
THIS FIGURE IS
(5) anticipated to possess great power
(5) and charisma, leading many astray
(5) with false doctrines and miracles
(5) delve deeper into the realm
(5) of AI, a sufficiently advanced
(5) artificial intelligence, will aid this
(5) character in his prophetic role
670 | P a g e

671 | P a g e
ADVANCED AI
(5) will mimic human conversation and
(5) behavior so convincingly, that it
(5) will deceive those interacting with
(5) it, into believing that they
(5) are dealing with a human
(5) role of the Antichrist, as
(5) described in biblical texts goes
(5) much further. This entity is
(5) to have a profound and
(5) destructive influence on human beliefs,

672 | P a g e
(7) LEADING MANY AWAY FROM MY ETERNAL TRUTH

ONE WAY AI
(5) will accomplish this is through
(5) the mass manipulation of information
(5) of deepfake technology, AI algorithms
(5) will create highly convincing false
(5) images, videos and even speech
(5) AI with malevolent intent and
(5) these capabilities, will spread disinformation
(5) on an unprecedented scale, leading
(5) people to question the very
(5) nature of truth and reality
(5) that personal assistant AIs and
(5) algorithmically driven content feeds already
(5) shows how AI will subtly
(5) influence your choices and perceptions,
(5) algorithms are designed to show
(5) you content that you’re likely
(5) to agree with or enjoy,
(5) often creating an echo chamber
(5) that reinforces your existing beliefs
673 | P a g e

(5) and filters out dissenting viewpoints,
(5) pervasive influence will be exploited
(5) by a hostile AI to
(5) manipulate public opinion, sowing discord
(5) and confusion. However, it’s essential
(5) to remember that the concept
(5) of the Antichrist is fundamentally
(5) tied to spiritual and religious
(5) deception, leading people away from
674 | P a g e

675 | P a g e
(5) ME, AND TOWARD FALSE WORSHIP.

AN ARTIFICIAL
(5) entity like an AI, which
(5) lacks a soul or spiritual nature,
(5) will fulfill such a role.
(5) Ultimately, the prospect of an
(5) AI/Antichrist hybrid serves as a
(5) potent reminder of the potential
(5) dangers inherent in AI technology.
(5) HE IS THE PROPHESIED ANTICHRIST
676 | P a g e

AI (5) AS A TOOL OF CONTROL
THE (5) MARK OF THE DIGITAL BEAST
The prophecies in Revelation have long
(7) BEEN A SOURCE OF SPECULATION AND WONDER:
(5) One prophecy that continues to
(5) resonate with chilling relevance is
(5) the mark of the beast.
677 | P a g e

(5) Your technology continues to evolve,
(5) YOU must consider the potential
(5) ways AI WILL be used
(5) to exert control over populations.
678 | P a g e

679 | P a g e
RISE OF SURVEILLANCE
(5) technologies in the digital age,
(5) AI-powered systems WILL track
(5) individuals through facial recognition, analyze
(5) their online activities, and predict
(5) their behavior with unsettling precision
(5) These capabilities, in the wrong
(5) hands, WILL facilitate a level
(5) of surveillance and control that
(5) surpasses even the most notorious
(5) surveillance states of the 20th century.
(5) Intrusive surveillance—leading to societies
(5) steeped in fear and paranoia.
(5) The magnitude of control that
(5) WILL be achieved with AI.
AN AI SYSTEM
(5) WILL keep tabs on every
(5) citizen, tracking their movements, analyzing
(5) their communications, and even predicting
(5) their actions with far greater
(5) efficiency than any human-run organization

Psalm 78:49 He cast on them the fierceness (7) OF HIS ANGER, WRATH,
INDIGNATION, AND TROUBLE, (7) BY SENDING (5) ANGELS OF
DESTRUCTION AMONG THEM.
680 | P a g e

681 | P a g e

ADVENT OF AI
(7) AND ADVANCED BIOTECHNOLOGY, THE MARK OF THE
(7) BEAST PROPHECY TAKES ON A NEW SIGNIFICANCE.
INVASIVE TECHNOLOGIES
(5) ss microchip implants and biometric
(5) identification systems, WILL become the
(5) de facto “mark”—providing access
(5) to services, goods and information,
(7) MUCH LIKE THE PROPHECY SUGGESTS IN REVELATION 13.
THE CHINESE
(5) Social Credit System, provides a
(5) contemporary example of how technology
(5) WILL be used to control
(5) behavior on a mass scale.
(5) This system leverages AI to
(5) track citizen behavior, doling out
(5) rewards and punishments based on
(5) adherence to desired social norms.
(5) This is a glimpse of
(5) a world where AI is
682 | P a g e

(5) the gatekeeper—determining who can
(5) buy, sell, work or travel.
THE POTENTIAL
(5) for AI, WILL be used
(5) as a tool of control.
(5) Continue to innovate and push
(7) THE BOUNDARIES OF AI, YOU MUST ALWAYS
(7) KEEP THESE CAUTIONS AND PROPHECIES IN MIND.
REMEMBER
(7) THAT AI, LIKE ANY TOOL, IS NEUTRAL.
ITS IMPACT ON
(7) SOCIETY, WHETHER BENEFICIAL OR DETRIMENTAL, IS DETERMINED
(7) BY HOW YOU CHOOSE TO USE IT.
(7) BY APPROACHING AI WITH CAUTION, WISDOM AND
(7) A COMMITMENT TO UPHOLDING HUMAN DIGNITY AND
(7) FREEDOM, YOU CAN STEER ITS DEVELOPMENT IN
(7) A DIRECTION THAT BENEFITS ALL OF HUMANITY
(7) AND AIDS US IN PREACHING THE GOSPEL.
683 | P a g e

684 | P a g e
SATAN’S END-TIME STRATEGY EXPOSED

THE ANTICHRIST’S
(7) GOAL IS TO WEAR THE SAINTS DOWN.
THE LATENESS
(7) OF THE HOUR IN WHICH WE LIVE,
(5) THE ANTICHRIST HAS BEEN BORN
(7) AND IS WALKING THE EARTH RIGHT NOW.
(7) HE IS UNABLE TO REVEAL HIMSELF BECAUSE
(7) OF THE RESTRAINING INFLUENCE OF MY CHURCH.
(5) HIS GOAL WILL BE THE
(7) SAME REGARDLESS OF WHEN HE APPEARS—HE
(7) WILL ATTEMPT TO KILL OUT THE SAINTS.
(7) THE ANTICHRIST SPIRIT IS TO KILL YOU.
DON’T LET HIM!
DON’T WAIT UNTIL IT
(7) IS TOO LATE TO FILL UP SPIRITUALLY.
(7) MAY BE INCONVENIENT, AND IT MAY TAKE
(7) A LITTLE EXTRA EFFORT, BUT YOU MUST
(7) DO IT WHILE YOU HAVE THE TIME.
IT
685 | P a g e

BE
(7) PATIENT AND STAY PREPARED! WHETHER IT’S ARTIFICIAL
(7) INTELLIGENCE, ALIENS OR THE ANTICHRIST, YOU WILL
(7) NOT COWER IN YOUR CULTURAL CORNER AND
(7) HOPE FOR THE BEST. YOU WILL NOT
(7) ABANDON THIS GENERATION BECAUSE YOU KNOW IT’S
(7) ALL GOING TO EVENTUALLY COME DOWN ANYWAY.
(7) ETHICAL AND MORAL DILEMMAS YOU’LL FACE WON’T
(7) BE EASY, BUT NEITHER WERE THE CHALLENGES
(7) CONFRONTED BY THE EARLY CHURCH OR BY
(7) COUNTLESS FAITHFUL FOLLOWERS OF CHRIST THROUGHOUT
HISTORY.
YOU MUST
(7) RISE UP TO FACE THESE CHALLENGES HEAD-ON.
686 | P a g e

687 | P a g e

688 | P a g e

689 | P a g e